Annual report
Page 1
UNITED STATESSECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIONWashington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2025 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Commission File No. 001-13227 CAMDEN NATIONAL CORPORATION (Exact Name of Registrant As Specified in Its Charter) Maine 01-0413282(State or Other Jurisdiction ofIncorporation or Organization) (I.R.S. EmployerIdentification No.)2 Elm StreetCamden ME 04843(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code) Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (207) 236-8821 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:Title of Each Class Trading Symbol(s) Name of Exchange on Which Registered Common Stock, without par value CAC The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that theregistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorterperiod that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smallerreporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial account standards providedpursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of theSarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previouslyissued financial statements. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during therelevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked priceof such common equity, as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $675,187,692. The number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock as of February 24, 2026 was 16,925,329. Certain information required in response to Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from Camden National Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2025Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
Page 2
CAMDEN NATIONAL CORPORATION2025 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page PART IItem 1. Business 3Item 1A. Risk Factors 16Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 29Item 1C. Cybersecurity 30Item 2. Properties 31Item 3. Legal Proceedings 31Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 31PART IIItem 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 32Item 6. [Reserved] 34Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 34Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 75Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 76Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 153Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 153Item 9B. Other Information 154Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections 154PART IIIItem 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 155Item 11. Executive Compensation 155Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 155Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence 155Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 156PART IVItem 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 157Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 159Signatures 160 i
Page 3
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS The discussions set forth below and in the documents we incorporate by reference herein contain certain statements that may be considered forward-looking statements under the Private SecuritiesLitigation Reform Act of 1995, including certain plans, expectations, goals, projections, and statements, which are subject to numerous risks, assumptions, and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can beidentified by the use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “assume,” “plan,” “target,” or “goal” or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “may,” “might,” “should,” “could”and other expressions which predict or indicate future events or trends and which do not relate to historical matters. Forward-looking statements should not be relied on, because they involve known andunknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which are beyond the control of Camden National Corporation (the “Company”). These risks, uncertainties and other factors may cause the actual results,performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from the anticipated future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The following factors, among others, could cause the Company’s financial performance to differ materially from the Company’s goals, plans, objectives, intentions, expectations and other forward-lookingstatements: • weakness in the United States economy in general and the regional and local economies within the Northern New England region, which could result in a deterioration of credit quality, an increase inthe allowance for credit losses or a reduced demand for the Company’s credit or fee-based products and services; • changes in trade, monetary, and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or the imposition of tariffs or retaliatory tariffs; • inflation, interest rate, market, and monetary fluctuations; • ongoing competition in the labor markets and increased employee turnover; • the adequacy of succession planning for key executives or other personnel, and the Company’s ability to transition effectively to new members of the senior executive team; • competitive pressures, including continued industry consolidation and the increased financial services provided by non-banks; • deterioration in the value of the Company's investment securities; • commercial real estate vacancies and their impact on the ability of borrowers to repay their loans; • volatility in the securities markets that could adversely affect the value or credit quality of the Company’s assets, impairment of goodwill, or the availability and terms of funding necessary to meet theCompany’s liquidity needs; • changes in information technology and other operational risks, including cybersecurity and artificial intelligence, that require increased capital spending and introduce additional risk; • changes in consumer spending and savings habits; • changes in tax, banking, securities and insurance laws and regulations; • the outcome of pending and future litigation and governmental proceedings, including tax-related examinations and other matters; • changes in accounting policies, practices and standards, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), and other accounting standardsetters; • the effects of climate change on the Company and its customers, borrowers or service providers; • the effects of civil unrest, international hostilities, including hostilities in Iran, or other geopolitical events; • the effects of epidemics and pandemics; • turmoil and volatility in the financial services industry, including failures or rumors of failures of other depository institutions, which could affect the ability of depository institutions, includingCamden National Bank, to attract and retain depositors, and could affect the ability of financial services providers, including the Company, to borrow or raise capital; • actions taken by governmental agencies to stabilize the financial system and the effectiveness of such actions; • increases in deposit insurance assessments due to bank failures; • changes to regulatory capital requirements; and 1
Page 4
• questions about the soundness of one or more financial institutions with which the Company does business. In addition, statements regarding the potential effects of notable national and global current events, including hostilities in Iran and recent rulings on the permissibility of certain tariffs, on the Company’sbusiness, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to the risk that the actual effects may differ, possibly materially, from what isreflected in those forward-looking statements due to factors and future developments that are uncertain, unpredictable and in many cases beyond the Company's control. You should carefully review all of these factors, and be aware that there may be other factors that could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from those anticipated, including the riskfactors listed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 15. Readers should carefully review the risk factors described therein and should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements were based on information, plans and estimates at the date of this report, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements for any reason,including to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, future events or other changes, except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation. 2
Page 5
PART I Item 1. Business Overview. Camden National Corporation (hereafter referred to as “we,” “our,” “us,” or the “Company”) is a publicly-held bank holding company, with $7.0 billion in assets at December 31, 2025,incorporated under the laws of the State of Maine and headquartered in Camden, Maine. Camden National Bank (the “Bank”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was founded in 1875. The Companywas founded in 1984, went public in 1997, and is registered with NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ”) under the ticker symbol “CAC.” Our consolidated financial statements accompanying this Form 10-K include the accounts of the Company, the Bank and the Bank’s subsidiaries and divisions. All inter-company accounts and transactionshave been eliminated in consolidation. On January 2, 2025, we completed our acquisition of Northway Financial, Inc. (“Northway”) and its bank subsidiary, Northway Bank. The acquisition of Northway added $971.9 million of deposits and$1.2 billion total assets to our balance sheet, and expanded our presence in New Hampshire by adding 17 branches to our network. Refer to Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of FinancialCondition and Results of Operations” and Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements for additional details regarding the Northway acquisition. Who We Are. We are an award-winning, relationship-driven community bank with a long history of supporting individuals, families, and businesses at every stage of their financial journey. We combinelocal decision-making with scalable products, modern digital capabilities, and deep market knowledge. With 72 branches across Northern New England, we offer a comprehensive suite of competitive financial products and services. Our investments in digital banking convenience, efficiency, andengagement, enabling customers to bank how, when, and where they choose. Our experienced teams provide personalized advance and tailored solutions. Founded in 1875, we are passionate about making a difference in the lives of our customers and communities we serve, so that together we can thrive in a vibrant, prosperous community for all. We arecommitted to helping customers succeed financially and supporting sustainable economic growth in the markets we serve. We actively reinvest in the neighborhoods where we live and operate through locallending, targeted philanthropy, and employee volunteerism. As we grow, we remain committed to doing so responsibly, supporting economic vitality, strengthening relationships, and reinforcing our brand as atrusted local partner. We believe strong communities and strong financial performance are mutually reinforcing, and together, they drive long-term value creation. Our Commitment to Community and Responsible Corporate Governance. Our commitment to responsible corporate governance and community engagement is embedded in our culture and decision-making. These principles support our strategic objective to generate consistent, sustainable long-term value for our shareholders, customers, employees, and communities we serve. What We Do. The Company, as a diversified financial services provider, pursues the objective of achieving long-term sustainable and profitable growth, while mitigating risks inherent in the financialservices industry. The primary business of the Company and the Bank is to attract deposits from, and to extend loans to, consumer, institutional, municipal, non-profit and commercial customers. The Company,through the Bank, provides a broad array of banking and other financial services including wealth management and trust services, brokerage, investment advisory and insurance services to consumer, business,non-profit and municipal customers. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, net interest income was our primary revenue source, representing 79%, 75%, and 81%, of our total revenues,respectively. Net interest income is the interest earned on our lending activities, investment securities and other interest-earning assets, less the interest paid on interest-bearing deposits and borrowings (i.e. ourprimary business activities). We have achieved a five-year compounded annual asset growth rate of 7%, resulting in $7.0 billion in total assets at December 31, 2025. Asset growth over the past five years of $1.4 billion includedorganic growth of $219.2 million and acquired total assets of $1.2 billion. Our growth over this period has been primarily within our Southern Maine, New Hampshire and select Massachusetts markets,complemented by the acquisition of Northway on January 2, 2025. We continue to focus on driving profitable organic growth through growing customer relationships and deepening our market penetrationacross our markets, as well as pursuing attractive acquisition opportunities that support our strategy and fit our culture and core values, such as the acquisition of Northway. Revenue is the sum of net interest income and non-interest income. 1 1 3
Page 6
The financial services industry continues to experience consolidations through mergers that could create opportunities for us to promote our value proposition to other financial institutions and financialservice companies. We continue to evaluate the possibility of expansion into new markets through both de novo expansion and acquisitions. Regardless of merger and acquisition opportunities that may bepresent, we are always focused on maximizing growth within our current markets, and particularly those that we see as growth markets. We consider our growth markets to be those that have accelerated growthopportunities in comparison to our other markets, based on current and forecasted demographic information, and where we currently have less of a presence and market share. Further details of our financialinformation can be found within the consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report. Camden National Bank. The Bank is a national banking association chartered under the laws of the United States and headquartered in Camden, Maine. Originally founded in 1875, the Bank became adirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company as a result of a corporate reorganization in 1984. The Bank provides a broad array of banking and other financial services to consumer, institutional, municipal,non-profit, and commercial customers. As of December 31, 2025, the Bank had 72 branches throughout Maine and New Hampshire. The Bank complements its in-person banking services with digital deliverychannels supported by internally developed and third-party technology platforms. These digital offerings provide customers with access to banking services and include digital banking for self-servicetransactions; MortgageTouch®, an easy-to-use online platform for consumer borrowers; BusinessTouch®, an online loan application system for small business customers, making borrowing faster and easierfor small businesses; and TreasuryLink®, a secure online platform providing cash management services, monitoring capabilities, and control features for commercial customers. The Bank offers comprehensive wealth management and trust services, including investment advisory services, through our wealth management team, doing business as Camden National WealthManagement, and brokerage, investment advisory, insurance, and financial planning services through our financial consulting team, doing business as Camden Financial Consultants. • Camden National Wealth Management provides a comprehensive suite of fiduciary and asset management services for both individual and institutional clients. Designed to complement the Bank’score offerings, the Camden National Wealth Management platform serves high net worth individuals and families, businesses, and not-for profit customers investment management, financial planningand trustee services. • Camden Financial Consultants is in the business of helping clients work toward their financial goals. Camden Financial Consultants provides full-service brokerage and insurance and its financialofferings include college, retirement, and estate planning, mutual funds, strategic asset management accounts, and variable and fixed annuities. Securities and advisory services are offered through LPL Financial (“LPL”), a registered investment advisor and broker-dealer (member FINRA/SIPC). Insurance products are offered through LPL orits licensed affiliates. Camden Financial Consultants and the Bank are not registered as a broker-dealer or investment advisor and are not affiliated with LPL Financial. Registered representatives ofLPL offer products and services using Camden Financial Consultants, and may also be employees of the Bank. These products and services are being offered through LPL or its affiliates, which areseparate entities from, and not affiliates of, Camden Financial Consultants or the Bank. Securities and insurance offered through LPL or its affiliates are not insured by the Federal Deposit InsuranceCorporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency, are not bank deposits or obligations and may lose value. Customers may also access our products and services using other channels, including online at www.CamdenNational.bank or by downloading our mobile phone application (or “app”). Competition. We compete throughout Maine, New Hampshire, and select areas of Massachusetts. Many of the markets we compete in are characterized as rural areas. Major competitors in our primarymarket areas include local independent banks, as well as local branches of large regional and national banking organizations and brokerage houses, marketplace lenders and other financial technologycompanies (“fintechs”), financial advisors, thrift institutions and credit unions. Other competitors for deposits and loans within our primary market area include insurance companies, money market funds,consumer finance companies and financing affiliates of consumer durable goods manufacturers. Our competitive strategy emphasizes customer service through local decision-making, relationship-based banking, and the delivery of products and services, supported by digital delivery channels, that areintended to meet customer needs. Through Camden National Wealth Management and Camden Financial Consultants, we compete for trust, trust-related, investment management, individual retirement,foundation and endowment management services and brokerage services with local banks and non-banks, as well as with a number of brokerage firms and investment advisors with offices in our market area. In 4
Page 7
addition, most of these services are widely available to our customers via telephone, online and mobile channels from firms located outside our market area. Investor Relations. The Company’s Investor Relations information can be obtained through our internet address, www.CamdenNational.bank or www.CamdenNationalCorporation.com. The Companymakes available on or through its Investor Relations page, without charge, its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reportsfiled or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, theSEC. The Company’s reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC are also available at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, the Company makes available, free of charge, its press releases and Code ofBusiness Conduct and Ethics through the Company’s Investor Relations page. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this document and should not be considered part of this report. Human Capital We recognize the importance of our relationships with our employees, customers, and the communities we serve. Our employees—known as “Stakeholders” at Camden National Bank—are the key to oursuccess. We are powered by an extraordinary team of 683 employees, as of December 31, 2025, who work together to provide expert banking solutions to help people achieve their financial potential. We believe we have the experience and responsibility to engage proactively with, and support, a broad range of employees. We strive to ensure our employees’ work experience permits them to use theirskills and passions to make a difference while growing their careers and being recognized and appreciated for their unique talents, backgrounds, and perspectives. Employee Development and Retention. To attract, engage, and retain top talent, we strive to create a supportive workplace, with opportunities for our employees to grow and develop in their careers. Weprovide numerous training and development opportunities, a robust tuition reimbursement program, and competitive compensation, including a minimum starting wage of $18 per hour for all employeeseffective February 2026. Workplace Safety and Inclusion. We recognize that an inclusive workforce is essential to achieving and maintaining a thriving company. Through our commitment to fostering a fair, safe, and welcomingworkplace environment for all, we aim to maintain a culture that enables our employees to be their best in serving our customers and communities, while achieving business success. We maintain a number ofhuman resources and other policies, including an anti-harassment and anti-retaliation policy, to promote a workplace that is safe for all and that supports a culture where people feel they can report incidents thatthreaten that safety. In addition, we have a confidential whistleblower program that forwards complaints to the audit committee and the Board of Directors, and we work to take necessary action as quickly aspossible after a complaint is received. Health and Wellness. We are also deeply committed to the health and well-being of our employees. This commitment is reflected in the benefits we offer our employees, including: market-competitivecompensation; healthcare; paid time off, including parental/family leave; retirement benefits; short-term and long-term disability; an employee hardship fund, which provides employees dealing with a financialhardship access to funds that the employee is not required to repay; an emotional well-being support program and a wellness reimbursement program. 5
Page 8
Information about our Executive Officers The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of the Company, as defined by Rule 3b-7 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Executive Officer Position AgeSimon R. Griffiths President and Chief Executive Officer 52Michael R. Archer Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 42David J. Ackley Executive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer 50Brandon Y. Boey Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary 47Andrew R. Forbes Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer 54William H. Martel Executive Vice President, Technology and Support Services, Chief Technology Officer 56Garrett A. McKnight Executive Vice President, Managing Director, Camden National Wealth Management 54Barbara M. Raths Executive Vice President, Commercial Banking 51Patricia A. Rose Executive Vice President, Retail and Mortgage Banking Officer 62Ryan A. Smith Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer 53Renée D. Smyth Executive Vice President, Chief Experience and Marketing Officer 55 Simon R. Griffiths joined the Company in November 2023 as Executive Vice President (“EVP”) and Chief Operating Officer until he became President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), and amember of the board of directors of the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2024. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Griffiths most recently served as EVP – Head of Core Banking at Citizens Bank,managing the retail, business banking, contact center, deposit and core banking delivery channels. Mr. Griffiths joined Citizens Bank in 2015 from Santander Bank, where he served as EVP, Managing Directorof the retail network. Mr. Griffiths started his banking career at Washington Mutual Bank in 2002. Michael R. Archer joined the Company in 2013 and became EVP, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of the Company on January 3, 2022. Prior to becoming EVP, CFO, Mr. Archer served as the Company’sSenior Vice President (“SVP”) and Corporate Controller from June 2016 until January 2022. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Archer spent seven years at PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP (“PwC”). Mr. Archeris a licensed Certified Public Accountant, and a graduate of the American Bankers Association (“ABA”) Stonier Graduate School of Banking where he also completed the Wharton Leadership Program. Mr.Archer currently serves as a member of local non-profit organizations, including as the Treasurer and Executive Committee member of the board of JMG, Inc. and as a committee member for the local townrecreational department. David J. Ackley joined the Company in 2011 and became EVP, Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) in July 2023. Prior to becoming EVP, Chief Risk Officer, Mr. Ackley served as SVP and Director of InformationSecurity & Enterprise Risk Management for the Company from 2016 through July 2023 and prior to that served as Vice President (“VP”) and Senior Information Security Officer of the Company. Mr. Ackleybegan his career as a Communication Computer Systems Operator for the United States Air Force, specializing in information technology, cybersecurity, risk mitigation, and encrypted communications beforespending 14 years as Science and Technology Corporation’s Manager of Information Technology. He achieved the ABA Certified Enterprise Risk Professional designation and currently serves on the ABA’sRisk and Compliance Conference Planning Committee. Brandon Y. Boey joined the Company in 2020 and was named General Counsel in 2023 and Corporate Secretary in 2024, overseeing the Bank’s legal functions, including corporate governance. Prior tobecoming General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Mr. Boey served as SVP, Legal Affairs and BSA Officer, and Director of Compliance bringing a unique range of corporate, regulatory and litigationexperience to the Company. Mr. Boey previously worked as Managing Counsel and head of product compliance at Unum Group, a publicly traded Fortune 500 financial services company in Maine, practicedlaw at Willkie Farr & Gallager in Washington D.C., and was a mergers and acquisitions investment banker at UBS in New York and at Updata Partners in D.C. Mr. Boey is a member of the bar in Maine, NewYork and Washington D.C. Andrew R. Forbes joined the Company in March 2024 as EVP, Chief Human Resources Officer and has 25 years of Human Resources experience across multiple industries, which have provided him withexpertise in talent acquisition and management, compensation and benefits, and culture and engagement. He served as Chief People Officer for Alcom LLC from 2022 until joining the Company. Prior to that heserved as VP, Human Resources for Rimini Street from 2020 to 2022, as VP, 6
Page 9
Human Resources for Maine Medical Center from 2016 to 2020 and as Senior Director, Global Human Resources for Fairchild Semiconductor from 2010 to 2016. Mr. Forbes is a Society for Human ResourceManagement – Senior Certified Professional, and holds a master’s degree in industrial and organizational psychology from Hofstra University. Mr. Forbes currently serves on the Board of Directors of theMaine Mathematics and Science Alliance. William H. Martel joined the Company in March 2020 as EVP, Technology and Support Services and currently holds the title of EVP, Chief Technology Officer. Prior to joining the Company Mr. Martelserved as Head of U.S. Operations Technology for Santander U.S. in Boston, leading the Operations and Information Technology Service Management transformations for the US. Previously, Mr. Martel was aSVP at TD Bank and served in several senior management positions in the US and Canada. Mr. Martel began his banking career as a senior branch manager for People’s Heritage Bank, a predecessor toBankNorth Group. He is a founding member, past president and the current Treasurer of Amagara Marungi, a Maine-based non-profit. Garrett A. McKnight joined the Company in April 2024 as the Managing Director of Camden National Wealth Management. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. McKnight served as SVP and SeniorManaging Director of The Northern Trust Company, where he spent 15 years, and worked in U.S. Bank’s Private Client Group as a Private Banker and Managing Director for seven years, he began his career atNationsBank/Bank of America. Mr. McKnight serves on the Investment Committee for Elon University’s Endowment and the Board of Directors at Cape Arundel Golf Club. Barbara Raths joined the Company in 2019 and became EVP, Commercial Banking in March 2024. Prior to becoming EVP, Ms. Raths served as the Company’s SVP and Director of Treasury Managementand Government Banking, leading business, nonprofit, and government treasury management business development efforts. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Raths held government banking roles at People’sUnited Bank, worked in corporate treasury finance at Wex, Inc., and served as the Deputy State Treasurer for the State of Maine. Ms. Raths currently chairs the Board of Trustees for the Maine Health andHigher Education Facilities Authority, serves on the Board of Directors for the Maine International Trade Center, and is a member of the Maine District Export Council. Ms. Raths is a graduate of the ABAStonier Graduate School of Banking and received a leadership certificate from The Wharton School. Patricia A. Rose joined the Company in September 2017 as EVP, Retail and Mortgage Banking. Ms. Rose came to the Company from Citizens Bank where she served for two years as Head of StrategicOnboarding & Orientation, and, prior to that, Director level roles in Retail Network Sales and Strategy at Santander Bank for six years. Ms. Rose began her career in banking at Fleet Bank and Sovereign Bankwhere she held a variety of leadership roles and served as Market President of Retail Banking in Eastern Massachusetts and New Hampshire. Ryan A. Smith joined the Company in 2012 and held the title of EVP, Commercial Banking for the Company from 2020 through 2023 before being named as EVP, Chief Credit Officer in December 2023.Prior to becoming an EVP, Mr. Smith led the Southern Maine commercial banking line of business and the treasury management line of business from 2012 through 2015, when he then became Director ofCommercial Banking for Central and Midcoast Maine from 2015 through 2019. In 2019, he was promoted to SVP, Director of Credit Administration. Prior to his time at Camden National Bank, Mr. Smithspent ten years with People’s United Bank (and its predecessor Maine Bank & Trust) in commercial banking and credit roles, beginning his career with Ford Motor Credit. Renée D. Smyth joined the Company as SVP, Chief Marketing Officer upon completion of the merger of Camden National Corporation and SBM Financial, Inc., the parent company of The Bank of Maine,on October 16, 2015. She was promoted to EVP, Chief Experience and Marketing Officer in May 2017. Ms. Smyth served as SVP, Head of Marketing for The Bank of Maine, from 2010 through October 15,2015. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Smyth was SVP and Director of Affinity Programs for Override, an international loyalty marketing service company. Earlier in her career, Ms. Smyth served as aninvestment banker, advising clients on mergers and acquisitions and capital raising activities. She is a member of Junior Achievement of Maine’s Board of Directors and serves on its Finance Committee and is astrategic advisor to Finding Our Voices. All of the executive officers hold office at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of the directors, officers or any other personspursuant to which any of the officers have been selected as officers. There are no “family relationships” among the directors and executive officers, as the Securities and Exchange Commission defines thatterm. 7
Page 10
Supervision and Regulation The following discussion addresses elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. This regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection ofdepositors, the Federal Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”), and the banking system as a whole, rather than the protection of shareholders or non-depository creditors of a bank holding company such as theCompany. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of1956, as amended (“BHCA”). As a national bank, the Bank is subject to primary regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”). The following is a summary of certain aspects of various statutes and regulations applicable to the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries. This summary is not a comprehensive analysis of allapplicable laws, and you should refer to the applicable statutes and regulations for more information. Changes in applicable laws or regulations, and in their interpretation and application by regulatory agenciesand other governmental authorities, cannot be predicted, but may have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Regulation of the Company As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the FRB, which has the authority, among other things, to order bank holding companies to cease anddesist from unsafe or unsound banking practices; to assess civil money penalties; and to order termination of non-banking activities or termination of ownership and control of a non-banking subsidiary by abank holding company. Source of Strength. Under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”), the Company is required to serve as a source of financial strength for the Bank. Thissupport may be required at times when the Company may not have the resources to provide it. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federalbank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment. Acquisitions and Activities. The BHCA prohibits a bank holding company, without prior approval of the FRB, from acquiring all or substantially all the assets of a bank, acquiring control of a bank, mergingor consolidating with another bank holding company, or acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, the acquiringbank holding company would control more than 5% of any class of the voting shares of such other bank or bank holding company. The BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company from engaging directly orindirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiary banks. However, a bank holding company may engage in and may own shares ofcompanies engaged in activities that the FRB has determined, by order or regulation, to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. In determining whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition, federal bank regulators will consider a number of factors, including the effect of the acquisition on competition, financial condition andfuture prospects (including current and projected capital ratios and levels); the competence, experience and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations; the convenience andneeds of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”)); the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combatingmoney laundering activities; and the extent to which the transaction would result in greater or more concentrated risks to the stability of the United States banking or financial system. In addition, approval ofinterstate transactions requires that the acquirer satisfy regulatory standards for a well-capitalized and well-managed institution. Limitations on Acquisitions of Company Common Stock. The Change in Bank Control Act prohibits a person or group of persons acting in concert from acquiring “control” of a bank holding companyunless the FRB has been notified and has not objected to the transaction. Under a rebuttable presumption established by the FRB, the acquisition of 10% or more of a class of voting securities of a bank holdingcompany with a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act would generally constitute the acquisition of control of a bank holding company. In addition, the BHCA prohibits anycompany from acquiring control of a bank or bank holding company without first having obtained the approval of the FRB. Under the BHCA, a company is deemed to control a bank or bank holding companyif the company owns, controls or holds with power to vote 25% or more of a class of voting securities of the bank or bank holding company, controls in any manner the election of a 8
Page 11
majority of directors or trustees of the bank or bank holding company, or the FRB determines that the company has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank orbank holding company. Regulation of the Bank The Bank is subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the OCC. Additionally, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) has secondary supervisory authority as the insurer of theBank’s deposits. The Bank is also subject to regulations issued by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), as enforced by the OCC. The FRB may directly examine the subsidiaries of theCompany, including the Bank. The enforcement powers available to the federal banking regulators include, among other things, the ability to issue cease and desist or removal orders; to terminate insurance ofdeposits; to assess civil money penalties; to issue directives to increase capital; to place the Bank into receivership; and to initiate injunctive actions against banking organizations and institution-affiliatedparties. Deposit Insurance. The deposit obligations of the Bank are insured by the FDIC’s DIF up to the applicable limits. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), insurance of deposits may beterminated by the FDIC if the FDIC finds that the insured depository institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated anyapplicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. The Bank’s deposit insurance assessments are based on its assets. To determine its deposit insurance assessment, theBank computes the base amount of its average consolidated assets less its average tangible equity (defined as the amount of Tier I capital) and the applicable assessment rate. The rule for calculating assessmentrates for established small banks, including the Bank, utilizes the CAMELS rating system, which is a supervisory rating system designed to take into account and reflect all financial and operational risks that abank may face, including capital adequacy, asset quality, management capability, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market risk. Each of the seven financial ratios and a weighted average of CAMELScomponent ratings is multiplied by a corresponding pricing multiplier. The sum of these products is added to a uniform amount, with the resulting sum being an institution’s initial base assessment rate (subjectto minimum or maximum assessment rates based on a bank’s CAMELS composite rating). This method takes into account various measures, including an institution’s leverage ratio, brokered deposit ratio, oneyear asset growth, the ratio of net income before taxes to total assets and considerations related to asset quality. The FDIC has the power to make further adjustments to deposit insurance assessment rates at anytime, and the Company is not able to predict the amount or timing of any such adjustment. Activities and Investments of National Banking Associations. National banking associations must comply with the National Bank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder by the OCC, which limitthe activities of national banking associations to those that are deemed to be part of, or incidental to, the “business of banking.” Activities that are part of, or incidental to, the business of banking include takingdeposits, borrowing and lending money and discounting or negotiating promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other evidences of debt. Subsidiaries of national banking associations generally may onlyengage in activities permissible for the parent national bank. Lending Restrictions. Federal law limits a bank’s authority to extend credit to its insiders, including its directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons.Among other things, extensions of credit to insiders are required to be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailingfor comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons. Also, the terms of such extensions of credit may not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and may notexceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the bank’s capital. An extension of credit to aninsider includes credit exposure arising from a derivatives transaction, repurchase agreement, reverse repurchase agreement, securities lending transaction or securities borrowing transaction. Additionally, assetsale transactions with insiders must be on market terms, and if the transaction represents more than 10% of the capital and surplus of the Bank, the transactions must be approved by a majority of thedisinterested directors of the Bank. Brokered Deposits. Section 29 of the FDIA and FDIC regulations generally limit the ability of an insured depository institution to accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless the institution’scapital category is “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action framework described below or, with a waiver from the FDIC, “adequately capitalized.” A bank that is “adequately capitalized” and thataccepts or renews brokered deposits subject to a waiver from the FDIC is subject to additional restrictions on the interest rates it may offer. Depository institutions that have brokered deposits in excess of 10%of total assets will be subject to increased FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. Under FDIC regulations, an institution that is “well capitalized” and has a CAMELS composite rating of 1 or 2 ispermitted to exempt reciprocal deposits from 9
Page 12
treatment as brokered deposits up to the lesser of $5 billion or 20% of the institution’s total liabilities. Institutions that are not well rated or “well capitalized” may treat reciprocal deposits as non-brokered up toan amount equal to a “special cap” set forth in the regulations. Community Reinvestment Act. The CRA requires the OCC to evaluate the Bank’s performance in helping to meet the credit needs of the entire communities it serves, including low and moderate-incomeneighborhoods, consistent with its safe and sound banking operations, and to take this record into consideration when evaluating certain applications. The OCC rates a national bank’s compliance with the CRAas “Outstanding,” “Satisfactory,” “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Noncompliance.” Failure of the Bank to receive at least a “Satisfactory” rating could inhibit the Bank or the Company from undertakingcertain activities, including acquisitions of other financial institutions. The Bank currently has a “Satisfactory” CRA rating resulting from its most recent CRA performance evaluation in 2024. In October 2023, the OCC, together with the FRB and FDIC, issued a joint final rule that introduced many changes to the CRA regulatory framework. However, the final rule was paused in 2024 as theresult of a court ordered injunction. In July 2025, the agencies proposed a rule to rescind the revised CRA framework and to replace it with the framework that existed prior to the 2023 rule. Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness Regulatory Capital Requirements. The Company and the Bank are subject to risk-based capital requirements and rules issued by the FRB, the OCC and the FDIC (the “Capital Rules”) that are based on theBasel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (“Basel Committee”) framework for strengthening capital and liquidity regulation (referred to as Basel III). The Capital Rules are intended to reflect the relationshipbetween the banking organization’s capital and the degree of risk associated with its operations based on transactions recorded on-balance sheet as well as off-balance sheet items. The FRB and the OCC mayfrom time to time require that a banking organization maintain capital above the minimum levels discussed below, due to the banking organization’s financial condition or actual or anticipated growth. Underthe Capital Rules, the Company and the Bank apply the Standardized Approach in measuring their risk-weighted assets (“RWA”) and regulatory capital. The Capital Rules define qualifying capital instruments and specify minimum amounts of capital as a percentage of assets that banking organizations are required to maintain. Under the Capital Rules, risk-based capital ratios are calculated by dividing Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital, Tier 1 capital and total risk-based capital, respectively, by RWA. Assets and off-balance sheet credit equivalents are assigned a risk weight based primarily on supervisory assessments of relative credit risk. Under the Capital Rules, the Company and the Bank are each required to maintain a minimum CET1 capital to RWA ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 capital to RWA ratio of 6%, a minimum total capital toRWA ratio of 8% and a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. Additionally, the Capital Rules require a capital conservation buffer, consisting solely of CET1 capital in an amount above the minimum risk-basedcapital requirements for “adequately capitalized” institutions equal to 2.5% of total RWA, resulting in a requirement for the Company and the Bank effectively to maintain CET1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios of7%, 8.5% and 10.5%, respectively. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 capital to RWA above the minimum requirement but below the capital conservation buffer face restrictions on the ability to paydividends, pay discretionary bonuses, and to engage in share repurchases based on the amount of the shortfall and the institution’s “eligible retained income” (the greater of (i) net income for the preceding fourquarters, net of distributions and associated tax effects not reflected in net income and (ii) average net income over the preceding four quarters). The Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1 capital. As a “non-advanced approaches” firm under the Capital Rules, the Company is subject to rules that provide forsimplified capital requirements relating to the threshold deductions for mortgage servicing assets, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that a banking organization could not realize through netoperating loss carry backs, and investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions, as well as the inclusion of minority interests in regulatory capital. The Company and the Bank, as non-advanced approaches banking organizations, made a one-time, permanent election under the Capital Rules to exclude the effects of certain components of accumulatedother comprehensive income (“AOCI”) included in shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP in determining regulatory capital ratios. The federal bank regulators have adopted regulations as required by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”) to implement an exemption from the CapitalRules for smaller banking organizations, 10
Page 13
including the Company and the Bank, that maintain a “Community Bank Leverage Ratio” of at least 8% to 10%. Under these regulations, a “qualifying small banking organization” can choose to apply theCommunity Bank Leverage Ratio framework if its Community Bank Leverage Ratio (i.e., the ratio of its Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets minus certain deductions from total assets), is greaterthan the required threshold of 9%. A “qualifying small banking organization” that maintains tangible equity in excess of the applicable Community Bank Leverage Ratio would be deemed to be in compliancewith (i) the leverage and risk-based capital requirements promulgated by the federal banking agencies; (ii) in the case of a depository institution, the capital ratio requirements to be considered “well-capitalized”under the federal banking agencies’ “prompt corrective action” regime (see “—Prompt Corrective Action” below); and (iii) “any other capital or leverage requirements” to which the organization is subject,unless the appropriate federal banking agency determines otherwise based on the particular organization’s risk profile. In November 2025, the federal bank regulatory agencies proposed a rule that would reducethe minimum Community Bank Leverage Ratio requirement from 9% to 8%. The Company has evaluated the potential impact of this rule, including the proposal to lower the minimum required ratio, and haselected not to apply the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework to its operations, and instead measures its capital adequacy under the Capital Rules as described above. Under these regulations, as long asthe Company and the Bank continue to meet the requirements to be qualifying small banking organizations (i.e., they have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and meet certain risk-based criteria),they are permitted to opt into (or out of) the Community Bank Leverage Ratio framework at any time and for any reason. The Company will continue to evaluate the impact of the Community Bank LeverageRatio and may opt into that framework in the future. The Company cannot guarantee, however, that it or the Bank will continue to meet the conditions to be eligible to apply the Community Bank LeverageRatio, nor can the Company predict at this time whether it or the Bank will choose to apply the Community Bank Leverage Ratio in the future. In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms. Among other things, these standards revise the BaselCommittee's standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” such as home equitylines of credit) and provides a new standardized approach for operational risk capital. Under the current U.S. capital rules, operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advancedapproaches institutions, and not to the Company or Bank. In July 2023, the federal banking regulators proposed revisions to the Basel III Capital Rules to implement the Basel Committee’s 2017 standards andmake other changes to the Basel III Capital Rules. The revised capital requirements of the proposed rule would not apply to the Company or Bank because they have less than $100 billion in total consolidatedassets and trading assets and liabilities below the threshold for market risk requirements. However, the federal banking regulators have indicated they expect to issue a revised proposal, which is expected tomodify aspects of the July 2023 proposal, including those described above. Prompt Corrective Action. The FDIA requires the federal banking agencies to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet the minimum capital requirementsdescribed above. The FDIA establishes five capital categories (“well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”). The federalbanking regulators must take certain mandatory supervisory actions, and are authorized to take other discretionary actions, with respect to institutions that are less than adequately capitalized, with supervisoryactions progressively becoming more punitive as the institution’s capital category declines. Supervisory actions include: (i) restrictions on payment of capital distributions and management fees, (ii)requirements that a federal bank regulator monitor the condition of the institution and its efforts to restore its capital, (iii) submission of a capital restoration plan, (iv) restrictions on the growth of theinstitution’s assets and (v) requirements for prior regulatory approval of certain expansion proposals. A bank that is “critically undercapitalized” (i.e., has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal toor less than 2.0%) will be subject to further restrictions and generally will be placed in conservatorship or receivership within 90 days. An insured depository institution is considered “well capitalized” if it (i)has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater; (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater; (iii) has a CET1 ratio of at least 6.5% or greater; (iv) has a leverage capital ratio of 5.0% orgreater; and (v) is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. The FDIA’s prompt corrective action provisions apply only to depository institutions such as the Bank, and not to bank holding companies. Under the FRB’s regulations, a bank holding company, such asthe Company, is considered “well capitalized” if the bank holding company (i) has a total risk based capital ratio of at least 10%, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and (iii) is not subject toany written agreement order, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. Although prompt corrective action regulations apply onlyto depository institutions and not to bank holding companies, a bank that is required to submit a capital restoration plan generally must concurrently submit a performance guarantee by its parent holdingcompany. The liability of the parent holding company under any such guarantee is limited to the lesser of five percent of the bank’s assets at the time it became “undercapitalized” or the amount needed tocomply. 11
Page 14
Information concerning the Company and the Bank with respect to capital requirements is incorporated by reference from Item 7. "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition andResults of Operations—Capital Resources" and Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements included within this report. The Bank and the Company meet all capital requirements under the Capital Rules, including the capital conservation buffer, and each meet the capital ratio requirements to be “well capitalized” forpurposes of the prompt corrective action provisions of the FDIA and applicable FRB regulations, respectively. Safety and Soundness Standards. The FDIA requires the federal bank regulatory agencies to prescribe safety and soundness standards, by regulations or guidelines, as the agencies deem appropriate.Guidelines adopted by the federal bank regulatory agencies establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting,interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, these guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify andmanage the risk and exposures specified in the guidelines. In addition, the federal banking agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, an agency to order an institution that has been givennotice by an agency that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan. If, after being so notified, an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or failsin any material respect to implement an acceptable compliance plan, the agency must issue an order directing action to correct the deficiency and may issue an order restricting asset growth, requiring aninstitution to increase its ratio of tangible equity to assets or directing other actions of the types to which an undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the FDIA.See “—Prompt Corrective Action” above. If an institution fails to comply with such an order, the agency may seek to enforce such order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil money penalties. Dividend and Share Repurchase Restrictions The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. The revenue of the Company (on a parent-only basis) is derived primarily from interest and dividends paid to it by the Bank. Theright of the Company, and consequently the right of shareholders of the Company, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Bank through the payment of such dividends or otherwise isnecessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank (including depositors), except to the extent that certain claims of the Company in a creditor capacity may be recognized. The Company and theBank are subject to various federal and state restrictions on their ability to pay dividends as described below. Restrictions on Bank Holding Company Dividends. The FRB has the authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.The FRB has indicated generally that it may be an unsafe or unsound practice for bank holding companies to pay dividends unless the bank holding company’s net income over the preceding year is sufficient tofund the dividends and the expected rate of earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. FRB guidance also directs bank holding companiesto inform the FRB reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid. Further, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is restrictedif it does not maintain the capital conservation buffer. See “—Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness—Regulatory Capital Requirements” above. Under Maine law, a corporation’s Board of Directors may declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares, in cash or other property, generally only out of the corporation’sunreserved and unrestricted earned surplus, or out of the unreserved and unrestricted net earnings of the current fiscal year and the next preceding fiscal year taken as a single period, except under certaincircumstances, including when the corporation is insolvent, or when the payment of the dividend would render the corporation insolvent or when the declaration would be contrary to the corporation’s charter. Restrictions on Bank Dividends. Under OCC regulations, national banks generally may not declare a dividend in excess of the bank’s undivided profits or, absent OCC approval, if the total amount ofdividends declared by the national bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the national bank’s retained net income year-to-date combined with its retained net income for the preceding two years. Nationalbanks also are prohibited from declaring or paying any dividend if, after making the dividend, the national bank would be considered “undercapitalized” (as defined by reference to other OCC regulations). TheOCC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a national bank, such as the Bank, from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsoundpractice. Further, the Bank’s ability to pay dividends is restricted if it does not maintain the capital conservation buffer. See “—Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness—Regulatory Capital Requirements”above. 12
Page 15
Certain Transactions by Banks with their Affiliates Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation W restrict transactions between a bank and its affiliates, including its parent bank holding company. The Bank is subject to theserestrictions, which include quantitative and qualitative limits on the amounts and types of transactions that may occur, including extensions of credit (which include credit exposure arising from repurchase andreverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing and derivative transactions) to affiliates, investments in the stock or securities of affiliates, purchases of assets from affiliates and other “coveredtransactions.” Generally, a bank’s (including its subsidiaries) covered transactions with any affiliate are subject to the following limits: (i) the aggregate amount of covered transactions with any one affiliatecannot exceed 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus; and (ii) the aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates cannot exceed 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. Transactionsbetween a bank and its affiliates, including a parent holding company, must be on market terms and not otherwise unduly favorable to an affiliate, and, in the case of extensions of credit, be secured by specifiedamounts and types of collateral. Anti-Tying Restrictions Generally, a bank is prohibited from extending credit, leasing or selling property, furnishing any service or fixing or varying the consideration for any of the foregoing on the condition that (i) the customerobtains additional credit, property or services from the bank’s parent holding company or any subsidiary of the holding company, or (ii) the customer will not obtain credit, property or services from acompetitor of the bank or its affiliates (except to the extent the restriction is a reasonable condition imposed to assure the soundness of the credit extended). Consumer Protection Regulation The Company and the Bank are subject to federal and state laws designed to protect consumers and prohibit unfair or deceptive business practices, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the FairHousing Act, the Home Ownership Protection Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (“FACT Act”), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Actof 1999 (“GLBA”), the Truth in Lending Act, the CRA, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and various state law counterparts.These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must interact with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loansand providing other services. In addition, the CFPB has a broad mandate to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices, is specifically empowered to require certain disclosures to consumers anddraft model disclosure forms, and is responsible for making rules and regulations under the federal consumer protection laws relating to financial products and services. Failure to comply with consumerprotection laws and regulations can subject financial institutions to enforcement actions, fines and other penalties. The OCC examines the Bank for compliance with CFPB rules and enforces CFPB rules withrespect to the Bank. During 2025, the CFPB reduced its staff by over 80%. The reduction in force is the subject of litigation. The effects of these developments on banking organizations subject to CFPBregulation is uncertain. States and state attorneys general may increase regulatory, investigative and enforcement activity with respect to consumer protection, in response to changes in regulation, supervisionand enforcement of consumer protection laws by federal regulators. FCRA. Like other lenders, the Bank uses consumer reports in its underwriting activities. Use of such information is regulated under the FCRA, and the FCRA also regulates reporting information toconsumer reporting agencies, prescreening individuals for credit offers, sharing of consumer reports between affiliates, and using affiliate credit data for marketing purposes. Similar state laws may imposeadditional requirements on the Bank. A notice of proposed rulemaking to revise the FCRA was published in December 2024, with comments to the proposal due in March 2025. The CFPB subsequentlywithdrew the proposed rule in May 2025. Mortgage Reform. The Dodd-Frank Act prescribes certain standards that mortgage lenders must consider before making a residential mortgage loan, including verifying a borrower’s ability to repay suchmortgage loan, and allows borrowers to assert violations of certain provisions of the Truth in Lending Act as a defense to foreclosure proceedings. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, prepayment penalties areprohibited for certain mortgage transactions and creditors are prohibited from financing insurance policies in connection with a residential mortgage loan or home equity line of credit. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits mortgage originators from receiving compensation based on the terms of residential mortgage loans and generally limits the ability of a mortgage originator to be compensated by others ifcompensation is received from a consumer. The Dodd-Frank Act requires mortgage lenders to make additional disclosures prior to the extension of credit, in each billing statement and for negative amortizationloans and hybrid adjustable rate mortgages. Data Privacy and Cyber Security. The GLBA requires financial institutions to implement policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of nonpublic personal information about consumers tononaffiliated third parties. In general, the Bank 13
Page 16
must provide its customers with an initial and annual disclosure that explains its policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of such nonpublic personal information, and, except as otherwise required orpermitted by law, the Bank is prohibited from disclosing such information except as provided in such policies and procedures. However, an annual disclosure is not required to be provided by a financialinstitution if the financial institution only discloses information under exceptions from GLBA that do not require an opt out to be provided and if there has been no change in its privacy policies and practicessince its most recent disclosure provided to consumers. The GLBA also requires that the Bank develop, implement and maintain a comprehensive written information security program designed to ensure thesecurity and confidentiality of customer information (as defined under GLBA), to protect against anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information; and to protect againstunauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. The Bank is also required to send a notice to customers whose sensitive information hasbeen compromised if unauthorized use of this information is reasonably possible. Most states, including the states where the Bank operates, have enacted legislation concerning breaches of data security and Congress is considering federal legislation that would require consumer noticeof data security breaches. Pursuant to the FACT Act, the Bank must develop and implement a written identity theft prevention program to detect, prevent, and mitigate identity theft in connection with theopening of certain accounts or certain existing accounts. Additionally, the FACT Act amends the Fair Credit Reporting Act to generally prohibit a person from using information received from an affiliate tomake a solicitation for marketing purposes to a consumer, unless the consumer is given notice and a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable and simple method to opt out of the making of such solicitations. The U.S. federal bank regulatory agencies impose notification requirements on banking organizations with respect to significant computer security incidents. Under these regulations, a bank holdingcompany, such as the Company, and a national bank, such as the Bank, are required to notify the FRB or OCC, respectively, within 36 hours of incidents that have materially disrupted or degraded, or arereasonably likely to materially disrupt or degrade the banking organization’s ability to deliver services to a material portion of its customer base, jeopardize the viability of key operations of the bankingorganization, or pose a threat to the financial stability of the United States (“U.S.”). Anti-Money Laundering The Bank Secrecy Act. Under the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), a financial institution is required to have systems in place to detect certain transactions, based on the size and nature of the transaction, and tomonitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. Financial institutions, such as the Bank, are also required to adopt and implement policies and procedures withrespect to, among other things, anti-money laundering (“AML”) compliance, suspicious activity, currency transaction reporting, customer identity verification and customer risk analysis, enhanced due diligencebased upon risk and identification and monitoring of beneficial ownership. In addition, financial institutions are required to take steps to monitor their correspondent banking and private banking relationships aswell as, if applicable, their relationships with “shell banks.” In evaluating an application under Section 3 of the BHCA to acquire a bank or an application under the Bank Merger Act to merge banks or affect apurchase of assets and assumption of deposits and other liabilities, the applicable federal banking regulator must consider the AML compliance record of both the applicant and the target. In January 2021, the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which amends the BSA, was enacted. Among other things, the AMLA codified a risk-based approach to AML compliance forfinancial institutions; required the development of standards by the U.S. Department of the Treasury for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; and expanded enforcement- andinvestigation-related authority, including a significant expansion in the available sanctions for certain BSA violations. Many of the statutory provisions in the AMLA will require additional rule-makings, reportsand other measures, and the impact of the AMLA will depend on, among other things, rule-making and implementation guidance. In June 2021, the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, a bureau of the U.S.Department of the Treasury (“FinCEN”), issued the priorities for anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism policy required under the AMLA. The priorities include corruption,cybercrime, terrorist financing, fraud, transnational crime, drug trafficking, human trafficking and proliferation financing. In July 2024, the OCC, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the National Credit UnionAdministration issued a joint proposed rule that would amend their rules regarding AML programs. Among other things, the proposed rule would require national banks to incorporate a risk assessment processinto their AML programs that consider the priorities published by FinCEN and would encourage, but not require, banks to consider, evaluate and implement innovative approaches to meet BSA complianceobligations. The effects of the proposed rule on the Bank will depend on the final form of any rulemaking. OFAC. The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, nationals and others. These sanctions, which are administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office ofForeign Assets Control (“OFAC”), take many different forms. Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with or 14
Page 17
investment in a sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from and exports to a sanctioned country and prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial or othertransactions relating to a sanctioned country or with certain designated persons and entities; (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially designated nationals of the sanctioned country have aninterest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction (including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons); and (iii) restrictions on transactions with or involving certain persons orentities. Blocked assets (for example, property and bank deposits) cannot be paid out, withdrawn, set off or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions couldhave serious legal consequences for the Company or could significantly harm our brand Digital Assets In July 2025, the President signed into law the “Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins Act” or the “GENIUS Act.” The GENIUS Act establishes a regulatory framework for“payment stablecoins” and their issuers. The GENIUS Act permits payment stablecoins to be issued in the United States only by “permitted payment stablecoin issuers”, including the subsidiary of an insureddepository institution. The GENIUS Act requires the Treasury Department and federal and state regulators to issue regulations on numerous topics to interpret and implement the statute. The effect of theGENIUS Act on the Company and the Bank will depend on the final form of any regulations and cannot be predicted at this time. In addition, although the federal banking regulators have not developedregulations governing the digital asset activities of banking organizations, the OCC has clarified that certain digital assets activities of national banks are permissible subject to safety-and-soundness standardsand the OCC’s prior approval. In addition, Congress has recently proposed legislation that would, among other things, define when crypto tokens are securities, commodities or otherwise. Digital assetsactivities continue to be an area of significant focus for Congress, the current Presidential administration and the federal banking regulators. Any changes in law or in the Company’s or the Bank’s supervisoryframeworks relating to digital assets cannot be predicted at this time. Fair Access to Financial Services In recent years, certain states have enacted, or have proposed to enact, statutes, regulations or policies that prohibit financial institutions from denying or canceling products or services to a person orbusiness, or otherwise discriminating against a person or business in making available products or services, on the basis of certain social or political factors or other activities. The current Presidentialadministration has issued a number of executive orders and various agencies have taken positions that relate to environmental and social matters. In August 2025, President Trump signed Executive Order14331, “Guaranteeing Fair Banking Access for All Americans,” which states that it is the policy of the United States that no American should be denied access to financial services because of theirconstitutionally or statutorily protected beliefs, affiliations, or political views. The Executive Order directs the Treasury Secretary and federal banking regulators to address politicized or unlawful debankingactivities. Some of these measures may conflict with other regulatory requirements. Due to legal challenges and other uncertainties, the effects of these measures on the Company or the Bank cannot bepredicted at this time Executive and Incentive Compensation Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as “excessive” when the amounts paid are unreasonableor disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder. The federal banking regulators have issued comprehensive guidance on incentive compensationpolicies (the “Incentive Compensation Guidance”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine safety and soundness of such organizations byencouraging excessive risk-taking. The Incentive Compensation Guidance is based upon the key principles that a banking organization’s incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide incentives thatdo not encourage risk-taking beyond the organization’s ability to effectively identify and manage risks, (ii) be compatible with effective internal controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strongcorporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the organization’s board of directors. The Incentive Compensation Guidance states that enforcement actions may be taken against a bankingorganization if its incentive compensation arrangements or related risk-management control or governance processes pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not takingprompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. During 2016, the federal bank regulatory agencies and the SEC proposed revised rules on incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities having at least $1 billion of total assets. InJuly 2024, the OCC, FDIC, Federal Housing Finance Agency and National Credit Union Administration jointly re-proposed the regulatory text of the 2016 proposal. The Federal Reserve and the SEC did notjoin the proposal, and the proposed rule will not be published in the Federal Register until the agencies have joined. 15
Page 18
Item 1A. Risk Factors An investment in the Company involves risk, which could be substantial. Market, liquidity, credit, operational, legal, compliance and strategic risks are inherent in our business. The material risks anduncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. Any of the following risks could affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and could be material and/oradverse in nature. You should consider all of the following risks together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Economic and Market Conditions Risk Our financial condition and results of operations have been adversely affected, and in the future may be adversely affected, by the U.S. and international financial market and economic conditions. We have been, and in the future may be, affected by general business and economic conditions in the U.S. and, to a lesser extent, abroad. These conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates,inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, broad trends in industry and finance, unemployment, investor confidence andcustomer deposit behavior, all of which are beyond our control. These conditions can change suddenly and negatively. In addition, volatility due to failures of other banks or general uncertainty regarding thehealth of banks may affect customer deposit behavior and cause deposit withdrawals, even if we are not experiencing the same uncertainty. Future changes in any of these conditions, whether related topandemic, geopolitical conflict, the threat or occurrence of a U.S. sovereign default or government shutdown, a downgrade, or perceived future downgrade, in the U.S. sovereign credit rating or outlook,disruptions in the financial services industry or other future events that we are unable to predict, could result in increases in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral values, thevalue of our investment portfolio and demand for our products and services or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. In addition, volatility and uncertainty related to inflation and its effects may contribute to or enhance some of the risks described in this section. For example, higher inflation has in the past reduced, andcould in the future reduce, demand for our products, adversely affect the creditworthiness of our borrowers or result in lower values for our interest-earning assets and investment securities. Any of these effects,or others that we are not able to predict, could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. Fluctuations in market interest rates have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our performance. Our profitability depends to a large extent upon our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income earned from loans and investments and the interest expense paid on deposits andborrowings. Net interest income is our largest source of revenue and can be affected significantly by changes in market interest rates, including in the shape of the yield curve or in spreads between differentmarket interest rates, as well as by changes related to inflation. In particular, changes in relative interest rates may reduce our net interest income as the difference between interest income and interest expensedecreases. As a result, we have adopted asset and liability management policies to minimize the potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income, primarily by altering the mix andmaturity of loans, investments and funding sources. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Risk Management Policies—Interest Rate Risk” for additional information regarding the Company’sasset and liability management policies and practices, as well as its interest rate risk position, including assumptions used in determining such, as of December 31, 2025. There is risk that any change in interestrates could negatively affect our results of operations or financial condition. Because market interest rates may change by differing magnitudes and at different times, significant changes in interest rates over anextended period of time could reduce overall net interest income. In addition, volatility in interest rates can result in customer deposits flowing away from financial institutions into direct investments, and a prolonged high-interest rate environment may cause the Bank toexperience increased deposit migration. This may cause the Bank to lose some of its low-cost deposit funding or could adversely affect the Bank’s operations and liquidity. Customers may also continue to movenon-interest-bearing deposits into interest-bearing accounts, thereby increasing our overall deposit costs. Higher funding costs may continue to reduce our net interest margin and net interest income. Volatility in interest rates can also result in customer deposits flowing away from financial institutions into direct investments. Direct investments, such as U.S. government and corporate securities andother investment vehicles (including money market mutual funds), generally pay higher rates of return than financial institutions because of the absence of federal 16
Page 19
insurance premiums, and a prolonged high-interest rate environment may cause the Bank to experience increased deposit migration. This may cause the Bank to lose some of its low-cost deposit funding orcould adversely affect the Bank’s operations and liquidity. Customers may also continue to move non-interest-bearing deposits into interest-bearing accounts, thereby increasing our overall deposit costs. Higherfunding costs may continue to reduce our net interest margin and net interest income. Changes in U.S. trade policies, including the imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. There has been recent significant change to U.S. trade policies, including tariffs affecting numerous countries, as well as the imposition of retaliatory tariffs against the United States, and there continues tobe significant discussion regarding other potential changes to U.S. trade policies, treaties and tariffs, including the potential for additional tariffs. Tariffs, retaliatory tariffs or other trade restrictions on productsand materials that our customers import or export could cause the prices of our customers’ products to increase, which could reduce demand for such products. Any of these effects could adversely affect theability of our customers to pay their loans. For example, tariffs on Canadian imports could negatively affect a number of industries in Maine, and therefore our customers. In addition, if prices of consumergoods increase materially due to tariffs or other trade policy, the ability of individual households to pay their mortgages and other debt may be affected negatively. If our borrowers are unable to pay their loans,it would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. At this time, we are unable to predict whether and to what extent additional or higher tariffs or retaliatory tariffs will be imposed. Thisuncertainty complicates business planning for our customers in certain industries, and any resulting changes in our customers’ spending and borrowing patterns in response to this uncertainty could have anadverse effect on our business and results of operations. We could be adversely affected by the actions or commercial soundness, strength or stability of other financial institutions. Actual or perceived issues with, or rumors or questions about, one or more financial institutions, or the financial services industry more generally, have led to, and may in the future lead to, market-wideliquidity problems; rapid and significant deposit withdrawals at certain banks, particularly those with elevated levels of uninsured deposits; losses or defaults by certain institutions, up to and including failuresof certain banks; and significant volatility in the stock of financial services institutions. In addition, our ability to engage in routine funding and settlement transactions could be adversely affected by any ofthese events or by other events that affect the commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Failures of one or more banks that are unrelated to the Bank may in the future increase the Bank’s depositinsurance assessments, and customers and others may seek to make comparisons between failed or failing banks and the Bank, which, even if unfounded, can spread quickly through social media or other onlinechannels. Such comparisons could affect customer confidence in the Bank and lead to deposit withdrawals or other negative effects we are unable to predict, any of which could materially and negatively affectour results of operations and financial condition. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty and other relationships. We maintain a diversified securities portfolio and have exposure to many differentcounterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, the soundness, strength or stability of oneor more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions and organizations. Many of these transactions expose us to creditrisk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. Furthermore, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be liquidated or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover thefull amount of the financial instrument exposure due to us. Any such losses could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, if a counterparty should default, become insolvent, declare bankruptcy, or otherwise cease to exist, the value of our investment securities may be impaired. This could result in provision forcredit losses or realized losses being charged against future income. Given the significant judgments involved, there is risk that material provisions may be recorded to establish an allowance for credit lossesresulting in realized losses. Camden National Wealth Management may be negatively affected by changes in economic and market conditions. A substantial portion of income from fiduciary services is dependent on the market value of wealth management assets under management, which are primarily marketable securities. Changes in domesticand foreign economic conditions, volatility in financial markets, and general trends in business and finance, all of which are beyond our control, could adversely impact the market value of these assets and thefee revenues derived from the management of these assets. 17
Page 20
Continued market volatility has impacted, and may in the future impact, our business and the value of our common stock. Our business performance and the trading price of shares of our common stock have in the past, and may in the future be, affected by many factors, including volatility in the credit, mortgage and housingmarkets, fluctuations in interest rates (including in response to inflation), the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing, and the value of debt and mortgage-backed and other securities that we holdin our investment portfolio. Government action and legislation may also impact us and the value of our common stock. We cannot predict what impact, if any, future volatility will have on our business or shareprice. In addition, the value of securities, derivatives and other financial instruments which we own can be affected materially by market volatility. Volatility, illiquid market conditions or other disruptions in thefinancial markets may make it difficult to value certain financial instruments. Valuations of financial instruments in future periods may result in significant changes in the value of financial instruments we own.At the time of any disposition of such financial instruments, the price that we realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value.Any of these factors could cause a decline in the value of financial instruments that we own, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, losses in the value of our investmentsecurities or loan portfolio could affect market perception of us and create volatility in our stock price. Losses in the value of our investment securities, even if they do not affect earnings or capital, could alsocause some depositors, particularly those who maintain uninsured and uncollateralized deposits, to question the stability of the Bank and to move their deposits away from the Bank. Such events couldnegatively affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. Credit Risk and Lending Business Risk Our loans are concentrated in certain areas of Northern New England and adverse conditions in those markets could adversely affect our operations. Prior to 2025, we primarily served individuals and businesses located in the state of Maine, with 68% of our loan portfolio concentrated among borrowers in Maine as of December 31, 2024, with higherconcentrations of exposure in Cumberland, Kennebec, Knox and York counties. Although our loan portfolio became more geographically diverse following our acquisition of Northway, our loan portfolioremains significantly concentrated among Northern New England borrowers, with over 50% still located in Maine. Because a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate in this area, thevalue of the associated collateral is also subject to regional real estate market conditions. Adverse economic, political or business developments or natural hazards, the severity and frequency of which areincreasing as a result of climate change, may affect these areas and the ability of property owners in these areas to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages. If these regionsexperience adverse economic, political or business conditions, such as prolonged elevated inflation and interest rates, or if they experience a pandemic or similar event, we likely would have higher rates of lossand delinquency on these loans than if the loans were more geographically diverse. In addition, adverse economic, political or other events may affect certain industries in our markets more than others. Forexample, the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affected, and future pandemics may affect, hospitality, transportation and commercial real estate industries in Maine. Negative effects on those industries couldresult in higher rates of loss and delinquency on our loans, which could have a material, adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Our loan portfolio includes commercial real estate and commercial loans, which are generally riskier than other types of loans. At December 31, 2025, our commercial real estate and commercial loan portfolios comprised 52% of our total loan balances. Commercial loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a higherrisk of nonpayment or late payment than residential mortgage loans. Commercial loans may lack standardized terms and may include a balloon payment feature. The ability of a borrower to make or refinance aballoon payment may be affected by a number of factors, including the financial condition of the borrower, prevailing economic conditions and prevailing interest rates, and rising interest rates may make itmore difficult or impossible for borrowers to refinance maturing loans. Repayment of these loans is generally more dependent on the economy and the successful operation of a business. High vacancy rates incommercial properties have affected, and in the future may affect, the value of commercial real estate, including by causing the value of properties securing commercial real estate loans to be less than theamounts owed on such loans. Beca use of the risks associated with commercial loans, we may experience higher rates of default, and other risks described above may be more pronounced, than if the portfoliowere more heavily weighted toward residential mortgage loans. Higher rates of default or other events could cause us to experience higher credit losses or could otherwise have an adverse effect on our financialcondition and results of operations. 18
Page 21
Refer to “—Financial Condition—Loans” for additional information regarding concentrations within our commercial loan portfolio. Risks of higher credit losses and other risks described above that couldresult from adverse economic or other events affecting any industry within our commercial loan portfolio may be exacerbated by industry concentrations within the commercial loan portfolio. If our allowance for credit losses for loans is not adequate to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio and provide an allowance for credit losses for these loans (herein referred to as the “allowance for loan losses”)based on a number of factors. The level of the allowance for loan losses reflects management's continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, credit loss experience, current loan portfolioquality, current economic trends and conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts about the future, changes in competitive, legal, and regulatory conditions, and unidentified losses inherent in the currentloan portfolio. Determination of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective because it requires significant estimates and management judgment of credit risks and future trends, which are subject tomaterial changes. If our assumptions are incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover the losses we could experience, which would have an adverse effect on operating results, and mayalso cause us to increase the allowance for loan losses in the future. Deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problemloans, changes in accounting principles, and other factors, both within and outside our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulators periodically review ourallowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provisions for credit losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required byregulatory authorities could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. If additional amounts are provided to the allowance for credit losses, our earningscould decrease. Prepayments of loans may negatively impact our business. Generally, our customers may prepay the principal amount of their outstanding loans at any time, frequently without financial penalty to the borrower. The speeds at which such prepayments occur, as wellas the size of such prepayments, are within our customers’ discretion. Fluctuations in interest rates, in certain circumstances, may also lead to high levels of loan prepayments. If customers prepay the principalamount of their loans, and we are unable to lend those funds to other borrowers or invest the funds at the same or higher interest rates, interest income will be reduced. A significant reduction in interest incomecould have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Competitive and Strategic Risk We experience strong competition within our industry and markets, which may impact our profitability and adversely affect the price of our common stock. Competition in the banking and financial services industry is strong. In our market areas, we compete for loans, deposits and other financial products and services with large financial companies, localindependent banks, thrift institutions, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, and otherfinancial intermediaries that offer similar services. Some of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than those of the Bank and may offer services that the Bank does not orcannot provide. Some of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations we are, and, as a result, may be able to compete more effectively for business. In particular, the activity ofnon-bank lenders and other financial technology companies (“fintechs”) has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. Fintechs have offered and may continue to offer bank orbank-like products. For example, a number of fintechs have applied for, and in some cases received, bank, non-depository national bank or industrial loan charters. Under the current administration, certain U.S.banking regulators have processed charter applications on an accelerated timeline, including applications filed by fintechs. In addition, other fintechs have partnered with existing banks to allow them to offerdeposit and loan products to their customers. Regulatory changes may also make it easier for fintechs to partner with banks and offer deposit products, or increase the ability of fintechs to compete through theuse of non-banking products such as cryptocurrency or alternative payment systems. In July 2025, President Trump signed into law the “Guiding and Establishing National Innovation for U.S. Stablecoins Act”or the “GENIUS Act.” The GENIUS Act establishes a regulatory framework for “payment stablecoins” and their issuers. Consumers and businesses may view payment stablecoins as a substitute for traditionalbank deposits, which could result in deposit withdrawals and increased competition with the Bank’s deposit products. The GENIUS Act requires the Treasury Department and federal and state regulators toissue regulations on numerous topics to interpret and implement the statute. The effect of the GENIUS Act on the Company and the Bank will depend on the final form of any regulations and cannot bepredicted at this time. There is also increased competition by out-of-market competitors through online and mobile channels. Our long-term success depends on our ability to compete successfully with otherfinancial institutions and fintechs. Because we maintain a 19
Page 22
smaller staff and have fewer financial and other resources than larger institutions with which we compete, we may be limited in our ability to attract customers. If we are unable to attract and retain customers,we may be unable to achieve growth in the loan and core deposit portfolios, and our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively affected. In addition, return on shareholders’ equity and other measures of profitability, which affect the market price of our common stock, depend in part on continued growth and expansion. The ability to generateinternal growth is affected by the competitive factors described herein as well as by the primarily rural characteristics and related demographic features of the markets we serve. If we are unable to compete orgrow effectively in our markets, it could adversely affect our business and the price of our common stock. Market changes may adversely affect pricing of, and demand for, our services and impact results of operations. Channels for servicing our customers are evolving rapidly, with less reliance on traditional branches, more use of online and mobile banking, and increased demand for universal bankers and otherrelationship managers who can service multiple product lines. We compete with larger providers that are rapidly evolving their service offerings, thereby escalating the costs of evolving the Bank’s efforts tokeep pace. We have a process for evaluating the profitability of our branches and other office and operational facilities. The identification of unprofitable operations and facilities can lead to restructuringcharges and introduce the risk of disruptions to revenues and customer relationships. In addition, our success depends, in part, on our ability to adapt products and services to changing industry standards. There is increasing pressure to provide products and services at lower prices. Lowerprices can reduce our net interest margin and revenues from fee-based products and services. The adoption of new or emerging technologies, such as blockchain and artificial intelligence, or furtherdevelopments in current technologies may require us to make substantial expenditures to modify or adapt our existing products and services to remain competitive. These and other capital investments in ourbusinesses may not produce expected growth in earnings anticipated at the time of the expenditure. We might not be successful in developing or introducing new products and services, adapting to changingcustomer preferences and spending and saving habits (which may be altered significantly and suddenly), achieving market acceptance of our products and services, or sufficiently developing and maintainingloyal customer relationships. Sustainability-related topics as well as companies’ actions and initiatives on such issues, have received significant attention from a wide range of stakeholders. The U.S. federal government, U.S. states andcertain other countries and regions have adopted or are considering legislation, regulation or policies on these topics. Compliance with such laws, regulations or policies, including any that may be adopted inthe future, could, among other things, increase the costs of operating our businesses, reduce the demand for our products and services and impact the prices we charge our customers, any or all of which couldadversely affect our results of operations. In addition, policymakers in some jurisdictions have adopted or proposed laws, regulations and policies that diverge from, or potentially conflict with, those in otherjurisdictions. Failure to comply with any legislation, regulation or policy, including as a result of making good faith interpretations that may differ from those taken by enforcement authorities in relevantjurisdictions, could potentially result in substantial fines, criminal sanctions, damage to the Company’s brand or operational changes. Moreover, our customers, stockholders, employees and other stakeholdershave diverse expectations, demands and perspective on these topics, which are continuing to evolve. We may not be able to meet the diverse expectations and demands of all our stakeholders, which could harmour brand, reduce customer demand for our products and services, and subject us to legal and operational risks. Camden National Wealth Management faces intense competition in attracting and retaining clients. Due to strong competition, Camden National Wealth Management may not be able to attract and retain clients at current levels. Competition is strong as there are numerous well-established and successfulinvestment management and wealth advisory firms including commercial banks and trust companies, investment advisory firms, mutual fund companies, stock brokerage firms, and other financial companies.Our ability to attract and retain wealth management clients is dependent upon our ability to compete with competitors’ investment products, level of investment performance, client services, and marketing anddistribution capabilities. If we are not successful, our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively affected. 20
Page 23
The Company faces competition in pursuing acquisition opportunities, may not be able to identify attractive acquisition targets or may not be able to complete future acquisitions. In pursuing acquisition opportunities, we may be in competition with other companies having similar growth strategies, including banks, bank holding companies, mutual banks and mutual holdingcompanies. In addition, economic conditions may impede our ability to identify or acquire acquisition candidates. Furthermore, a number of banks in our markets or neighboring markets are organized asmutual banks and may not be interested in a transaction with a counterparty that is not organized in the same manner, such as the Company. These and other economic factors or competition for theseacquisitions could result in increased acquisition prices and a lack of attractive acquisition opportunities. As a result, we may not be able to identify or acquire acquisition candidates. In addition, we generally must receive federal regulatory approval before we can acquire a bank or bank holding company. Our ability to pursue or complete an attractive acquisition could be negativelyaffected by regulatory delay or other regulatory issues. We cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and conditions, any required regulatory approvals will be granted. If we commit certain regulatoryviolations, including those that result in a downgrade in certain of our bank regulatory ratings, we may not be able to pursue future acquisitions for a period of time, or governmental authorities could precludeus from doing so even if we were otherwise able. Completed acquisitions may not produce the expected results, may result in unforeseen integration difficulties and may dilute shareholders’ interests. There can be no assurance that we will realize the anticipated positive results of any acquisition we complete, such as our recently completed acquisition of Northway, including results related to expectedrevenue increases, cost savings, increases in geographic or product presence or other projected benefits. We may incur substantial expenses related to acquisitions and integration of acquired companies.Successful integration of an acquired company may present challenges due to differences in systems, operations, policies and procedures, management teams and corporate cultures and may be more costly ordifficult to complete than anticipated or have unanticipated adverse results. Integration efforts could divert management’s attention and resources, which could adversely affect our operations or results.Integration efforts could result in higher than expected customer loss, deposit attrition, loss of key employees, issues with systems and technology, disruption of our businesses or the businesses of the acquiredcompany, or otherwise adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers and employees or achieve anticipated benefits of the acquisition. We issued additional shares of our common stock asconsideration for our acquisition of Northway, which diluted our shareholders’ ownership interests. Other future acquisitions may be material to us, and we may issue additional shares of our common stock topay for those acquisitions, which would further dilute current shareholders’ ownership interests. Liquidity Risk Our cost of funds has increased and may in the future increase further as a result of loss of deposits, a change in deposit mix or changes in interest rates. Deposits are a low-cost, stable source of funding. We compete with banks, other financial institutions and fintechs for deposits. Increases in short-term interest rates throughout 2022 and 2023 resulted inmore intense competition in deposit pricing. Competition and increasing interest rates caused us to increase the interest rates we pay on deposits. Although the Federal Reserve began to lower short-term interestrates in 2024, competition for deposits remains elevated. In addition, a loss in the value of our investment or loan portfolio, perceived concerns regarding our or the Bank’s capital position or perceived concernsregarding the level of the Bank’s uninsured and uncollateralized deposits could cause rapid and significant deposit outflows. Funding costs may increase further if we lose deposits and are forced to replace themwith more expensive sources of funding, if clients shift their deposits into higher cost products or if we need to continue to raise interest rates to avoid losing deposits. Higher funding costs reduce our netinterest margin, net interest income and net income. If we were to experience a significant outflow of deposits, we may face significantly increased funding costs, suffer significant losses and have asignificantly reduced ability to raise new capital. As of December 31, 2025, brokered deposits made up 2% of our total deposits. We have utilized and will continue to utilize brokered deposits when it is a more cost effective source of funding compared toalternative funding sources. Should we become less than well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action framework, our use of brokered deposits may be limited, which could result in the use of morecostly funding sources that would reduce our net interest margin, net interest income and net income. See “Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy and Safety and Soundness—Prompt CorrectiveAction” and “Supervision and Regulations—Regulation of the Bank—Brokered Deposits” for additional information on the prompt corrective action framework and the regulation of brokered deposits. 21
Page 24
Wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits and support our operations and future growth. The Company and the Bank must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. To manage liquidity, we draw upon a number of funding sources in addition to core depositgrowth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. These sources include brokered deposits, borrowings through the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) and correspondent banks,proceeds from the sale of investments and loans, and liquidity resources at the holding company. Our ability to manage liquidity will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain access to funding or ifadequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable costs, or if there are unforeseen outflows of cash or collateral. In addition, if we are required to rely more heavily on moreexpensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected. Turbulence inthe capital and credit markets may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us. We could lose access to sources of liquidity if we were to experience financial or regulatory issues. We rely on sources of liquidity provided by the Federal Reserve, such as the Federal Reserve discount window and other liquidity facilities that the Federal Reserve may establish from time to time, as wellas liquidity provided by FHLBB. To access these sources of liquidity, the Federal Reserve or FHLBB may impose conditions that we and the Bank are in sound financial condition (as determined by the FederalReserve or FHLBB) or that we and the Bank maintain minimum supervisory ratings. If we or the Bank were to experience financial or regulatory issues, it could affect our or the Bank’s ability to accessliquidity facilities, including at times when we or the Bank needs additional liquidity for the operation of its business. If we or the Bank were to lose access to these liquidity sources, it could have a materialadverse effect on our operations and financial condition. We are a holding company and dependent upon our subsidiary for dividends, distributions and other payments to meet our liquidity needs. We are a legal entity separate and distinct from our direct and indirect subsidiaries. Our revenue (on a parent-only basis) is derived primarily from interest and dividends paid to us by the Bank. Our right,and consequently the right of our shareholders, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of the Bank through the payment of such dividends or otherwise is necessarily subject to the prior claimsof creditors of the Bank (including depositors), except to the extent that certain claims of us in a creditor capacity may be recognized. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, and if declared by our Board of Directors. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we arenot required to do so and our Board of Directors may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend in the future. The FRB has authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends if suchpayment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. Additionally, the OCC has the authority to use its enforcement powers to prohibit a bank from paying dividends if, in its opinion, the payment ofdividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Further, as a bank holding company, we are required to inform and consult with FRB supervisory staff prior to declaring and paying a dividend thatexceeds earnings for the period for which the dividend is being paid. If we experience losses in a series of consecutive quarters, we may be required to inform and consult with the FRB supervisory staff prior todeclaring or paying any dividends. In this event, there can be no assurance that the FRB will approve the payment of such dividends. Our ability to pay dividends would also be restricted under currentregulatory capital rules if we do not maintain a capital conservation buffer. A reduction or elimination of dividends could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. See Item 1. “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividend Restrictions” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Regulatory Capital Requirements.” 22
Page 25
Regulatory and Legal Risk Our banking business is highly regulated, and we may be adversely affected by changes in law and regulation. We are subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB, and the Bank is subject to regulation and supervision by the OCC and the FDIC, as well as regulations issued by the CFPB. Federal laws andregulations govern numerous matters affecting us, including changes in the ownership or control of banks and bank holding companies, maintenance of adequate capital and the financial condition of a financialinstitution, permissible types, amounts and terms of extensions of credit and investments, permissible non-banking activities, the level of reserves against deposits and restrictions on dividend payments. TheOCC possesses the power to issue cease and desist orders to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks subject to their regulation, and the FRB possesses similar powers withrespect to bank holding companies. These and other restrictions limit the manner in which we may conduct business and obtain financing. Our business is highly regulated and the laws, rules, regulations, and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change, and there have been significantrevisions to the laws and regulations applicable to banks and bank holding companies that have been enacted or proposed in recent years. We expect that we will remain subject to extensive regulation andsupervision, and that the level of regulatory scrutiny may fluctuate over time, based on numerous factors, including changes in the U.S. presidential administration or one or both houses of Congress and publicsentiment regarding financial institutions (which can be influenced by scandals and other incidents that involve participants in the industry). In particular, recent changes in national political leadership haveintroduced uncertainty into the direction and timing of any future regulation. Although an overall reduction in the regulation of the financial services sector could result in some operational and cost benefits,any potential new regulations or changes to existing regulations and supervisory expectations may necessitate changes to our existing regulatory compliance and risk management programs. New regulationsand changes to existing regulations and supervisory expectations have increased, and may in the future increase, our costs over time.In addition, changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, or their interpretation or implementation, and/or regulatory practices, requirements or expectations, could affect us in substantial andunpredictable ways. In particular, the potential effects of a number of proposed regulations on us remain uncertain due to legal challenges and the recent changes in the U.S. presidential administration andcontrol of the U.S. Senate, which could result in changing federal or state regulatory priorities. We are unable to predict the form or nature of any future changes to statutes or regulation, including the interpretation or implementation thereof. Changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies,including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, have and could in the future subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we mayoffer, and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations, policies or supervisory guidance could result inenforcement and other legal actions by federal or state authorities, including criminal and civil penalties, the loss of FDIC insurance, revocation of a banking charter, other sanctions by regulatory agencies, civilmoney penalties, and/or damage to our brand, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. See Item 1., “Business—Supervision and Regulation.” We may become involved in lawsuits and legal proceedings that may lead to adverse consequences. As a participant in the financial services industry, many aspects of the Company’s business involve substantial risk of legal liability. For example, banking organizations have been subject to claimsregarding patent infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights in recent years which, in some cases, have resulted in large judgments against the banks. From time to time, we are named orthreatened to be named as defendants in various lawsuits, including class actions, arising from our business activities. In addition, when other financial institutions receive adverse judgments in litigation oragree to settlements, that may encourage plaintiffs and their attorneys to bring and maintain claims, including class actions, against other financial institutions, including the Company. There is no assurance thatlitigation with private parties will not increase in the future. Future actions against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other results adverse to us, which could materially adversely affectour business, financial condition or results of operations, or cause serious harm to our brand. In addition, the scope of insurance coverage we maintain may not provide us with full, or even partial, coverage inany particular case. As a result, a judgment against us in any such litigation and/or legal costs incurred in defending us against such litigation could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition andresults of operation. 23
Page 26
We may incur fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations, possibly even inadvertent or unintentional violations. The financial services industry is subject to intense scrutiny from bank supervisors in the examination process and aggressive enforcement of federal and state regulations, particularly with respect tomortgage-related practices and other consumer compliance matters, and compliance with AML, BSA and OFAC regulations, and economic sanctions against certain foreign countries and nationals.Enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. In addition, some legal/regulatory frameworks provide for the imposition of fines or penalties fornoncompliance even though the noncompliance was inadvertent or unintentional and even though there were systems and procedures designed to ensure compliance in place at the time. There have been anumber of significant enforcement actions in recent years by regulators, state attorneys general and the Department of Justice against banks and other non-bank financial institutions with respect to AML andsanctions laws, and some have resulted in substantial penalties including criminal pleas. Although the Company and the Bank have adopted policies and procedures designed to comply with these laws, anyfailure to comply with these laws and other regulations, or to maintain an adequate compliance program, could result in significant fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, damage to our brand, orrestrictions on our business. We are subject to numerous laws designed to meet the credit needs of low- and moderate-income communities and to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws,and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions. The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose community investment and nondiscriminatory lendingrequirements on financial institutions. The FRB, OCC, CFPB, the Department of Justice and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge toan institution’s performance under the Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act or other fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety ofsanctions, including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions, restrictions on expansion and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties mayalso have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition andresults of operations. We are required to maintain sufficient capital and adequate liquidity. As a banking organization, our capital and liquidity are subject to regulation and supervision by banking regulators. We are required to maintain minimum levels of capital. In addition, our bankingregulators could require us to maintain more and higher quality capital than previously expected. Our banking regulators could also require us to hold higher levels of short-term investments, thereby limitingour ability to invest in longer-term or less liquid assets at higher yields. The need to maintain capital and liquidity could result in our being required to take steps to increase our regulatory capital and may diluteshareholder value or limit our ability to pay dividends or otherwise return capital to our investors through stock repurchases. In addition, if we fail to maintain appropriate levels of capital or liquidity, we couldbecome subject to formal or informal enforcement actions that may impose restrictions on our business, including limiting our lending activities or our ability to expand, requiring us to raise additional capital(which may be dilutive to shareholders) or requiring regulatory approval to pay dividends or otherwise return capital to shareholders. See Item 1. “Business-Supervision and Regulation-Regulatory CapitalRequirements” for additional information on capital requirements applicable to us and the Bank. 24
Page 27
Operational and Business Risk Damage to our brand could significantly harm our business. We are dependent on our reputation within our market area, as a trusted and responsible financial company, for all aspects of our relationships with customers, employees, vendors, third-party serviceproviders and others with whom we conduct business or potential future business, particularly because our business is primarily concentrated in certain areas of Northern New England. Our actual or perceivedfailure to (i) identify and address potential conflicts of interest, ethical issues, money-laundering, or privacy issues; (ii) meet legal and regulatory requirements applicable to the Bank and to the Company; (iii)maintain the privacy of customer and accompanying personal information; (iv) maintain adequate record keeping; (v) engage in proper sales and trading practices; and (vi) identify the legal, credit, liquidity andmarket risks inherent in our products; or any action of one of our employees that results in actual or perceived misconduct or error, among other things, could result in damage to our brand that could cause harmto the Bank and our business prospects. If we fail to address any of these issues in an appropriate manner, we could be subject to additional legal risks, which, in turn, could increase the size and number oflitigation claims and damages asserted or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties and cause us to incur related costs and expenses. Because we primarily serve individuals and businesses located inMaine and New Hampshire, any negative impact resulting from harm to our brand, including any impact on our ability to attract and retain customers and employees, likely would be greater than if our businesswere more geographically diverse. Moreover, the advent and expansion of social media creates the potential for rapid and widespread dissemination of information, including inaccurate, misleading, or falseinformation, that could damage our brand and affect our ability to attract and retain customers and employees. We may incur significant losses as a result of ineffective risk management processes and strategies. We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational, compliance and legal reportingsystems, internal controls, management review processes and other mechanisms. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and thejudgments that accompany their application may not be effective and may not anticipate every economic and financial outcome in all market environments or the specifics and timing of such outcomes. Marketconditions over the last several years have involved unprecedented dislocations and highlight the limitations inherent in using historical data to manage risk. If our risk and control framework, or theassumptions underlying our framework, prove ineffective, we may not be able to mitigate our risk exposures effectively, and, as a result, we could incur litigation, negative regulatory consequences, damage toour brand or other adverse consequences, and we could suffer unexpected losses that may affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees. Competition for qualified personnel is intense in many areas of the financial services industry. If the Company provides inadequate succession planning, or is unable to continue to retain and attractqualified employees, this could result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s performance, including its competitive position. We could be held responsible for environmental liabilities of properties we acquired through foreclosure. In the course of business, we may acquire, through foreclosure, properties securing loans originated or purchased that are in default. Particularly in commercial real estate lending, there is a risk thatmaterial environmental violations could be discovered on these properties. In this event, we might be required to remedy these violations at the affected properties at our sole cost and expense. The cost ofremedial action could substantially exceed the value of affected properties. We may not have adequate remedies against the prior owner or other responsible parties and could find it difficult or impossible to sellthe affected properties. These events could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 25
Page 28
Systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security concerning our information base, including the information we maintain relating to our customers, could have an adverse effect on our financialcondition and results of operations. In the ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic communications and information systems to conduct our business and to store sensitive data, including financial information regarding customers.We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors, inadequate or failed internal processes, human error, customer or employee fraud,cyberattacks, hacking, identity theft and catastrophic failures resulting from terrorist acts or natural disasters. We depend upon data processing, software, communication, and information exchange on a varietyof computing platforms and networks and over the internet, and we rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. We cannot be certain that all of oursystems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or other technological difficulties or failures. If information security is breached or other technology difficulties or failures occur, information may be lost ormisappropriated, services and operations may be interrupted and we could be exposed to claims from customers. A cybersecurity breach or cyberattack could persist for an extended period before being detectedand could result in theft of sensitive data or disruption of our transaction processing systems. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition, results ofoperations or liquidity. We are subject to a variety of cybersecurity risks that, if realized, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Information security risks for financial institutions such as the Company and the Bank are significant due to the use of online, telephone and mobile banking channels by customers and the increasedsophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties. Third parties with whom we or our customers do business also present operational and information security risks tous. We see an increasing trend of cyberattacks targeting providers in the financial services industry, as well as increased security breaches or failures of their own systems. Our operations rely on the secureprocessing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. Our businesses rely on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software, and networks toconduct their operations. As our reliance on technology systems increases, the potential risks of technology-related interruptions in our operations or the occurrence of cyber incidents also increases. Ourtechnologies, systems, networks and our customers’ devices are periodically the target of cyberattacks, and may be the target of future cyberattacks, including through the introduction of computer viruses,and/or malicious code, or by means of phishing attacks, social engineering or other information security breaches. Malicious actors may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers or other usersof our systems to disclose sensitive information, including passwords and other identifying information, in order to gain access to data or our systems. In recent years, there have been several well-publicized attacks on various companies, including in the financial services industry, and personal, proprietary, and public e-mail systems in which theperpetrators gained unauthorized access to confidential information and customer data, often through the introduction of computer viruses or malware, cyberattacks, phishing, social engineering or other means.Even if not directed at the Company or the Bank specifically, attacks on other entities with whom we do business or on whom we otherwise rely or attacks on financial or other institutions important to theoverall functioning of the financial system could adversely affect, directly or indirectly, aspects of our business. Information security risks continue to increase, in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, including artificial intelligence (“AI”), ongoing work-from-home arrangements, the use of theInternet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists, and other external parties, some ofwhich may be linked to terrorist organizations or hostile foreign governments. We have expended substantial resources to protect our systems and, as cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required toexpend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our systems or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities. System enhancements and updates may also create risks associated withimplementing and integrating new systems. Due to the complexity and interconnectedness of information technology systems, the process of enhancing our systems can itself create a risk of systems disruptionsand security issues. Failure to properly utilize system enhancements that are implemented in the future could result in impairment charges and could result in significant costs to remediate or replace thedefective components. In addition, we may incur significant training, licensing, maintenance, consulting and amortization expenses during and after systems implementations, and any such costs may continuefor an extended period of time. We may not be able to anticipate, detect, or implement effective preventative measures against all potential threats, particularly because the techniques used by cyber criminals change frequently, often arenot recognized until launched and can be initiated from a variety of sources. In addition, a cybersecurity breach or cyberattack could persist for an extended period before being detected, which could exacerbatethe harmful effects of a successful cyberattack. If one or more of the events described above occurs, this could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or ourcustomers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, the theft of customer assets through fraudulent transactions or 26
Page 29
disruption of our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations, which could result in legal or regulatory action, significant losses, increased compliance costs or damage to our brand, any of whichcould adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Because the investigation of any information security breach is inherently unpredictable and would require substantial time tocomplete, the Company may not be able to quickly remediate the consequences of any breach, which may increase the costs, and enhance the negative consequences associated with a breach. In addition, to theextent the Company’s insurance covers aspects of any breach, such insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of the Company’s losses. As cybersecurity and data privacy risks for banking organizations and other financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years, cybersecurity and data privacy issues have become the subjectof increasing legislative and regulatory focus. We could be adversely affected if new legislation or regulations are adopted or if existing legislation or regulations are modified such that we are required to alterour systems or are required to change our business practices or privacy policies. If cybersecurity, data privacy, data protection, data transfer or data retention laws are implemented, interpreted or applied in amanner inconsistent with our current practices, we may be subject to fines, litigation or regulatory enforcement actions or ordered to change our business practices, policies or systems in a manner that adverselyaffects our results of operations. We must adapt to information technology changes in the financial services industry, which could present operational issues, require significant capital spending, or affect our brand. The financial services industry is constantly undergoing technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. Our future success will depend, in part, uponour ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in ouroperations. To compete effectively, the Company may use new and evolving technologies, including AI and machine learning, to help improve its customer service, marketing, and products or to automatecertain business decisions or risk management practices, such as fraud identification. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketingthese products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully implement and integrate future system enhancements could adversely impact the ability to provide timely and accurate financial informationin compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, which could result in sanctions from regulatory authorities. Such sanctions could include fines and suspension of trading in our stock, among others. Inaddition, future system enhancements could have higher than expected costs and/or result in operating inefficiencies, which could increase the costs associated with the implementation as well as ongoingoperations. Furthermore, legal and regulatory requirements relating to new technologies such as AI are evolving rapidly, and the inability to predict how this regulation will take shape and the absence of auniform regulatory framework for AI may present unforeseen challenges in applying and relying on existing compliance systems. Complying with such requirements could increase expenses and exposure tolegal or regulatory proceedings. We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure. Third-party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or theirperforming their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers or otherwise conduct our business efficiently and effectively. Replacing these third partyvendors could also entail significant delay and expense. Third parties with which we do business could also be sources of information security risk to us, including from breakdowns, systems failures or cyber threats through their systems to our systems. Any ofthese occurrences could impact our ability to operate our business, or cause financial loss, potential liability to clients, damage to our brand or regulatory consequences, any of which could have a materialadverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Our operations and financial performance could be adversely affected by natural disasters, and climate change may exacerbate those risks and create compliance, strategic and other risks. Our business, as well as the operations and activities of our customers, could be negatively affected by climate change. Climate change presents both immediate and long-term risks to us and our customersand these risks are expected to increase over time. Climate change presents several risks, including (i) operational risk from the physical effects of climate events on our facilities and other assets, on ourvendors’ facilities and on our customers’ assets, including real estate pledged as collateral for our loans; and (ii) transitional risks, including new or more stringent regulatory requirements and potential effectson our brand and/or changes in our business as a result of our climate change practices, our carbon footprint and our business relationships with customers who operate in carbon-intensive industries. 27
Page 30
Natural disasters can disrupt our operations, result in damage to our properties, reduce or destroy the value of the collateral for our loans and negatively affect the economies in which we operate, whichcould have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. A significant natural disaster, such as a tornado, hurricane, earthquake, fire or flood, could have a material adverseimpact on our ability to conduct business (including as a result of damage to our own facilities or systems or to the facilities or systems of third-party vendors on which we rely), and our insurance coverage maybe insufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Because we primarily serve individuals and businesses located in Northern New England, a natural disaster likely would have a greater impact on ourbusiness, operations and financial condition than if our business were more geographically diverse. Both the frequency and severity of some kinds of natural disasters, including wildfires, flooding, tornadoes and hurricanes, have increased, and we expect will continue to increase, as a result of climatechange. In addition, long-term shifts in the climate, including altered distribution and intensity of rainfall, rising sea levels and a rising heat index, negatively affect our ability to predict the effects of naturaldisasters accurately. Climate change may result in reduced availability of insurance for our borrowers, including insurance that protects property pledged as collateral, or disrupt their operations, which couldincrease our credit risk by diminishing borrowers’ repayment capacity or collateral values. To the extent the U.S. continues to transition to a low-carbon economy, related risks may arise from changes in consumer preferences, technologies, public policies and legal and regulatory requirements.New laws and regulations could result in significant costs as we implement compliance, disclosure and other programs. Failure to comply with any applicable laws or regulations could result in legal orregulatory sanctions and harm to our brand. Failure to adequately consider transition risks in our operations could lead to a loss of market share, lower revenues, decreased asset values and higher credit costs. Inaddition, we may not be able to meet the diverging expectations and priorities of different groups, including our employees, shareholders and regulators. We could also experience increased expenses resultingfrom strategic planning, litigation and technology and market changes, and harm to our brand as a result of negative public sentiment, regulatory scrutiny and reduced investor and employee confidence due toour response to climate change and our climate change strategy. Risks associated with climate change are continuing to evolve rapidly, making it difficult to assess the effects of climate change on our business, and we expect that climate change-related risks willcontinue to evolve and increase over time. Acts of terrorism, pandemics and other external events could harm our business. Acts of terrorism, war or other international hostilities, civil unrest, violence or pandemics could cause disruptions to our business or the economy as a whole. Any of these events could affect us directly(for example, by interrupting our systems, causing significant damage to our facilities or otherwise preventing us from conducting our ordinary business) or indirectly as a result of effects on our borrowers andother customers or third-party vendors (for example, by damaging property pledged as collateral for our loans). The Company has suffered, and could in the future suffer, adverse consequences to the extent thatpandemics, terrorist activities, civil unrest, international hostilities, or other external events affect the financial markets or the economy in general or in any region in which the Company, or third parties onwhich the Company relies, operate. Depending on the impact of external events on general economic and market conditions, there is a risk that adverse conditions could occur or worsen, including supply chain disruptions; higher inflation;decreased demand for our products and services or those of our borrowers, which could increase credit risk; challenges related to maintaining sufficient qualified personnel due to labor shortages, talent attrition,employee illness, or willingness to return to work; and disruptions to our business operations or those of our counterparties, vendors and other service providers. Our ability to mitigate the adverse consequences of these occurrences is in part dependent on the quality of our resiliency planning, and our ability, if any, to anticipate the nature of any such event thatoccurs. The adverse effects of pandemics, terrorist activities, civil unrest, international hostilities or other external events also could be increased to the extent that there is a lack of preparedness on the part ofnational or regional emergency responders or on the part of other organizations and businesses that we transact with, particularly those that we depend upon, but have no control over. 28
Page 31
Accounting and Tax Risk Our financial statements are based in part on assumptions and estimates, which, if wrong, could cause unexpected losses in the future. Pursuant to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, we are required to use certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including in determining credit loss reserves,reserves related to litigation and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, among other items. If assumptions or estimates underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may experience materiallosses. For additional information, see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates.” We may be required to write down goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. When we acquire a business, a portion of the purchase price of the acquisition may be allocated to goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value ofthe net identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired determines the amount of the purchase price that is allocated to goodwill. At December 31, 2025, our goodwill and other identifiable intangible assetstotaled $194.1 million. Under current accounting standards, if we determine goodwill or intangible assets are impaired, we would be required to write down the value of these assets to fair value. We conduct anannual review, or more frequently if events or circumstances warrant such additional review, to determine whether goodwill is impaired. We recently completed our goodwill impairment analysis as ofNovember 30, 2025 and concluded goodwill was not impaired. We conduct a review of our other intangible assets for impairment should events or circumstances warrant such review. There were no triggers forsuch review for impairment for other intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2025. We may be required to take an impairment charge in the future. Any impairment charge would have a negativeeffect on our shareholders’ equity and financial results and may cause a decline in our stock price. On January 2, 2025, we completed the acquisition of Northway. As part of this acquisition, additional goodwill and other intangible assets were recognized upon completion of our purchase accounting, asfurther described within Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements. The goodwill and intangible assets created from the acquisition of Northway were subject to assessment for impairment as describedabove. Changes in accounting standards can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the FASB and the SEC change the financialaccounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be hard to anticipate and implement and can materially impact how we record and report ourfinancial condition and results of operations. For example, the introduction of Accounting Standard Update No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses onFinancial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), as updated, commonly referred to as “CECL,” substantially changed how we calculate our allowance for credit losses. Other future changes in accounting standardscould materially impact how we report our financial condition, and we cannot predict whether such standards will be adopted or their resultant impact. Changes in tax laws and regulations and differences in interpretation of tax laws and regulations may adversely impact our financial statements. Local, state or federal tax authorities may interpret tax laws and regulations differently than we do and challenge tax positions that we have taken on tax returns. This may result in differences in thetreatment of revenues, deductions, credits and/or differences in the timing of these items. The differences in treatment may result in payment of additional taxes, interest or penalties that could have a materialadverse effect on our results. In addition, there may be future changes to tax laws, administrative rulings or court decisions that could adversely affect our financial condition, including an increased provisionfor income taxes and/or reduced net income. We are not able to predict the timing or impact of any changes in local, state or federal tax laws. Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments None. 29
Page 32
Item 1C. CybersecurityCybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy The Company has developed and implemented a comprehensive cybersecurity risk management program that is intended to protect the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidentialinformation in its computer systems and networks. The Company’s cybersecurity risk management program, a component of the Company’s Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) Program, is based on theNational Institute of Standards and Technology (“NIST”) Cybersecurity Framework, regulatory guidance and other industry standards. The Company’s process for identifying, assessing, managing andprioritizing cybersecurity risks throughout the Company includes: • A third party risk assessment program for the Company’s third party vendors that access the Company’s data (each, a “Vendor”) to ensure that all Vendors meet the Company’s cybersecurityrequirements, including, periodic risk assessments of Vendors, monitoring Vendor compliance with the Company’s cybersecurity requirements, and a requirement that all contracts with Vendorsinclude provisions requiring the Vendor to notify the Company of any cyber incident, and/or to maintain minimum levels of cybersecurity insurance; • A security awareness program that includes training employees on best practices for securing the Company’s data, as well as regular social engineering testing to keep employees informed ofcybersecurity threats and to train them to look for malicious emails and other potential cybersecurity threats; • A dedicated information security team that monitors threats and vulnerabilities that arise, and regularly performs threat intelligence and vulnerability management; • The Company’s engagement of a third party to conduct periodic independent testing of the Company’s cybersecurity defenses to confirm that the defenses are effective; • A Managed Detection and Response (“MDR”) service that continuously monitors the Company’s systems and alerts the Company’s information security team of any detected anomalies or suspiciousactivity and stops any event that is deemed dangerous to the Company’s systems or networks; • An Incident Response Plan (“IRP”) and Business Continuity Plan (“BCP”) which outline steps to be taken during a cyber incident and to recover systems and continue business operations following acyber incident; and • A Cybersecurity Incident Response Team (“CSIRT”) that tracks cyber incidents, including those that affect third parties that are handling the Company’s data. Cybersecurity Threats During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, the Company did not identify any risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, that have materiallyaffected, or that are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company, including its business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition other than the risks described in Item 1A. “Risk Factors”. Cybersecurity Governance Board of Directors’ Oversight. The Company’s Board of Directors oversees the Company’s cybersecurity program, including the oversight of risks related to cybersecurity through various committees thatare responsible for monitoring and testing the Company's information security. The Board of Directors conducts an annual review of the Company’s cybersecurity- related policies. Quarterly, the Company’sSVP, Director of Information Security (“DIS”) presents reports to the Audit Committee on vulnerability management and cybersecurity testing effectiveness, emerging threats and industry and regulatorychanges that affect cybersecurity, and responds to inquiries from the Audit Committee. In addition, the Technology Committee receives and evaluates quarterly updates from the DIS on cybersecurityperformance and on cybersecurity trends and strategies. The Board of Directors receives quarterly updates from the EVP, CRO on cybersecurity metrics and the cybersecurity risk management program’sperformance. Management Oversight. While the Board of Directors and its Audit and Technology Committees oversee management’s processes related to cybersecurity risks, management is responsible for identifying,monitoring and mitigating the material cybersecurity risks that face the Company. The Company’s CRO is directly responsible for the overall cybersecurity risk management program which is a part of theCompany's ERM Program. The CRO and the DIS oversee the information security department’s implementation and maintenance of the cybersecurity risk management program, including oversight of Vendorsand regular reporting to the Board of Directors and its Audit and Technology Committees on the effectiveness of the 30
Page 33
cybersecurity risk management program. The DIS updates the CRO as appropriate, including as new developments or information related to cyber incidents arise. The Company’s CRO has over 30 years of experience in cybersecurity and information technology. The CRO joined the Company in 2011 and became CRO in July 2023. Prior to becoming CRO, heserved as SVP and Director of Information Security & ERM for six years and prior to that served five years as VP and Senior Information Security Officer of the Company. Prior to joining the Company, theCRO had a ten year career in information technology and began his career serving with the U.S. Air Force, specializing in information technology, cybersecurity, risk mitigation, and encrypted communications. The Company’s DIS joined the Company in 2023 and has over 23 years of experience in information technology and cybersecurity. The DIS has held senior management positions in information securityfor the past ten years. The DIS holds several industry certifications including Certified Information Systems Security Professional (“CISSP”), Certified Information Systems Auditor (“CISA”), Certified in Riskand Management Systems Controls (“CRISC”) and Certified Data Privacy Solutions Engineer (“CDPSE”). Item 2. Properties As of December 31, 2025, the Company owns its principal executive office in Camden, Maine, and leases additional executive offices in Portland, Maine. The Company also leases a service center inCamden, Maine, and owns or leases, and operates, 72 branches located throughout Maine and New Hampshire. None of the properties owned by the Company are subject to a mortgage or other encumbrance.All facilities are fully utilized and considered suitable and adequate for the purposes intended. For additional information regarding the Company's premises and equipment and lease obligations see Notes 6 and 7 of the consolidated financial statements within Item 8. Financial Statements andSupplementary Data. Item 3. Legal Proceedings The Company is currently involved, and from time to time in the future may become involved, in various legal claims that arise in the normal course of the Company’s business. The Company may also inthe future become involved in other regulatory, judicial and/or arbitration proceedings relating to matters that arise in connection with the conduct of the Company’s business. Because of the difficulty inpredicting the outcome of these matters, particularly when they are in their early stages, the Company cannot predict what the final outcome of each legal proceeding may be, or what the eventual loss, fine orpenalty related to each proceeding may be, if any. Based on currently available information, in our opinion the results of legal proceedings that are currently pending are not expected to have a material effect onour consolidated financial statements. Reserves are established for legal claims only when losses associated with the claims are judged to be probable, and the loss can be reasonably estimated. In many lawsuits and arbitrations, it is not possibleto determine whether a liability has been incurred or to estimate the ultimate or minimum amount of that liability until the case is close to resolution, in which case a reserve will not be recognized until thattime. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not maintain material reserves against legal claims. Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures Not applicable. 31
Page 34
PART II Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market (“NASDAQ”) under the ticker symbol “CAC.” The Company has paid quarterly dividends since its foundation in 1984. The highand low closing sales prices (as quoted by NASDAQ for 2025 and 2024) and cash dividends declared per share of the Company’s common stock, by calendar quarter for the past two years, were as follows: 2025 2024 Market Price Dividends Declared perShare Market Price Dividends Declared perShare High Low High LowFirst Quarter $ 46.52 $ 40.28 $ 0.42 $ 37.80 $ 30.44 $ 0.42 Second Quarter 41.49 36.35 0.42 33.40 28.65 0.42 Third Quarter 43.51 36.60 0.42 41.68 32.01 0.42 Fourth Quarter 46.47 35.45 0.42 49.57 38.75 0.42 As of February 24, 2026, there were 16,925,329 shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding, and there were approximately 1,000 holders of record of the Company’s common stock. Such numberof shareholders does not reflect the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee name through banks, brokerage firms and other nominees. Although the Company has historically paid quarterly dividends on its common stock, the Company’s ability to pay such dividends depends on a number of factors, including restrictions under federal lawsand regulations on the Company’s ability to pay dividends, and as a result, there can be no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future. For further information on dividend restrictions, refer to Item 1.“Business—Supervision and Regulation” and Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources.” The following graph illustrates the annual percentage change in the cumulative total shareholder return of the Company’s common stock for the period December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2025. Forpurposes of comparison, the graph illustrates comparable shareholder returns of the S&P U.S. SmallCap Banks Index and the Russell 2000 Index. The graph assumes a $100 investment on December 31, 2020in the Company’s common stock and each of the foregoing indices and assumes the 32
Page 35
reinvestment of all dividends. The comparisons in the graph are based on historical data and are not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of the Company’s common stock. Stock Performance Graph In January 2024, the Board of Directors approved a common stock repurchase program, authorizing management to repurchase up to 750,000 shares, or approximately 5%, of the Company's outstandingcommon stock, that had an expiration date of the earlier of (i) reaching the authorized share repurchase amount, (ii) vote by the Board of Directors to terminate the plan, or (iii) one year. As of December 31,2024, the Company repurchased 50,000 shares at an average price of $32.19, none of which were repurchased during the fourth quarter of 2024. This repurchase program expired in January 2025 and there wereno shares repurchased during 2025. Issuer's Purchases of Equity Securities Period Totalnumber ofshares (or units)purchased Averageprice paidper share (or unit) Total number ofshares (or units) purchasedas part of publiclyannounced plans or programs Maximum number(or appropriate dollar value) of shares (orunits) that may yet bepurchased under theplans or programsOctober 1-31, 2025 — $ — — — November 1-30, 2025 — — — — December 1-31, 2025 — — — — Total — $ — — — In January 2026, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 850,000 shares of the Company's common stock, representing approximately 5.0% of the Company's issued andoutstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2025. The new repurchase program became effective on January 7, 2026 and will continue until the earlier of: (1) the authorized number of shares arerepurchased, (2) the Company’s Board of Directors terminates the program or (3) January 7, 2027. 33
Page 36
Item 6. [Reserved] Not applicable. Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations The discussion below focuses on the factors affecting our consolidated results of operations and financial condition at and for the year ended December 31, 2025, and where appropriate, factors that mayaffect our future financial performance, unless stated otherwise. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, notes to the consolidated financial statements andselected consolidated financial data. Refer to the Company’s 2024 annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025 for the discussion of results of operations and financial condition at and for the year ended December 31,2024. 34
Page 37
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS The acronyms and abbreviations identified below are used throughout Item 7. “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The following is provided to aidthe reader and provide a reference page when reviewing this section of the Form 10-K: Acronym Description Acronym DescriptionAFS: Available-for-sale GDP: Gross domestic productALCO: Asset/Liability Committee HTM: Held-to-maturityACL: Allowance for credit losses LGD: Loss given defaultAOCI: Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) LIBOR: London Interbank Offered RateASC: Accounting Standards Codification LTIP: Long-Term Performance Share PlanASU: Accounting Standards Update Management ALCO: Management Asset/Liability CommitteeBank: Camden National Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden NationalCorporation MBS: Mortgage-backed security BOLI: Bank-owned life insurance MSPP: Management Stock Purchase PlanBoard ALCO: Board of Directors' Asset/Liability Committee N/A: Not applicableBTFP: Bank Term Funding Program, introduced by the Federal Reserve Bank inMarch 2023 NCT III: Northway Capital Trust III, an unconsolidated entity formed by NorthwayFinancial, Inc., acquired by the Company on January 2, 2025CCTA: Camden Capital Trust A, an unconsolidated entity formed by CamdenNational Corporation NCT IV: Northway Capital Trust IV, an unconsolidated entity formed by NorthwayFinancial, Inc., acquired by the Company on January 2, 2025CD: Certificate of deposits Northway Northway Financial, Inc., acquired by the Company on January 2, 2025CDI: Core deposit intangible Northway Bank Wholly-owned subsidiary bank of Northway Financial, Inc., which mergedinto Camden National Bank on January 2, 2025CECL: Current Expected Credit Losses N.M.: Not meaningfulCompany: Camden National Corporation OBBBA: One Big Beautiful Bill ActCMO: Collateralized mortgage obligation OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the CurrencyCPR: Conditional prepayment rate OCI: Other comprehensive income (loss)CUSIP: Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures OREO: Other real estate ownedDCRP: Defined Contribution Retirement Plan PCD: Purchase Credit DeterioratedEPS: Earnings per share PD: Probability of defaultFASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board ROU: Right-of-useFDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation SBA: U.S. Small Business AdministrationFHLBB: Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston SERP: Supplemental executive retirement plansFRB: Federal Reserve System Board of Governors SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing RateFRBB: Federal Reserve Bank of Boston UBCT: Union Bankshares Capital Trust I, an unconsolidated entity formed byUnion Bankshares Company that was subsequently acquired by CamdenNational CorporationGAAP: Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States U.S.: United States of America 35
Page 38
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES AND RECONCILIATION TO GAAP In addition to evaluating the Company’s results of operations in accordance with GAAP, management supplements this evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures, such asadjusted net income; adjusted diluted earnings per share; adjusted return on average assets; adjusted return on average equity; pre-tax, pre-provision income and adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision income; theefficiency ratio; return on average tangible equity and adjusted return on average tangible equity; tangible book value per share and tangible common equity ratio; net interest income (fully-taxable equivalent);core net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent); and core deposits and average core deposits. We utilize these non-GAAP financial measures for purposes of measuring our performance against our peer groupand other financial institutions and analyzing our internal performance. We also believe these non-GAAP financial measures help investors better understand the Company’s operating performance and trendsand allow for better performance comparisons to other banks. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures remove the impact of unusual items that may obscure trends in the Company’s underlyingperformance. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP operating results, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by otherfinancial institutions. Adjusted Net Income; Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share; Adjusted Return on Average Assets; and Adjusted Return on Average Equity. Adjusted net income, adjusted diluted earnings per share,adjusted return on average assets and adjusted return on average equity are each supplemental measures that exclude certain transactions as outlined and calculated in the table below. Each item reconciles toreported net income, diluted earnings per share, return on average assets and return on average equity. The Company believes these adjusted financial metrics assist users of its financial statements with theirfinancial analysis period-over-period as they are adjusted for certain non-recurring items. For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands, except number of shares, per share data and ratios) 2025 2024 2023Adjusted Net Income:Net income, as presented $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 Adjustments before taxes:Provision for non-PCD acquired loans 6,294 — — Provision for acquired unfunded commitments 249 — — Merger and acquisition costs 9,286 1,159 — Gain on sale of premises and equipment, net (675) — — Net loss on sale of securities — — 10,310 Signature Bank bond (recovery) write-off — (910) 1,838 Total adjustments before taxes 15,154 249 12,148 Tax impact of above adjustments, as applicable (3,454) 179 (2,551)Adjustment for deferred tax valuation adjustment (2,421) — — Adjusted net income $ 74,439 $ 53,432 $ 52,980 Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share:Diluted earnings per share, as presented $ 3.84 $ 3.62 $ 2.97 Adjustments before taxes:Provision for non-PCD acquired loans 0.37 — — Provision for acquired unfunded commitments 0.01 — — Merger and acquisition costs 0.55 0.08 — Gain on sale of premises and equipment, net (0.04) — — Net loss on sale of securities — — 0.71 Signature Bank bond (recovery) write-off — (0.06) 0.13 Total adjustments before taxes 0.89 0.02 0.84 Tax impact of above adjustments, as applicable (0.20) 0.01 (0.18)Adjustment for deferred tax valuation adjustment (0.14) — — Adjusted diluted earnings per share $ 4.39 $ 3.65 $ 3.63 (1) Calculated using an estimated combined marginal income tax rate of 23% for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 21% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. (2) A one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment of $2.4 million resulted from a change in the apportionment of state income taxes due to the Northway acquisition. (1) (2) (1) (2) 36
Page 39
For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands, except number of shares, per share data and ratios) 2025 2024 2023Adjusted Return on Average Assets:Return on average assets, as presented 0.94 % 0.92 % 0.76 %Adjustments before taxes:Provision for non-PCD acquired loans 0.09 % — % — %Provision for acquired unfunded commitments 0.01 % — % — %Merger and acquisition costs 0.13 % 0.02 % — %Gain on sale of premises and equipment, net (0.01)% — % — %Net loss on sale of securities — % — % 0.18 %Signature Bank bond (recovery) write-off — % (0.02)% 0.03 %Total adjustments before taxes 0.22 % — % 0.21 %Tax impact of above adjustments, as applicable (0.05)% — % (0.04)%Adjustment for deferred tax valuation adjustment (0.04)% — % — %Adjusted return on average assets 1.07 % 0.92 % 0.93 % Adjusted Return on Average Equity:Return on average equity, as presented 9.96 % 10.36 % 9.30 %Adjustments before taxes:Provision for non-PCD acquired loans 0.96 % — % — %Provision for acquired unfunded commitments 0.04 % — % — %Merger and acquisition costs 1.42 % 0.23 % — %Gain on sale of premises and equipment, net (0.10)% — % — %Net loss on sale of securities — % — % 2.21 %Signature Bank bond (recovery) write-off — % (0.18)% 0.39 %Total adjustments before taxes 2.32 % 0.05 % 2.60 %Tax impact of above adjustments, as applicable (0.53)% 0.04 % (0.55)%Adjustment for deferred tax valuation adjustment (0.37)% — % — %Adjusted return on average equity 11.38 % 10.45 % 11.35 % (1) Calculated using an estimated combined marginal income tax rate of 23% for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 21% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. (2) A one-time deferred tax valuation adjustment of $2.4 million resulted from a change in the apportionment of state income taxes due to the Northway acquisition. (1) (2) (1) (2) 37
Page 40
Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Income and Adjusted Pre-Tax, Pre-Provision Income. Pre-tax, pre-provision income is a supplemental measure of operating earnings and performance. Pre-tax, pre-provisionincome is calculated as net income before adjustment for provision (credit) for credit losses and adjustment for income tax expense. This supplemental measure became widely used by financial institutions as ameasure of financial performance for comparability across financial institutions. Adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision income is a supplemental measure with certain non-recurring expenses excluded. We believe the following adjusted financial information and metrics assist users of ourfinancial statements with their financial analysis period-over-period as it adjusts for certain non-recurring items. For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Net income, as presented $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 Adjustment for provision (credit) for credit losses 22,290 (404) 2,100 Adjustment for income tax expense 13,495 12,456 10,453 Pre-tax, pre-provision income $ 100,945 $ 65,056 $ 55,936 Adjustment for merger and acquisition costs $ 9,286 $ 1,159 $ — Adjustment for gain on sale of premises and equipment, net (675) — — Adjustment for net loss on sale of securities — — 10,310 Adjusted pre-tax, pre-provision income $ 109,556 $ 66,215 $ 66,246 Efficiency Ratio. The efficiency ratio represents an approximate measure of the cost required for the Company to generate a dollar of revenue. This is a common measure used by financial institutions andis a key ratio for evaluating Company performance. The efficiency ratio is calculated as the ratio of (i) total non-interest expense, adjusted for certain operating expenses, as necessary, to (ii) net interest incomeon a tax equivalent basis plus total non-interest income, adjusted for certain other income items, as necessary. For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Non-interest expense, as presented $ 154,834 $ 111,936 $ 107,361 Adjustment for merger and acquisition costs (9,286) (1,159) — Adjustment for amortization of CDI assets (5,893) (556) (592)Adjusted non-interest expense $ 139,655 $ 110,221 $ 106,769 Net interest income, as presented $ 203,257 $ 132,453 $ 132,263 Adjustment for the effect of tax-exempt income 1,314 637 901 Adjusted net interest income 204,571 133,090 133,164 Non-interest income, as presented 52,522 44,539 31,034 Adjustment for gain on sale of premises and equipment, net (675) — — Adjustment for net loss on sale of securities — — 10,310 Adjusted non-interest income 51,847 44,539 41,344 Adjusted net interest income plus adjusted non-interest income $ 256,418 $ 177,629 $ 174,508 Ratio of non-interest expense to total revenues 60.53 % 63.24 % 65.75 %Non-GAAP efficiency ratio 54.46 % 62.05 % 61.18 % (1) Reported on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% income tax rate. (2) Revenue is the sum of net interest income and non-interest income. Return on Average Tangible Equity and Adjusted Return on Average Tangible Equity. Return on average tangible equity is the ratio of (i) net income, adjusted for tax effected amortization of CDI assetsand other adjustments, as necessary, to (ii) average shareholders' equity, adjusted for average goodwill and CDI assets. This adjusted financial ratio reflects a shareholders' return on tangible capital deployed inour business and is a common performance measure within the financial services industry. (1) (2) 38
Page 41
Adjusted return on average tangible equity is calculated the same as return on average tangible equity but uses adjusted net income which excludes certain transactions as shown in the table above. TheCompany believes this adjusted metric assists users of its financial statements with their period-over-period financial analysis as it is adjusted for certain non-recurring items. For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023Return on Average Tangible Equity:Net income, as presented $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 Adjustment for amortization of CDI assets 5,893 556 592 Tax impact of above adjustment (1,355) (117) (124)Net income, adjusted for amortization of CDI assets $ 69,698 $ 53,443 $ 43,851 Average equity, as presented $ 654,477 $ 511,813 $ 466,717 Adjustment for average goodwill and CDI assets (197,247) (95,389) (95,962)Average tangible equity $ 457,230 $ 416,424 $ 370,755 Return on average equity 9.96 % 10.36 % 9.30 %Return on average tangible equity 15.24 % 12.83 % 11.83 %Adjusted Return on Average Tangible Equity:Adjusted net income (Adjusted net income (refer to the "Adjusted Net Income" non-GAAP reconciliation table) $ 74,439 $ 53,432 $ 52,980 Adjustment for amortization of CDI assets 5,893 556 592 Tax impact of above adjustment (1,355) (117) (124)Adjusted net income, adjusted for amortization of CDI assets $ 78,977 $ 53,871 $ 53,448 Adjusted return on average tangible equity 17.27 % 12.94 % 14.42 % (1) Calculated using an estimated combined marginal income tax rate of 23% for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 21% for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Tangible Book Value per Share and Tangible Common Equity Ratio. Tangible book value per share is the ratio of (i) shareholders’ equity less goodwill, and CDI assets to (ii) total common sharesoutstanding at period end. Tangible book value per share is a common measure within our industry when assessing the value of a company as it removes goodwill and other intangible assets generated withinpurchase accounting upon a business combination. Tangible common equity is the ratio of (i) shareholders’ equity less goodwill and CDI assets to (ii) total assets less goodwill and CDI assets. This ratio is a measure used within our industry to assesswhether or not a company is highly leveraged. (In thousands, except number of shares and per share data) December 31,2025 2024 Tangible Book Value Per Share:Shareholders' equity, as presented $ 696,558 $ 531,231Adjustment for goodwill and CDI assets (194,085) (95,112)Tangible shareholders' equity $ 502,473 $ 436,119Shares outstanding at period end 16,924,310 14,579,339Book value per share $ 41.16 $ 36.44 Tangible book value per share 29.69 29.91 Tangible Common Equity Ratio:Total assets $ 6,974,584 $ 5,805,138Adjustment for goodwill and CDI assets (194,085) (95,112)Tangible assets $ 6,780,499 $ 5,710,026Common equity ratio 9.99 % 9.15 %Tangible common equity ratio 7.41 % 7.64 % (1) (1) 39
Page 42
Net Interest Income (Fully-Taxable Equivalent). Net interest income on a fully-taxable equivalent basis is net interest income plus the taxes that would have been paid had tax-exempt securities beentaxable. This number attempts to enhance the comparability of the performance of assets that have different tax liabilities. This is a common measure with the financial services industry and is used within thecalculation of net interest margin on a fully-taxable equivalent basis. For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Net interest income, as presented $ 203,257 $ 132,453 $ 132,263 Adjustment for the effect of tax-exempt income 1,314 637 901 Net interest income, tax equivalent $ 204,571 $ 133,090 $ 133,164 (1) Reported on a tax-equivalent basis using a 21% income tax rate. Core Net Interest Margin (fully-taxable equivalent). The following table provides a reconciliation of net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent) to core net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent).Certain non-recurring transactions have been excluded to calculate core net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent). We believe the following adjusted financial information and metrics assist users of ourfinancial statements with their financial analysis period-over-period as it adjusts for certain non-recurring items. For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent), as presented 3.17 % 2.46 % 2.46 %Net accretion income on loans from purchase accounting (0.30)% — % — %Net accretion income on investments from purchase accounting (0.07)% — % — %Net amortization on time deposits and borrowings from purchase accounting 0.01 % — % — %Core net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent) 2.81 % 2.46 % 2.46 % (1) Recognized $17.0 million of net accretion income on loans from purchase accounting for the year ended December 31, 2025. (2) Recognized $3.5 million of net accretion income on investments from purchase accounting for the year ended December 31, 2025. (3) Recognized $525,000 of amortization expense on time deposits and borrowings from purchase accounting for the year ended December 31, 2025. Core Deposits. Core deposits are used by management to measure the portion of the Company's total deposits that management believes to be more stable and lower cost. The Company calculates coredeposits as total deposits less CDs and brokered deposits. Management believes core deposits is a useful measure to assess the Company's deposit base, including its potential volatility. December 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Total deposits, as presented $ 5,537,781 $ 4,633,167 Adjustment for certificates of deposit (679,087) (532,424)Adjustment for brokered deposits (130,565) (179,994)Core deposits $ 4,728,129 $ 3,920,749 Average Core Deposits. Average core deposits are used by management to measure the portion of the Company's total deposits that management believes to be more stable and at a lower interest rate cost.The Company calculates average core deposits as total deposits less CDs. Management believes core deposits is a useful measure to assess the Company's deposit base, including its potential volatility. (1) (1) (2) (3) 40
Page 43
For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Total average deposits, as presented $ 5,338,625 $ 4,385,401 $ 4,481,322 Adjustment for average certificates of deposit (699,740) (567,182) (453,723)Average core deposits $ 4,638,885 $ 3,818,219 $ 4,027,599 (1) Brokered deposits are excluded from total average deposits, as presented on the Average Balance, Interest and Yield/Rate analysis table. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES Critical accounting estimates are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions andconditions. In preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses reported.Actual results could materially differ from our current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. Estimates particularly critical and susceptible to significant near-term change, include (i)the ACL on loans, (ii) fair value of loans acquired in business combinations and (iii) goodwill. Refer to Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements for additional details of the Company's accounting policies, including new accounting standards recently adopted. Allowance for Credit Losses (“ACL”). The ACL is calculated using the current expected credit loss accounting model, often referred to as “CECL.” Under CECL, the ACL at each reporting period servesas our best estimate of projected credit losses over the contractual life of certain assets, adjusted for expected prepayments, given an expectation of economic conditions and forecasts as of the valuation date. The recorded ACL on loans is determined based on the amortized cost basis of the assets and may be determined at various levels, including homogeneous loan pools and individual credits with unique riskfactors. We use a discounted cash flow approach to calculate the ACL for each loan segment. Within the discounted cash flow model, a probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”) assumptionis applied to calculate the expected loss for each loan segment. PD is the probability the asset will default within a given timeframe and LGD is the percentage of the assets not expected to be collected due todefault. PD and LGD data may be derived using (1) internal historical default and loss experience, as well as from (2) external data if there are not statistically meaningful loss events or our own internal lossdata does not span a full economic cycle for a given loan segment. CECL may create more volatility in our ACL and particularly in our ACL on loans. Under CECL, our ACL may increase or decrease period-to-period based on many assumptions, including, but not limitedto: (i) macroeconomic forecasts and conditions; (ii) a change in the forecast period; (iii) a change in the reversion speed; (iv) a change in the prepayment speed assumption; (v) various qualitative factorsoutlined in ASU 2016-13. ACL on Loans. We consider the ACL on loans to be a critical accounting estimate given the uncertainty in evaluating the allowance required to cover management’s estimate of all expected credit lossesover the expected contractual life of the loans in its portfolio. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is a key management function that requires significant judgment and estimate by managementabout the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the current loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance in futureperiods. While our current evaluation indicates that the ACL on loans at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was appropriate, the allowance may need to be increased under adversely different conditions orassumptions. The significant key assumptions used with the ACL on loans calculation at December 31, 2025 and 2024 using the CECL methodology, included: • Macroeconomic factors (loss drivers): Macroeconomic factors are used within our discounted cash flow model to forecast the PD over the forecast period. As macroeconomic factor conditionsworsen, the PD increases, and the corresponding LGD increases, resulting in an increase in the ACL on loans. To identify the most appropriate loss drivers for each portfolio segment, we evaluate abroad set of economic indicators and perform correlation and back ‑ testing analyses to determine which variables demonstrate the strongest and most stable relationship to historical loss experience. Wemonitor and assess Maine unemployment, changes in National GDP, changes in National Retail Sales, and changes in Maine's Housing Price Index at least annually to determine if thesemacroeconomic factors (1) 41
Page 44
continue to be the most predictive indicator of losses within our loan portfolio. Macroeconomic factors used in the calculation of the ACL on loans may change from time to time and in times of greateruncertainty, we may consider a range of possible forecasts and evaluate the probability of each scenario. We reassessed our loss factors in the first quarter of 2025 and removed change in Maine GDPand added change in National Retail Sales to be used within the discounted cash flow model. • Forecast period and reversion speed: The company uses a reasonable and supportable forecast period in developing the ACL, which represents the time period that management believes it canreasonably forecast the identified loss drivers. Generally, the forecast period management believes to be reasonable and supportable is set annually and validated through an assessment of economicleading indicators. In periods of greater volatility and uncertainty, such as that seen across the global markets and economies, including the U.S., we are likely to use a shorter forecast period, whereaswhen markets, economies and various other factors are considered more stable and certain, we are likely to use a longer forecast period. Generally, we expect our forecast period to range from one tothree years. Once the reasonable and supportable forecast period is determined, the company reverts its loss expectations to the long-run historical mean for the remainder of the contract life of theasset, adjusted for prepayments. In determining the length of time over which the reversion will take place (i.e. “reversion speed”), we consider such factors such as, but not limited to, historical loanloss experience over previous economic cycles, as well as where we believe we are within the current economic cycle. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, we used a two-year forecast period and a two-year reversion period for each loan segment to measure the ACL on loans as we believe this methodology aligns the economic forecasted data used to calculate the ACL with the Company’s internalviews of the future economic state. • Prepayment speeds: Prepayment speeds are determined for each loan segment utilizing our own historical loan data, as well as consideration of current environmental factors. The prepayment speedassumption is utilized with the discounted cash flow model (i.e. the CECL model) to forecast expected cash flows over the contractual life of the loan, adjusted for expected prepayments. A higherprepayment speed assumption will drive a lower ACL, and vice versa. • Qualitative factors: Companies are required to consider various qualitative factors that may impact expected credit losses. We continue to consider qualitative factors in determining and arriving at ourACL on loans each reporting period. In 2025, we provided for an additional qualitative factor for the loans acquired in the Northway acquisition. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the recorded ACL on loans was $45.3 and $35.7 million, respectively, and represented our best estimate of expected credit losses within our loan portfolio as of eachdate. However, we may adjust our assumptions to account for differences between expected and actual losses each period. A future change of our assumptions will likely alter the level of allowance required andmay have a material impact on future results of operations and financial condition. The ACL is reviewed periodically within a calendar quarter to assess trends in the aforementioned key assumptions, as well asasset quality within our loan portfolio, and we consider the impact of these trends on the ACL and the Company's financial condition, if any. The ACL on loans is reviewed and approved on a quarterly basis bythe Company's Audit Committee, and later reviewed and ratified by the Bank's Board of Directors. Refer to “—Results of Operations—Provision for Credit Losses,” “—Financial Condition—Asset Quality,” and Note 4 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion. Fair Value of Loans Acquired in Business Combinations. The loans acquired as part of the Northway acquisition were accounted for at fair value on January 2, 2025 (“Acquisition Date”). The fair valuefor these acquired loans was determined using a discounted cash flow approach that incorporated expected credit and prepayment-adjusted cash flows, discounted at market-based rates. This analysis consideredfactors such as loan type and collateral, interest rate structure, remaining term, credit quality indicators, and amortization status. Loans with similar risk characteristics were pooled for valuation purposes.Discount rates for loans were developed using a “build-up” approach, which considered the cost of funds, capital charges, servicing costs, liquidity premiums, and risk premiums. The discount rate and prepayment speeds were the most significant assumptions within in the acquired loan portfolio valuation. Changes in these inputs would have a material effect on the fair valuemeasurement, in particular: • Discount rate: Increases or decreases in the discount rate would result in a significant change in the estimated fair value of the acquired loan portfolio due to the sensitivity of discounted cash flows tomarket ‑ based yield assumptions. • Prepayment speed: Variations in expected prepayment speeds, whether higher or lower, would result in a meaningful change in the fair value estimate because prepayment behavior directly affectsprojected cash flows and expected loan duration. 42
Page 45
Additional information regarding these accounting policies is included in Note 1, Significant Accounting Policies, and Note 2, Business Combinations, to the Company’s audited consolidated financialstatements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Goodwill. We record all acquired assets and liabilities at fair value, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal and external valuation techniques. As part of purchase accounting, we typicallyacquire goodwill as part of the purchase price, which is subject to ongoing periodic impairment tests. Goodwill impairment evaluations are required to be performed at least annually, but may be required more frequently if certain conditions indicate a potential impairment may exist. Our policy is toperform the goodwill impairment analysis annually as of November 30, or more frequently as warranted. The goodwill impairment evaluation is required to be performed at the reporting unit level. Goodwillimpairment is measured by the amount the book value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, and an impairment charge is recorded for the lesser of this amount or the amount to write-down goodwill tozero. We elected to use the quantitative analysis to perform the annual goodwill impairment assessment as of November 30, 2025 and 2024 and concluded that goodwill was not impaired. We may use aqualitative analysis to evaluate goodwill for impairment when it is believed that it is not more-likely-than-not that the fair value of the reporting unit is below its book value, or if a quantitative analysis wasrecently used to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit, and there are not any indications of events that would suggest such conclusions for impairment have changed. The Company did not recognize anyimpairment of goodwill in 2025, 2024 or 2023. Refer to “—Financial Condition—Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangible Assets” and Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion. EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW Strategic Overview. Our long-term strategy is anchored in three clear priorities: Running the Bank, Evolving the Bank, and Growing the Bank. Together, these priorities guide our actions, align ourinvestments, and position the Company to deliver sustainable performance and long-term shareholder value. • Running the Bank is about delivering consistent, reliable results by building on our core strengths and disciplined foundation. As we pursue change and growth, maintaining a strong operatingframework remains paramount. This includes investing in and strengthening our corporate culture; driving toward top-quartile employee engagement and exceptional customer experiences through our“One Bank” approach; honoring our commitment to the communities we serve; and maintaining balance-sheet strength across interest rate risk, liquidity, asset quality, and capital. This focus providesthe stability and resilience necessary to support our strategic ambitions. • Evolving the Bank enables us to respond to a dynamic marketplace with agility and innovation. We are advancing our digital agenda across both customer and employee experiences to increaseadoption, productivity, and efficiency. At the same time, we are repositioning our retail franchise to meet changing customer needs and expectations. Central to this evolution is the development of ahigh-touch, team-based operating model that leverages specialized expertise and places the customer at the center of every interaction. • Grow the Bank focuses on expanding our customer base and deepening relationships by leveraging technology, scalable capabilities, and local market expertise. We pursue both organic and inorganicgrowth opportunities across our footprint. Organically, we see significant opportunity to scale our commercial franchise in our Southern Maine and New Hampshire growth markets through targetedhiring and the development of internal talent. Inorganically, we continue to evaluate merger and acquisition opportunities that offer compelling strategic and financial benefits, as demonstrated by ouracquisition of Northway Financial, Inc., the holding company of Northway Bank, completed on January 2, 2025. 2025 Overview. On January 2, 2025, we completed our acquisition of Northway, which significantly increased our presence in New Hampshire by adding 17 branches and over 100 new employees. In mid-March 2025, we completed the full integration of the two banks and began realizing the combined organization’s full financial potential through the execution of synergies across employees, technology,software and vendor contracts. The integration of operations, systems, and teams enabled us to leverage the strengths of both institutions more effectively, resulting in meaningful improvements in scale,operating efficiency, and revenue ‑ generating capacity. As our post ‑ merger performance began to reflect the benefits of a larger balance sheet, a broader customer base, and an expanded geographic footprint, wedelivered annual net income of $65.2 million and diluted EPS of $3.84 for 2025, compared to $53.0 million and $3.62, respectively, in 2024. On a non-GAAP basis, we th 43
Page 46
reported annual adjusted net income of $74.4 million and diluted EPS of $4.39 for December 31, 2025, an increase of 39% and 20%, respectively, over 2024. Throughout 2025, we executed several initiatives to improve our net interest margin. These actions, together with the Federal Reserve’s 75 ‑ basis ‑ point reduction in the federal funds rate during the secondhalf of the year, contributed to a meaningful increase in our net interest margin, from 3.04% for the first quarter of 2025 to 3.29% for the fourth quarter of 2025. Excluding the impact of purchase accountingaccretion income, our non-GAAP, core net interest margin also increased significantly from 2.68% for the first quarter of 2025 to 2.92% for the fourth quarter of 2025. The steady improvement in our netinterest margin throughout 2025, resulted in a net interest margin of 3.17% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2.46% for the year ended December 31, 2024. The completion of the Northway acquisition and successful execution of our cost take-out strategies, as well as an improving net interest margin throughout 2025, drove significant improvement in theCompany’s profitability metrics compared to 2024. We believe the Company is well-positioned for 2026, highlighted by the strength of its reported fourth quarter financial metrics, which included a return onaverage assets of 1.28%, a return on average equity of 13.01%, and a non-GAAP return on average tangible equity of 19.06%. 2025 Highlights. Our highlights for 2025 include: Completed Northway Acquisition and Integration - Successfully completed the acquisition of Northway on January 2, 2025. Following the integration in mid-March 2025 and the realization of costsynergies across the combined organization, the Company delivered record quarterly net income in both the third and fourth quarters of 2025. Improving Profitability – In 2025, total revenues (sum of net interest income and non-interest income) reached $255.8 million, an increase of 45% over 2024, while non-interest expense for 2025 was $154.8million, an increase of 38% over 2024. The Company’s 2025 performance resulted in strong operating leverage generation and improvement in each of our profitability metrics, which can be seen in thefinancial highlights table on the following page. Strong Asset Quality – Key credit quality metrics in both commercial and consumer portfolios remained resilient throughout 2025, headlined by non-performing assets of 0.10% of total assets and past dueloans of 0.16% of total loans at December 31, 2025. Net charge-offs increased to 0.31% to average loans for 2025, compared to 0.03% for 2024, driven by two charge-offs in our commercial portfolio. TheCompany considers the two charge-offs in 2025 to be isolated incidents and does not believe they represent a systematic trend within the commercial portfolio. Strong Capital Position – At December 31, 2025, all of our regulatory capital ratios were well in excess of regulatory capital requirements. Our capital and loan reserve levels, along with our strong creditquality position us for continued success. Customer Experience Strength– We use net promoter score (“NPS”) to continuously measure and improve customer experience across our retail franchise. Our 2025 aggregate consumer NPS of 68 acrossMaine remained consistent with prior year and underscores strong customer advocacy relative to industry benchmarks. Strong Employee Engagement – We measure employee engagement annually through a global, independent third party survey. In 2025, 92% of our employees participated in the confidential survey, reflectingstrong engagement across the organization. The Company’s overall engagement score ranked in the 73rd percentile relative to the third-party’s global benchmark, further underscoring the strength of our cultureand employee commitment. Continued Commitment to our Communities – In 2025, we marked Camden National Bank’s 150th anniversary, reflecting a long-standing commitment to the communities we serve. Across our Maine andNew Hampshire markets, we continue to support local communities through lending activities, deposit products designed to meet community needs, direct charitable contributions and active employeevolunteerism, reinforcing our role as a trusted financial partner and community steward. 44
Page 47
Financial Highlights As of or For The Year endedDecember 31, (In thousands, except per share data and ratios) 2025 2024 ChangeEarnings and ProfitabilityNet income $ 65,160 $ 53,004 23 %Diluted EPS $ 3.84 $ 3.62 6 %Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) $ 74,439 $ 53,432 39 %Adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP) $ 4.39 $ 3.65 20 %Return on average assets 0.94 % 0.92 % 0.02 %Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP) 1.07 % 0.92 % 0.15 %Return on average equity 9.96 % 10.36 % (0.40)%Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP) 11.38 % 10.45 % 0.93 %Adjusted return on average tangible equity (non-GAAP) 17.27 % 12.94 % 4.33 %Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) 54.46 % 62.05 % (7.59)%Balance Sheet and LiquidityLoans $ 4,965,138 $ 4,115,259 21 %Deposits $ 5,537,781 $ 4,633,167 20 %Cash dividends declared per share $ 1.68 $ 1.68 — %Uninsured and uncollateralized deposits to total deposits 14.96 % 16.42 % (1.46)%Available liquidity sources to uninsured and uncollateralized deposits 218.79 % 210.61 % 8.18 %Credit Quality and CapitalNon-performing assets to total assets 0.10 % 0.08 % 0.02 %Loans 30-89 days past due to total loans 0.16 % 0.05 % 0.11 %Allowance for credit losses on loans to total loans 0.91 % 0.87 % 0.04 %Total risk-based capital ratio 13.95 % 15.11 % (1.16)%Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP) 7.41 % 7.64 % (0.23)% 45
Page 48
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin Net interest income is the interest earned on our lending activities, investment securities and other interest-earning assets, less the interest paid on interest-bearing deposits and borrowings (i.e. our primarybusiness activities). Net interest income, which is our largest source of revenue, accounted for 79%, 75% and 81% of total revenues for the years ended 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Net interest income isaffected by factors including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, loan and deposit pricing strategies and competitive conditions, loan prepayment speeds, the volume and mix of interest-earning assetsand interest-bearing liabilities, and the level of non-performing assets. Net Interest Income. Net interest income on a fully-taxable equivalent basis for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $204.6 million, an increase of 54% from 2024. Interest income on a fully-taxable equivalent basis for 2025 totaled $322.0 million, representing an increase of $71.8 million, or 29%, compared to 2024, primarily driven by interest-earning assets yieldexpansion of 37 basis points to 4.99% for the year ended December 31, 2025, and an increase in average interest-earning assets of $1.0 billion, or 19% as of December 31, 2025, which was driven by theNorthway acquisition on January 2, 2025. As part of the Northway acquisition, the Company acquired total loans of $775.7 million and investments of $230.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2025,the Company recognized net fair value mark accretion from the purchase accounting of $20.5 million within interest income, which was made up of $17.0 million of fair value mark accretion on loans and $3.5million of fair value mark accretion on investments. Additionally, between periods the Company’s yield on interest-earning assets continued to improve organically, contributing to the growth in net interestincome, due to the continued reinvestment of cash flows from lower yielding interest-earning assets into new loan originations and investments at prevailing market interest rates. Interest expense for 2025 increased $294,000, or less than 1%, compared to 2024, despite the increase in average funding liabilities of $1.0 billion, or 20%, which was driven by the Northway acquisition,due to the decrease in our average cost of funds between periods of 38 basis points to 1.90% for the year ended December 31, 2025. The decrease in our average cost of funds between periods reflects thechange in the interest rate environment and our ability to lower deposit costs as the Federal Reserve lowered its Federal Funds Rate, and the benefit of adding Northway’s low-cost deposit franchise to theCompany’s balance sheet. Net Interest Margin. Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income on a fully-taxable equivalent basis as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. Our net interest margin on a fully-taxableequivalent basis was 3.17% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2.46% for 2024. On a non-GAAP basis, adjusted for fair value market accretion income recognized from purchase accounting,our core net interest margin was 2.82% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2.46% for 2024. The following table presents, for the periods noted, average balances, interest income, interest expense, and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid, as well as net interest income, netinterest rate spread and net interest margin: 46
Page 49
Average Balance, Interest and Yield/Rate AnalysisFor the Year EndedDecember 31, 2025 2024 2023(Dollars in thousands) Average Balance Interest Yield/Rate Average Balance Interest Yield/Rate Average Balance Interest Yield/RateASSETS Interest-earning assets: Interest-bearing deposits in other banks and other interest-earning assets $ 52,109 $ 2,320 4.45 % $ 68,633 $ 3,336 4.86 % $ 33,676 $ 1,851 5.50 %Investments – taxable 1,386,590 43,372 3.13 % 1,159,910 29,722 2.56 % 1,203,445 26,088 2.17 %Investments – nontaxable 61,455 2,322 3.78 % 61,992 2,340 3.78 % 100,614 3,706 3.68 %Loans :Commercial real estate 2,112,281 122,693 5.81 % 1,699,655 89,918 5.29 % 1,659,078 80,182 4.83 %Commercial 396,783 25,295 6.38 % 378,257 24,378 6.44 % 398,948 23,886 5.99 %Municipal 91,044 4,606 5.06 % 15,859 783 4.94 % 16,702 674 4.04 %Residential real estate 2,034,170 98,066 4.82 % 1,773,149 79,199 4.47 % 1,748,076 71,566 4.09 %Home equity 300,686 21,580 7.18 % 245,634 18,951 7.71 % 234,358 17,497 7.47 %Consumer 18,631 1,715 9.21 % 16,617 1,567 9.43 % 19,519 1,697 8.69 %Total loans 4,953,595 273,955 5.53 % 4,129,171 214,796 5.20 % 4,076,681 195,502 4.80 %Total interest-earning assets 6,453,749 321,969 4.99 % 5,419,706 250,194 4.62 % 5,414,416 227,147 4.19 %Cash and due from banks 71,363 65,990 65,396 Other assets 450,558 285,137 264,479 Less: ACL (47,457) (35,792) (36,965) Total assets $ 6,928,213 $ 5,735,041 $ 5,707,326 LIABILITIES & SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Deposits: Non-interest checking $ 1,137,343 $ — — % $ 929,443 $ — — % $ 1,020,045 $ — — %Interest checking 1,659,215 30,022 1.81 % 1,464,651 36,265 2.48 % 1,614,598 37,205 2.30 %Savings 982,210 12,070 1.23 % 657,529 4,669 0.71 % 675,478 788 0.12 %Money market 860,117 22,446 2.61 % 766,596 25,390 3.31 % 717,478 19,210 2.68 %Certificates of deposit 699,740 24,796 3.54 % 567,182 21,559 3.80 % 453,723 12,927 2.85 %Total deposits 5,338,625 89,334 1.67 % 4,385,401 87,883 2.00 % 4,481,322 70,130 1.56 %Borrowings: Brokered deposits 177,089 7,953 4.49 % 152,918 7,923 5.18 % 184,709 8,754 4.74 %Customer repurchase agreements 245,748 2,954 1.20 % 185,299 3,210 1.73 % 191,646 2,847 1.49 %Junior subordinated debentures 61,373 3,567 5.81 % 44,331 2,132 4.81 % 44,331 2,150 4.85 %Other borrowings 359,625 13,590 3.78 % 365,989 15,956 4.36 % 246,058 10,102 4.11 %Total borrowings 843,835 28,064 3.33 % 748,537 29,221 3.90 % 666,744 23,853 3.58 %Total funding liabilities 6,182,460 117,398 1.90 % 5,133,938 117,104 2.28 % 5,148,066 93,983 1.83 %Other liabilities 91,276 89,290 92,543 Shareholders’ equity 654,477 511,813 466,717 Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity $ 6,928,213 $ 5,735,041 $ 5,707,326 Net interest income (fully-taxable equivalent) 204,571 133,090 133,164 Less: fully-taxable equivalent adjustment (1,314) (637) (901) Net interest income $ 203,257 $ 132,453 $ 132,263 Net interest rate spread (fully-taxable equivalent) 3.09 % 2.34 % 2.36 % Net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent) 3.17 % 2.46 % 2.46 % Core net interest margin (fully-taxable equivalent) 2.82 % 2.46 % 2.46 % (1) Reported average balances are calculated on a daily basis.(2) Reported on a tax-equivalent basis calculated using a 21% tax rate, including certain commercial loans.(3) Non-accrual loans and loans held for sale are included in total average loans.(4) This is a non-GAAP measure. Please see "Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP” for additional information. (1) (1) (1) (2) (3) (2) (2) (4) 47
Page 50
The following table presents certain information on a fully-taxable equivalent basis regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earningassets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to rate and volume. The (a) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year's rate), (b) changes inrates (change in rate multiplied by current year's volume), and (c) changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in volume), which is allocated to the change due to rate column. For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2025 vs. December 31, 2024 For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2024 vs. December 31, 2023Increase (Decrease) Due to: Net Increase (Decrease) Increase (Decrease) Due to: Net Increase (Decrease)(In thousands) Volume Rate Volume RateInterest-earning assets: Interest-bearing deposits in other banks andother interest-earning assets $ (803) $ (213) $ (1,016) $ 1,923 $ (438) $ 1,485 Investments – taxable 5,803 7,847 13,650 (945) 4,579 3,634 Investments – nontaxable (20) 2 (18) (1,421) 55 (1,366)Commercial real estate 21,828 10,947 32,775 1,960 7,777 9,737 Commercial 1,193 (276) 917 (1,239) 1,730 491 Municipal 3,714 109 3,823 (34) 143 109 Residential real estate 11,668 7,199 18,867 1,025 6,608 7,633 Home equity 4,245 (1,616) 2,629 842 612 1,454 Consumer 190 (42) 148 (252) 122 (130)Total interest income 47,818 23,957 71,775 1,859 21,188 23,047 Interest-bearing liabilities:Interest checking 4,825 (11,068) (6,243) (3,449) 2,509 (940)Savings 2,305 5,096 7,401 (22) 3,903 3,881 Money market 3,096 (6,040) (2,944) 1,316 4,864 6,180 Certificates of deposit 5,037 (1,800) 3,237 3,234 5,398 8,632 Brokered deposits 1,252 (1,222) 30 (1,507) 676 (831)Customer repurchase agreements 1,046 (1,302) (256) (95) 458 363 Junior subordinated debentures 820 615 1,435 — (18) (18)Other borrowings (277) (2,089) (2,366) 4,929 925 5,854 Total interest expense 18,104 (17,810) 294 4,406 18,715 23,121 Net interest income (fully-taxable equivalent) $ 29,714 $ 41,767 $ 71,481 $ (2,547) $ 2,473 $ (74) 48
Page 51
Net interest income included the following for the periods indicated: Income Statement Location For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023Net fair value mark accretion from purchase accounting - Loans Interest income $ 16,992 $ 107 $ 145 Net fair value mark accretion from purchase accounting - Investments Interest income 3,488 — — Interest income from residential real estate derivatives Interest income 2,333 5,457 4,682 Net loan origination fees Interest income 1,891 587 340 Recoveries on previously charged-off acquired loans Interest income 113 488 88 Net fair value mark accretion from purchase accounting - Certificates of deposit Interest expense (226) — — Net fair value mark accretion from purchase accounting - Junior subordinateddebentures Interest expense (300) — — Total $ 24,291 $ 6,639 $ 5,255 The Company's consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements presented within have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the measurement ofthe financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars and, in some cases, current fair values without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.Unlike many industrial companies, substantially all of our assets and virtually all of our liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on our performance than thegeneral level of inflation. Over short periods of time, interest rates and the yield curve may not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as inflation. Provision (Credit) for Credit Losses The provision (credit) for credit losses was made up of the following components for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31, Change from2025 to 20242025 2024 2023 $ %Provision for loan losses $ 22,032 $ 53 $ 1,174 $ 21,979 N.M.Provision (credit) for credit losses on off-balance sheet creditexposures 258 453 (912) (195) (43)%(Credit) provision for credit losses - HTM debt securities — (910) 1,838 910 N.M.Provision (credit) for credit losses $ 22,290 $ (404) $ 2,100 $ 22,694 N.M. Provision for loan losses. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $22.0 million. The provision primarily reflects the impact of net charge ‑ offs totaling$16.1 million during the period, driven principally by a $10.7 million partial charge ‑ off on a syndicated commercial loan participation and a $3.0 million partial charge ‑ off on a non ‑ owner ‑ occupied commercialreal estate loan. The recognition of these charge ‑ offs required the Company to record an incremental $12.7 million in provision for loan loss expense during the year. In addition, in connection with theacquisition of Northway, the Company recorded a $6.3 million provision for loan losses and ACL on loans for the acquired loans that did not meet the criteria to be classified as purchased credit deteriorated(“PCD”) during 2025. Provision for credit losses on off-balance credit exposures. At December 31, 2025, the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures was $3.1 million, as compared to $2.8 million as of December 31, 2024.The Company recorded a provision for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures of $258,000. The 2025 provision was driven by the increase in unfunded credit lines of $43.2 million and the increasein the residential and commercial pipelines of $47.7 million between periods, primarily due to the acquisition of Northway in 2025. Provision for HTM debt securities: For the year ended December 31, 2025 the Company did not record any provision on HTM debt securities. In the first quarter of 2024, the Company sold a corporatebond issued by Signature Bank that the Company wrote off in 2023 and recovered proceeds of $910,000. 49
Page 52
Non-Interest Income The following table sets forth information regarding non-interest income for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31, Change from2025 to 2024(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 $ % Debit card income $ 15,272 $ 12,657 $ 12,613 $ 2,615 21 %Service charges on deposit accounts 9,851 8,444 7,839 1,407 17 %Income from fiduciary services 7,630 7,270 6,669 360 5 %Brokerage and insurance commissions 7,015 5,535 4,650 1,480 27 %Mortgage banking income, net 3,523 3,230 2,921 293 9 %Bank-owned life insurance 3,440 2,806 2,349 634 23 %Net loss on sale of securities — — (10,310) — — %Other income 5,791 4,597 4,303 1,194 26 %Total non-interest income $ 52,522 $ 44,539 $ 31,034 $ 7,983 18 % Non-interest income as a percentage of total revenues 21 % 25 % 19 % (1) Revenue is the sum of net interest income and non-interest income. Debit card income represents the interchange fees earned from debit card transactions of our business and consumer checking account customers, and the annual incentive bonus received from our networkprovider. The increase in 2025, compared to 2024, was primarily driven by the Northway acquisition, and the resulting addition of approximately 28,000 new debit card customers. Service charges on deposit accounts represents the fees earned from providing various services to deposit customers, including overdraft, normal fees for servicing deposit accounts, and cash managementfees for business customers. The increase in 2025, compared to 2024, was primarily driven by the Northway acquisition, and the resulting addition of approximately 50,000 customer accounts. Income from fiduciary services represents the fees earned for investment advisory and trust services provided by Camden National Wealth Management. The fees earned are primarily a percentage of ourclients' assets under management. Assets under management increased 9% during 2025 to $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2025. Brokerage and insurance commissions represent the fees earned for brokerage services, investment advisory and insurance services provided by the Bank, doing business as Camden FinancialConsultants. Assets under administration grew 22% during 2025 to $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2025, driven by overall market performance and the addition of a new team member. Mortgage banking income, net is generated through the sale of residential mortgage loans to secondary market investors and also includes income recognized upon the sale of residential mortgages inwhich we maintain the servicing rights creating a mortgage servicing asset, net of related amortization of the capitalized mortgage servicing asset. Our practice has been to sell the servicing rights for residentialmortgages originated, except for certain third party relationships that require the Company to service the loan. The increase in mortgage banking income, net for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to 2024, was driven by the increase in net gains recognized on residential mortgage loan sales during theperiod. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we sold $242.4 million of our originated residential mortgages, compared to $221.9 million sold during the same period in 2024. Bank-owned life insurance represents the change in cash surrender value of the Company's various BOLI policies in place for certain current and former officers of the Company and Bank. The change incash surrender value reflects the performance of the underlying investments of the policies. The increase in 2025, compared to 2024, was driven by market performance of the underlying investments. BOLIpolicies for 2025 included the addition of one policy as part of the Northway acquisition. The underlying investments on the acquired policy are tied to the equity markets and are more susceptible to marketvolatility than policies with more conservative underlying investments. (1) 50
Page 53
Net loss on sale of securities represents the net loss recognized upon the sale of investment securities. We did not sell any investment securities during 2025 or 2024. Other Income includes third party merchant and credit card commissions, customer loan swap fees and other miscellaneous fees and net gains on equity securities. Non-Interest Expense The following table sets forth information regarding non-interest expense for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31, Change from2025 to 2024(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 $ % Salaries and employee benefits $ 79,801 $ 64,073 $ 60,009 $ 15,728 25 %Furniture, equipment and data processing 17,769 14,364 13,377 3,405 24 %Net occupancy costs 11,187 7,912 7,674 3,275 41 %Merger and acquisition costs 9,286 1,159 — 8,127 — %Debit card expense 6,813 5,287 5,126 1,526 29 %Amortization of CDI assets 5,893 556 592 5,337 960 %Consulting and professional fees 4,617 3,583 4,520 1,034 29 %Regulatory assessments 4,279 3,258 3,413 1,021 31 %OREO and collection costs, net 270 201 42 69 34 %Other expenses 14,919 11,543 12,608 3,376 29 %Total non-interest expense $ 154,834 $ 111,936 $ 107,361 $ 42,898 38 %Ratio of non-interest expense to total revenues 60.53 % 63.24 % 65.75 %Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) 54.46 % 62.05 % 61.18 % Salaries and employee benefits includes employee wages, commissions, incentives, equity compensation, employer-related taxes, insurance benefits, and certain other employee-related costs, net of directemployee-related costs incurred for loan originations. The increase in salaries and employee benefits expense for 2025 compared to 2024 was driven by the Northway acquisition, which added approximately100 new employees, and an increase in performance incentive accruals of $1.7 million between periods due to Company financial performance. Furniture, equipment and data processing includes depreciation expense of capitalized furniture, equipment and data-related costs, and ongoing system and other data processing costs, includingoutsourced solutions. The increase in furniture, equipment and data processing expense for 2025 compared to 2024 was due to the Northway acquisition, and our continued investment in customer ‑ facing digitaltechnology platforms during 2025. These investments included enhancements to our digital suite of products offered to customers and upgrades to information security and resiliency systems. Net occupancy costs include building and property costs associated with the operation of our branches, loan production offices and service centers, including, but not limited to, rent, depreciation,maintenance and related taxes, net of rental income earned from the lease of office space. The increase in net occupancy costs for 2025 compared to 2024 was primarily driven by the Northway acquisition. AtDecember 31, 2025, the Company had 72 branches, compared to 56 as of December 31, 2024. Merger and acquisition costs include transaction ‑ related expenses such as personnel termination costs, consulting and other professional fees, contract termination and system conversion costs, and otherdirect acquisition ‑ related charges. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company incurred $9.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in costs associated with the Northway acquisition. 51
Page 54
The following table summarizes Merger-related costs incurred for the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024: (Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024Personnel termination-related costs $ 4,992 $ — Consulting, legal and accounting-related costs 1,926 1,041 Contract termination and conversion-related costs 1,018 — Other acquisition costs 1,350 118 Total $ 9,286 $ 1,159 Debit card expense is the cost incurred for the generation of debit card income, including third party switch network provider fees and related data transmission costs, and plastic card costs for thegeneration of debit cards for checking account customers. The increase in debit card expense for 2025 compared to 2024 was primarily driven by the Northway acquisition and the resulting addition ofapproximately 28,000 new debit card customers. Amortization of CDI assets represents the periodic amortization of the Company’s CDI assets arising from the Northway acquisition. The CDI assets recorded in connection with the Northway acquisitiontotaled $48.1 million, and we estimate the useful life of these CDI assets to be ten years. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Consulting and professional fees include third-party consulting services and other professional fees, such as audit and tax services, legal services, and Company and Bank director fees. The increase inconsulting and professional fees for 2025 compared to 2024 resulted from the increase in director fees for, and increases due to increases from the Northway acquisition. Regulatory assessments are the costs incurred and paid to various regulatory agencies, including the FDIC and OCC. Regulatory assessment fees are based on a number of factors, including but not limitedto, asset growth, regulator risk assessment and positive or negative trends specific to the financial institution. The increase in regulatory assessment fees for 2025 compared to 2024 was driven by the Northwayacquisition and increase in the Company’s total assets. OREO and collection costs, net include the costs associated with OREO, collection and foreclosure efforts for the Company's loans. Other expenses include employee-related costs, such as certain SERP and other postretirement benefits expenses; hiring, training, education, meeting and business travel costs; donations and marketingcosts; postage, freight and courier costs; and other expenses. The increase in other expenses for 2025 compared to 2024 was primarily attributable to the Northway acquisition and an increase in marketing costsas we support new markets in New Hampshire, costs associated with a former Northway employee’s supplemental retirement plan, and increases in various operating expenses driven by the increased numberof locations, customers and employees following the acquisition. Income Tax Expense Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $13.5 million and $12.5 million, respectively, and our effective income tax rate was 17.2% for 2025 and 19.0% for 2024. Thedecrease in the Company's effective income tax rate between years was primarily driven by a one-time $2.4 million decrease in income tax expense associated with the remeasurement of the Company’sdeferred tax assets and liabilities upon completion of the Northway acquisition, which increased our tax exposure in Massachusetts and New Hampshire. The remeasurement resulted in an increase to theCompany’s deferred tax rate in 2025 to 22.8% from 21.5% in 2024. The Company's deferred tax assets were $51.1 million and $40.0 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The increase in deferred tax assets during 2025 was primarily driven by the netdeferred tax assets that were created through purchase accounting as a result of the Northway acquisition, and the aforementioned $2.4 million increase associated with the remeasurement of Company’sdeferred tax assets and liabilities. Although not anticipated as of December 31, 2025, should the Company realize a loss on these investments, the loss would be characterized as an ordinary loss for income tax purposes and not as a capitalloss, and thus would not carry restrictions on use of any such loss. 52
Page 55
We continuously monitor and assess the need for a valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets, and we determined that no valuation allowance was necessary as of December 31, 2025 or December 31,2024. Refer to “—Financial Condition—Investments,” and Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of investments. Refer to Note 20 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of income taxes and related deferred tax assets and liabilities. 2024 Operating Results as Compared to 2023 Operating Results Results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 can be found in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition andResults of Operations” of the Company’s 2024 annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 7, 2025. 53
Page 56
FINANCIAL CONDITION Cash and Cash Equivalents Total cash and cash equivalents were $97.5 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to $215.0 million at December 31, 2024. As part of the Northway acquisition, the Company acquired $48.3 millionof cash, which was utilized to prepay all $45.0 million of Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) borrowings assumed from Northway, largely offsetting the cash obtained through the acquisition. TheCompany continues to actively manage its cash balances. Refer to Note 2 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information on the assets and liabilities acquired from Northway. Included within the Company’s cash and cash equivalents balances at December 31, 2025 and 2024, was cash held in escrow by the FHLBB as collateral posted by the counterparties for our derivatives in anet asset position at each reporting date totaling $7.2 million and $13.2 million, respectively. We and the counterparty manage these cash accounts daily. Refer to Notes 13 and 14 of the consolidated financialstatements for additional detail on the Company’s derivatives and collateral. Investments The Company utilizes the investment portfolio to manage liquidity, interest rate risk, and regulatory capital, as well as to take advantage of market conditions to generate returns without undue risk. AtDecember 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company’s investment portfolio generally consisted of MBS, CMO, municipal and corporate debt securities, FHLBB and FRB common stock, and mutual funds held in arabbi trust for purposes of Company executive and director nonqualified retirement plans. We designate our debt securities as AFS or HTM based on our intent and investment strategy and they are carried atfair value and amortized cost, respectively. Our FHLBB and FRB common stock is carried at cost, and our mutual fund investments are carried at fair value. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, total investmentswere 21% and 20%, respectively, of total assets. In 2022, we transferred securities from AFS to HTM to help manage our capital position in a rising interest rate environment. The securities were reclassified at fair value at the time of the transfer, whichwas a non-cash transaction. At December 31, 2025, the net unrealized losses on the transferred securities reported within AOCI were $36.7 million, net of a deferred tax asset of $10.6 million, and the weighted-average life on these securities was 7.3 years. At December 31, 2024, the net unrealized losses on the transferred securities reported within AOCI were $41.8 million, net of a deferred tax asset of $11.4 millionand the weighted-average of these securities was 7.9 years. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company's investments portfolio totaled $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively, representing an increase of $308.7 million, or 27%, during 2025. The increase wasdriven by the addition of $230.0 million of investments, net of purchase accounting adjustments, from the Northway acquisition on January 2, 2025, and included debt securities totaling $227.4 million thatwere designated as AFS and $2.5 million of FHLBB and other corresponding banking relationship common stock. The other drivers for the net change in total investments during 2025 were: • The sale of $56.4 million of acquired Northway debt securities shortly after the acquisition date to restructure thecombined investment portfolio. These debt securities were sold at fair value, and, thus, no gain or loss was recognizedupon sale; • The purchase of $236.7 million of debt securities that we designated as AFS, and the purchase of $5.0 million ofsubordinated corporate debt securities of another regional financial institution that we designated as HTM; • Pay downs, calls and maturities of $152.7 million; • Net amortization and accretion of $8.4 million; and • The change in the fair value of the Company’s AFS debt securities of $37.0 million. Our AFS debt securities portfolio, which comprised 64% and 52% of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, was carried at fair value using level 2 valuation techniques.Refer to Notes 1 and 22 of the consolidated financial statements for further details on the Company's fair value techniques. The AFS and HTM debt securities portfolio has limited credit risk due to its composition, which includes securities backed by the U.S. government and government-sponsored agencies, and corporate andmunicipal bonds that are highly rated by nationally recognized rating agencies. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the book value of U.S. government and government-sponsored agencies representedapproximately 93% and 91%, respectively, of the AFS and HTM debt securities portfolio. The book value of corporate and municipal bonds carrying a credit rating of “AA” or higher at each of December 31,2025 and 2024 and was 4% and 5%, respectively, of the AFS and HTM debt securities. 54
Page 57
Our other investments on the consolidated statements of condition consist of FHLBB, FRB and other correspondent bank common stock. These investments are carried at cost. We are required to maintain acertain level of investment in FHLBB stock based on our level of FHLBB advances, and maintain a certain level of investment in FRB common stock based on the Bank's capital levels. As of December 31,2025 and 2024, our investment in FHLBB stock totaled $17.7 million and $17.1 million, respectively, and our investment in FRB stock was $8.7 million and $5.4 million, respectively. Our investments in mutual funds are designated as trading securities and carried at fair value. These investments are held within a rabbi trust and will be used for future payments associated with theCompany’s Executive and Director Deferred Compensation Plan. These investments are carried at fair value using level 1 valuation techniques. The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company’s investments portfolio along with the percentage distribution as of the dates indicated: December 31,2025 2024(Dollars in thousands) Carrying Value Percent of Total Investments Carrying Value Percent of Total Investments Trading Securities (carried at fair value):Mutual funds $ 5,747 — %$ 5,243 — %Total trading securities 5,747 — % 5,243 — %AFS Debt Investments (carried at fair value):Obligations of states and political subdivisions 5,275 — % 5,289 — %MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 684,389 48 % 424,956 37 %CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 224,373 15 % 147,479 13 %Subordinated corporate bonds 16,364 1 % 16,025 1 %Total AFS debt investments 930,401 64 % 593,749 51 %HTM Debt Investments (carried at amortized cost):Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 7,865 1 % 7,729 1 %Obligations of states and political subdivisions 55,802 4 % 56,047 5 %MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 271,168 19 % 292,170 26 %CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 128,966 9 % 142,467 13 %Subordinated corporate bonds 21,491 1 % 19,365 2 %Total HTM debt investments 485,292 34 % 517,778 47 %Other Investments (carried at cost):FHLBB stock 17,735 1 % 17,140 2 %FRB stock 8,692 1 % 5,374 — %Other correspondent bank stock 70 — % — — %Total other investments 26,497 2 % 22,514 2 %Total $ 1,447,937 100 %$ 1,139,284 100 % We continuously monitor and evaluate our investment securities portfolio to identify and assess risks within our portfolio, including, but not limited to, the impact of the current rate environment and therelated prepayment risk, and credit ratings. The overall mix of debt securities at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 remains relatively unchanged and well positioned to provide a stable sourceof cash flow. The duration of our debt investment securities portfolio at December 31, 2025 was 4.9 years, compared to 5.2 years at December 31, 2024. The weighted average life of our debt securities portfolioat December 31, 2025 was 6.7 years, compared to 7.0 years at December 31, 2024. The Company’s AFS debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position are assessed to determine if an allowance should be recorded or if a write-down is required. As of and for the years endedDecember 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, we did not record 55
Page 58
any allowances or write-down any of our AFS debt securities in an unrealized loss position. Refer to Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our practices and policies, and referto Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements for additional details of our assessment of the allowance for AFS investments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. We assess our HTM debt securities each reporting period to determine if an allowance should be recorded or if a write-down is required. In the first quarter of 2023, we wrote-off a $1.8 million corporatebond issued by Signature Bank due to Signature Bank's failure through provision expense on the consolidated statements of income. This corporate bond was designated as HTM and previously carried no ACL.In January 2024, we sold the Signature Bank security and recovered $910,000. We completed a review of our HTM investment portfolio as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and concluded that no ACL waswarranted on any bonds at this time. Refer to Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our practices and policies, and refer to Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements foradditional details of our assessment of the allowance for HTM investments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. The fair value and book value of the Company's corporate bonds and municipal securities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 was as follows: December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 (Dollars in thousands)# of Securities Fair Value Book Value Net UnrealizedGain (Loss) # of Securities Fair Value Book Value Net Unrealized LossMunicipal bonds 53 $ 60,167 $ 61,105 $ (938) 54 $ 59,560 $ 61,469 $ (1,909)Corporate bonds 18 38,812 38,212 600 18 35,436 37,048 (1,612)Total 71 $ 98,979 $ 99,317 $ (338) 72 $ 94,996 $ 98,517 $ (3,521) At December 31, 2025 and 2024, municipal bonds were 4% and 5%, respectively, of the book value of the total bond portfolio. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, all municipal bonds carried an investment-grade credit rating. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, corporate bonds were 3% of the book value of the total bond portfolio. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, corporate bonds with a book value of $26.0 million and $25.9million, or 68% and 70% of the corporate bond portfolio, carried an investment-grade credit rating. The remaining corporate bonds with a book value of $12.2 million and $11.2 million at December 31, 2025and 2024, respectively, were non-rated corporate bonds of community banks within our markets. As of December 31, 2025, the corporate bond portfolio was made up of 17 different companies, which included15 different banks. The banks in the portfolio range from the largest U.S. banks to community banks, with 34% of our exposure as of December 31, 2025, being to global systemically important banks, or "G-SIBs." We continue to monitor and analyze the performance of our corporate bond portfolio. 56
Page 59
The following table presents the book value and fully-taxable equivalent weighted-average yields of debt investments by contractual maturity and the carrying value of other investments, for the periodsindicated. Actual maturities of debt investments may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay. December 31,2025 2024 (Dollars in thousands) Due in1 year or less Due in1 – 5 years Due in5 – 10 years Due inover 10 years Amortized Cost Amortized CostDebt investments:Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises $ — $ — $ 7,865 $ — $ 7,865 $ 7,729 Obligations of states and political subdivisions 355 7,429 12,805 40,517 61,106 61,470 MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsoredenterprises — 81,441 130,038 780,324 991,803 785,936 CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsoredenterprises — 52,329 49,121 257,544 358,994 298,598 Subordinated corporate bonds — 14,002 24,210 — 38,212 37,048 Total debt investments $ 355 $ 155,201 $ 224,039 $ 1,078,385 $ 1,457,980 $ 1,190,781 Weighted-average yield on debt securities 3.31 % 3.67 % 3.95 % 3.36 % 3.48 % 3.03 % (1) Weighted average is calculated by dividing the book value by the book value times tax yield. Loans The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio at the dates indicated, as well as the change during December 31,2025 2024 Change(Dollars in thousands) $ % of Total Loan Portfolio $ % of Total Loan Portfolio $ % Commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 1,778,985 36 %$ 1,387,252 34 %$ 391,733 28 %Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 406,120 8 % 324,712 8 % 81,408 25 %Commercial 417,439 8 % 382,785 9 % 34,654 9 %Total commercial loan portfolio 2,602,544 52 % 2,094,749 51 % 507,795 24 %Residential real estate 2,012,922 41 % 1,752,249 43 % 260,673 15 %Home equity 332,256 7 % 253,251 6 % 79,005 31 %Consumer 17,416 — % 15,010 — % 2,406 16 %Total retail loan portfolio $ 2,362,594 48 %$ 2,020,510 49 %$ 342,084 17 %Total loans $ 4,965,138 100 %$ 4,115,259 100 %$ 849,879 21 % At December 31, 2025 and 2024, 38% and 36% of the consumer loan portfolio was unsecured, respectively. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, 57% and 55% of the home equity portfolio, respectively, wassecured by junior lien positions, of which approximately 30% and 32% were loans for which we also held the first ‑ lien mortgage. (1) 57
Page 60
The increase in loan balances at December 31, 2025, compared to 2024, was driven by the Northway acquisition in which the Company acquired $775.7 million of loans, net of purchase accountingadjustments. The table below details the organic change in loans for the year ended December 31, 2025:(A) (B) (C) (D) = (A) - (B) - (C) (In thousands) December 31,2025 December 31,2024 Northway AcquisitionPurchase Accounting For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2025Organic Growth (Decline)Loans:Commercial real estate $ 2,185,105 $ 1,711,964 $ 360,272 $ 112,869 7 %Commercial 417,439 382,785 106,487 (71,833) (19)%Residential real estate 2,012,922 1,752,249 273,349 (12,676) (1)%Home equity 332,256 253,251 34,304 44,701 18 %Consumer 17,416 15,010 1,251 1,155 8 % Total loans $ 4,965,138 $ 4,115,259 $ 775,663 $ 74,216 2 % (1) Represents fair value of as of the acquisition date, January 2, 2025. The organic loan growth of $74.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily driven by increases in our commercial real estate and home equity segments. The $112.9 million increase inour commercial real estate segment was driven by a few larger deals specifically in the New Hampshire market after the acquisition, and the $44.7 million increase in home equity was due to the strategic shiftin 2025 to grow our home equity portfolio. These increases were offset by the decrease in the commercial segment of $71.8 million, which was primarily due to the early payoffs on large municipalrelationships during the year. Refer to Note 4 of the consolidated financial statements for additional details on our loan segmentation and risks as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Portfolio Concentrations The Company provides loans primarily to customers located within our geographic market area. As of December 31, 2025, our primary markets were Maine, New Hampshire, and Massachusetts, makingup 57%, 25% and 16%, respectively, of our loan portfolio, compared to 68%, 11% and 16%, respectively, at December 31, 2024. The shift in our loan distribution across our geographic market areas shiftedduring 2025 with the acquisition of Northway on January 2, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, our distribution channels throughout Northern New England included 56 branches in Maine and 16 branches inNew Hampshire. At December 31, 2025, the lessors of residential buildings industry (lessors of buildings used as residences, such as single-family homes, apartments and town houses) and the non-residential buildingoperators' industry (operators of commercial and industrial buildings, retail establishments, theaters, banks and insurance buildings) concentrations were 28% and 29%, respectively, of our total commercial realestate portfolio and both were 12% and 13%, respectively, of total loans. At December 31, 2024, the non-residential building operators’ industry and lessors of residential building industry concentrations were32% and 21%, respectively, of total commercial real estate portfolio and were both 13% of total loans. At December 31, 2025, there were no other industry concentrations within our loan portfolio that exceeded10% of total loans. (1) 58
Page 61
The table below summarizes the industry concentrations of the commercial loan portfolio at the dates indicated: December 31,2025 2024 Change (Dollars in thousands) $ % of Commercial LoanPortfolio $ % of Commercial LoanPortfolio $ % Real estate investment $ 1,335,058 51 %$ 1,056,180 50 %$ 278,878 26 %Lodging 306,182 12 % 220,943 11 % 85,239 39 %Retail trade 158,397 6 % 141,157 7 % 17,240 12 %Health care 152,887 6 % 104,865 5 % 48,022 46 %Construction 82,397 3 % 74,075 4 % 8,322 11 %Wholesale trade 77,787 3 % 66,086 3 % 11,701 18 %Manufacturing 65,495 3 % 60,671 3 % 4,824 8 %Finance and insurance 61,236 2 % 62,005 3 % (769) (1)%Other (each < 3%) 363,105 14 % 308,767 14 % 54,338 18 %Total $ 2,602,544 100 %$ 2,094,749 100 %$ 507,795 24 %Commercial loan portfolio mix:Commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 1,778,985 68 %$ 1,387,252 66 % 391,733 28 %Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 406,120 16 % 324,712 16 % 81,408 25 %Commercial 417,439 16 % 382,785 18 % 34,654 9 %Total $ 2,602,544 100 %$ 2,094,749 100 %$ 507,795 24 % (1) The following table summarizes the real estate investment loan portfolio, by property type as of the dates indicated: December 31,2025 2024 Change (Dollars in thousands) $ % of Real EstateInvestment Portfolio % of Total LoanPortfolio $ % of Real EstateInvestment Portfolio % of Total LoanPortfolio $ %Multi-family (5+units) $ 445,583 33 % 9 %$ 325,050 31 % 8 %$ 120,533 37 %Retail 203,011 15 % 4 % 157,483 15 % 4 % 45,528 29 %Office 182,651 14 % 4 % 166,189 16 % 4 % 16,462 10 %Industrial 180,099 13 % 4 % 169,763 16 % 4 % 10,336 6 %Multi-family (1-4units) 144,074 11 % 3 % 122,474 11 % 3 % 21,600 18 %Other 179,640 14 % 3 % 115,221 11 % 3 % 64,419 56 %Total $ 1,335,058 100 % 27 %$ 1,056,180 100 % 26 %$ 278,878 26 % (a) Multi-family (5+ units) loans are primarily located in non-urban locations. Of our multi-family (5+ units) loans, 50% are located in Maine, 37% located in New Hampshire, and 11% located inMassachusetts at December 31, 2025. (b) Office loans are nearly all located in non-urban locations. Of our office loans, 46% are located in Maine, 39% located in New Hampshire, and 15% located in Massachusetts at December 31, 2025. (c) Represents multi-family (1-4 units) that are used for commercial purposes. (d) Other includes multiple property types that individually are less than 5% of the real estate investment portfolio and individually are 1% or less of the total loan portfolio. (1) (a) (b) (c) (d) 59
Page 62
Related Party Transactions The Bank is permitted, in its normal course of business, to make loans to certain officers and directors of the Company and Bank under terms that are consistent with the Bank’s lending policies andregulatory requirements. In addition to extending loans to certain officers and directors of the Company and Bank on terms consistent with the Bank’s lending policies, federal banking regulations also requiretraining, audit and examination of the adherence to this policy (also known as “Regulation O” requirements). Note 4 and Note 9 of the consolidated financial statements provide information on related partylending and deposit transactions, respectively. We have not entered into significant related party transactions. Asset Quality Asset quality is of the upmost importance to the Company, and continues to be of great focus given current market conditions. Our practice is to manage the Company's loan portfolio proactively so that weare able to effectively identify problem credits and trends early, assess and implement effective work-out strategies, and take charge-offs as promptly as practical. In addition, the Company continuouslyreassesses its underwriting standards in response to credit risk posed by changes in economic conditions. The Company continues to dedicate significant resources to monitor and manage credit risk throughoutour loan portfolio and includes management and board-level oversight as follows: • The Credit Risk team, Collection and Special Assets team and the Credit Risk Policy Committee, which is an internal management committee comprised of various executives and senior managersacross business lines, including Accounting and Finance, Credit Underwriting, Collections and Special Assets, Risk, and Commercial and Retail Banking, oversee the Company's systems andprocedures to monitor the credit quality of its loan portfolio, conduct a loan review program, and maintain the integrity of the loan rating system. • The adequacy of the ACL is overseen by the Management Provision Committee, which is an internal management committee. The Management Provision Committee is comprised of the Company’schief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief credit officer and certain members of senior management within Accounting, Credit Risk, and Collections and Special Assets. The ManagementProvision Committee supports the oversight efforts of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. • The Directors' Credit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews large credit exposures, monitors external loan review reports, reviews the lending authority for individual loan officers whenrequired, and has approval authority and responsibility for all matters regarding the loan policy and other credit-related policies, including reviewing and monitoring asset quality trends, andconcentration levels. • The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has approval authority and oversight responsibility for the ACL adequacy and methodology. 60
Page 63
Non-Performing Assets. Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, and property acquired through foreclosure or repossession. The following table setsforth the composition and amount of our non-performing loans as of the dates indicated: December 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024Non-accrual loans:Commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 429 $ 129 Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 210 430 Commercial 3,042 1,927 Residential real estate 2,667 1,891 Home equity 672 434 Consumer 3 18 Total non-accrual loans 7,023 4,829 Accruing loans past due 90 days — — Total non-performing loans 7,023 4,829 Other real estate owned — — Total non-performing assets $ 7,023 $ 4,829 Total loans, excluding loans held for sale $ 4,965,138 $ 4,115,259 Total assets $ 6,974,584 $ 5,805,138 ACL on loans $ 45,276 $ 35,728 ACL on loans to non-accrual loans 644.68 % 739.86 %Non-accrual loans to total loans 0.14 % 0.12 %Non-performing loans to total loans 0.14 % 0.12 %Non-performing assets to total assets 0.10 % 0.08 % Generally, a loan is classified as non-accrual when interest and/or principal payments are 90 days past due or when management believes collecting all principal and interest owed is in doubt. All previouslyaccrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the current period. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans are applied as a reduction of principal. A loan remains onnon-accrual status until all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current, all future principal and interest payments are reasonably assured, and a consistent repayment record, generally sixconsecutive payments, has been demonstrated. At that time, we may reclassify the loan to performing. The following table highlights the interest income that would have been recognized if loans on non-accrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms (i.e., “foregone interest income”)for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023Foregone interest income $ 421 $ 190 $ 131 Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans consist of classified accruing commercial and commercial real estate loans that were 30-89 days past due. Such loans are characterized by weaknesses inthe financial condition of our borrowers or collateral deficiencies. Based on historical experience, the credit quality of some of these loans may improve due to the financial condition of the borrowers orchanges in collateral values, while the credit quality of other loans may deteriorate, resulting in some amount of loss. These loans are not included in the above analysis of non-accrual loans. At December 31,2025 and 2024, potential problem loans totaled $4.6 million and $96,000, respectively. 61
Page 64
Past Due Loans. Past due loans consist of accruing loans that were 30-89 days past due. The following table presents the recorded investment of past due loans at the dates indicated: December 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024Loans 30-89 days past due: Commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 4,698 $ 59 Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 586 630 Commercial 541 393 Residential real estate 1,565 558 Home equity 713 552 Consumer 59 69 Total loans 30-89 days past due $ 8,162 $ 2,261 Total loans $ 4,965,138 $ 4,115,259 Loans 30-89 days past due to total loans 0.16 % 0.05 % ACL. The following table sets forth information concerning the components of our ACL for the periods indicated: At or For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023ACL on loans, beginning of period $ 35,728 $ 36,935 $ 36,922 ACL on acquired PCD loans 3,071 — — Components of provision for credit losses on loans:Provision for acquired non-PCD loans 6,293 — — General provision for loan losses 15,738 53 1,174 Total provision for credit losses on loans 22,031 53 1,174 Net charge-offs (recoveries) :Commercial real estate 3,151 (10) 39 Commercial 12,231 1,329 1,089 Residential real estate (21) (26) (26)Home equity 20 (97) 60 Consumer 173 64 (1)Total net charge-offs 15,554 1,260 1,161 ACL on loans, end of the period $ 45,276 $ 35,728 $ 36,935 Components of ACL: ACL on loans $ 45,276 $ 35,728 $ 36,935 ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures 3,064 2,805 2,353 ACL, end of period $ 48,340 $ 38,533 $ 39,288 Total loans, excluding loans held for sale $ 4,965,138 $ 4,115,259 $ 4,098,094 Average loans $ 4,953,595 $ 4,129,171 $ 4,076,681 Net charge-offs to average loans 0.31 % 0.03 % 0.03 %Provision for loan losses to average loans 0.44 % — % 0.03 %ACL on loans to total loans 0.91 % 0.87 % 0.90 % (1) 62
Page 65
(1) Additional information related to provision for loan losses and net (charge-offs) recoveries is presented in the following table for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31, (Dollars in thousands) TotalCharge-offs Total Recoveries NetCharge-Offs (Recoveries) AverageLoans Ratio of Net Charge-Offs(Recoveries) to Average Loans2025:Commercial real estate $ 3,220 $ 69 $ 3,151 $ 2,112,281 0.15 %Commercial 12,659 428 12,231 487,827 2.51 %Residential real estate 4 25 (21) 2,034,170 — %Home equity 21 1 20 300,686 0.01 %Consumer 185 12 173 18,631 0.93 %Total $ 16,089 $ 535 $ 15,554 $ 4,953,595 0.31 %2024:Commercial real estate $ — $ 10 $ (10) $ 1,699,655 — %Commercial 1,784 455 1,329 394,116 0.34 %Residential real estate — 26 (26) 1,773,149 — %Home equity 1 98 (97) 245,634 (0.04)%Consumer 98 34 64 16,617 0.39 %Total $ 1,883 $ 623 $ 1,260 $ 4,129,171 0.03 %2023:Commercial real estate $ 58 $ 19 $ 39 $ 1,659,078 — %Commercial 1,560 471 1,089 415,650 0.26 %Residential real estate 18 44 (26) 1,748,076 — %Home equity — 1 (1) 234,358 — %Consumer 91 31 60 19,519 0.31 %Total $ 1,727 $ 566 $ 1,161 $ 4,076,681 0.03 % The following table sets forth information concerning the allocation of the ACL on loans by loan categories at the dates indicated: December 31, 2025 2024 (Dollars in thousands) ACL on Loans Percent of Loans in EachCategory to Total Loans ACL on Loans Percent of Loans in EachCategory to Total LoansCommercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 18,304 40 %$ 14,897 42 %Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 4,328 10 % 2,481 7 %Commercial 5,718 13 % 5,856 16 %Residential real estate 12,832 28 % 9,979 28 %Home equity 3,950 9 % 2,397 7 %Consumer 144 — % 118 — %Total $ 45,276 100 %$ 35,728 100 % Refer to “—Critical Accounting Estimates” and Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements for further details of our CECL model macroeconomic factors (i.e. loss drivers), and refer to Note 4 of theconsolidated financial statements for discussion of the risk characteristics for each portfolio segment considered when evaluating the ACL, as well as factors driving the change in the ACL on loans at December31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024. 63
Page 66
Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangible Assets Upon completion of an acquisition the Company likely will generate goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill represents the price paid in excess of the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities.Through the acquisition of other financial institutions, CDI assets are recognized at the estimated fair value of the acquired non-maturity deposit customer relationships. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment asof November 30 annually, or more frequently as determined by management, and CDI assets are reviewed when a triggering event suggests such a review necessary. On January 2, 2025, the Company completed its acquisition of Northway, and, after applying provisional purchase accounting entries, it generated $56.8 million of goodwill. At December 31, 2025,goodwill totaled $151.5 million, compared to $94.7 million as of December 31, 2024. Through our annual impairment analysis performed as of November 30, 2025 and 2024, we determined goodwill was notimpaired. Refer to “—Critical Accounting Estimates” and Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements for further details of the testing performed. Through the Northway acquisition, the Company created CDI assets of $48.1 million, or 6% of core deposits acquired. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, net CDI assets totaled $42.6 and $415,000,respectively, and the related amortization was $5.9 million, $556,000, and $592,000 for the years ended 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. There were no indications of potential risk of impairment of CDIassets for any of the aforementioned years. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 of the consolidated financial statements for additional information Investment in BOLI BOLI is presented in the consolidated statements of condition at its cash surrender value. Increases in BOLI’s cash surrender value are reported as a component of non-interest income in the consolidatedstatements of income. BOLI was $112.1 million and $104.3 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The increase year-over-year was primarily due to acquiring one BOLI policy as part of the Northway acquisition,as well as the increase in the cash surrender value of the Company’s BOLI policies. BOLI provides a means to mitigate increasing employee benefit costs. We expect to benefit from the BOLI contracts as aresult of the tax-free growth in cash surrender value and death benefits that are expected to be generated over time. The largest risk to the BOLI program is credit risk of the insurance carriers. At December 31,2025, we had one stable value account (that is subject to a wrapper) and that totals 9% of the BOLI portfolio, and one variable universal life insurance policy invested in a range of underlying fund options thattotals 4% of the portfolio, while the remaining amounts of the BOLI portfolio are in general accounts. To mitigate risk, annual financial condition reviews are completed on all carriers and we impose internalpolicy limits so that no one carrier exceed 10% of Tier 1 capital plus the allowable ACL (as defined for regulatory purposes). BOLI is invested in the “general account” of quality insurance companies or inseparate account products; 94% of our balances are with insurance carriers that had an A.M. Best rating of “A” or better at December 31, 2025. Deposits The Company receives checking, savings and time deposits primarily from customers located within our markets. Other forms of deposits include brokered deposits and deposits with the Certificate ofDeposit Account Registry System. The table below details the Company’s deposits, and change between periods, as of each date indicated: December 31, Change(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 $ %Non-interest checking $ 1,113,450 $ 925,571 $ 187,879 20 %Interest checking 1,703,971 1,483,589 220,382 15 %Savings 1,087,664 751,159 336,505 45 %Money market 823,044 760,430 62,614 8 %Core deposits (non-GAAP) 4,728,129 3,920,749 807,380 21 %Certificates of deposit 679,087 532,424 146,663 28 %Brokered deposits 130,565 179,994 (49,429) (27)%Total deposits $ 5,537,781 $ 4,633,167 $ 904,614 20 % th (1) (2) 64
Page 67
(1) Includes $91.1 million and $89.1 million of deposits from Camden National Wealth Management as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which represent client funds. These deposits fluctuatewith changes in the portfolios of the clients of Camden National Wealth Management. (2) At December 31, 2025 and 2024, brokered deposits consisted of $130.6 million and $105.2 million, respectively, of brokered money market balances, and $0 and $74.8 million, respectively, of brokeredcertificates of deposit (“CD”) balances. The significant increase in deposit balances was driven by the Northway acquisition in which the Company acquired $971.7 million of deposits, net of purchase accounting adjustments. Of the totaldeposits acquired, $799.1 million, or 82%, were core deposits (non-GAAP). The table below details the organic change in deposits for the year ended December 31, 2025: (A) (B) (C) (D) = (A) - (B) - (C) (In thousands) December 31,2025 December 31,2024 Northway AcquisitionPurchase Accounting For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2025Organic Growth (Decline)Deposits:Non-interest checking $ 1,113,450 $ 925,571 $ 197,320 $ (9,441) (1)%Interest checking 1,703,971 1,483,589 315,891 (95,509) (6)%Savings and money market 1,910,708 1,511,589 285,889 113,230 7 %Certificates of deposit 679,087 532,424 172,573 (25,910) (5)%Brokered deposits 130,565 179,994 — (49,429) (27)%Total deposits $ 5,537,781 $ 4,633,167 $ 971,673 $ (67,059) (1)% (1) Represents fair value of as of January 2, 2025 (acquisition date). At December 31, 2025, the Company had no customer relationships that exceeded 10% of total deposits. Uninsured and Uncollateralized Deposits. Total deposits that exceeded the FDIC deposit insurance limit of $250,000 were $1.3 billion, or 23% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2025, and $1.1 billion,or 23% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2024. Total uninsured and uncollateralized deposits that exceeded the FDIC deposit insurance limit of $250,000 and that were not secured by pledged assets or any other guarantee of the Company, totaled$828.3 million, or 15%, of total deposits as of December 31, 2025, and $760.8 million, or 16%, of total deposits as of December 31, 2024. Borrowings and Advances We utilize a variety of funding sources to manage our borrowings, including, but not limited to, FHLBB and correspondent bank overnight borrowings, FHLBB advances, customer and wholesalerepurchase agreements, the Bank Term Funding Program (under which the Federal Reserve no longer allowed for additional borrowings from financial institutions as of March 11, 2024), and juniorsubordinated debentures. We proactively monitor our borrowings through Management and Board ALCO as part of prudent balance sheet, earnings, and liquidity management. As part of our liquiditymanagement, we use internal designations of “short-term” and “long-term” borrowings, and manage our borrowings within each designation: • Short-term borrowings include, but are not limited to, FHLBB and correspondent bank overnight borrowings, FHLBB advances with maturity within one year of origination, customer repurchaseagreements; and • Long-term borrowings may include, but are not limited to, FHLBB advances with maturity greater than one year, wholesale repurchase agreements, and junior subordinated debentures. At December 31, 2025, short-term borrowings were $581.8 million, representing an increase of $81.2 million, or 16%, during 2025 to fund our balance sheet growth. (1) 65
Page 68
Short-Term Borrowings. The following table below provides certain information on our short-term borrowings at and for the period ended: December 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023FHLBB and correspondent bank overnight borrowings:Balance outstanding at end of year $ 2,000 $ — $ 24,950 Average daily balance outstanding $ 34,711 $ 9,313 $ 141,318 Maximum balance outstanding at any month end $ 168,500 $ 81,000 $ 189,400 Weighted average interest rate for the year 4.55 % 5.65 % 4.82 %Weighted average interest rate at end of year 3.87 % — % 5.56 %FHLBB advances (less than one year):Balance outstanding at end of year $ 325,000 $ 325,000 $ 125,000 Average daily balance outstanding $ 323,685 $ 233,060 $ 104,740 Maximum balance outstanding at any month end $ 325,000 $ 325,000 $ 140,000 Weighted average interest rate for the year 3.71 % 4.09 % 3.14 %Weighted average interest rate at end of year 3.90 % 4.62 % 5.53 %BTFP:Balance outstanding at end of year $ — $ — $ 135,000 Average daily balance outstanding $ — $ 123,617 $ 89,510 Maximum balance outstanding at any month end $ — $ 225,000 $ 135,000 Weighted average interest rate for the year — % 4.77 % 4.70 %Weighted average interest rate at end of year — % — % 4.70 %Customer repurchase agreements:Balance outstanding at end of year $ 254,780 $ 175,621 $ 200,657 Average daily balance outstanding $ 245,748 $ 185,299 $ 191,646 Maximum balance outstanding at any month end $ 270,923 $ 204,456 $ 210,140 Weighted average interest rate for the year 1.20 % 1.73 % 1.49 %Weighted average interest rate at end of year 0.99 % 1.64 % 1.56 % Junior Subordinated Debentures. We had outstanding at December 31, 2025 and 2024, junior subordinated debentures totaling $61.5 million and $44.3 million, respectively. FHLBB Collateral. FHLBB short-term and long-term borrowings are collateralized by a blanket lien on qualified collateral consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one- to four-familyproperties, certain commercial real estate loans, certain pledged investment securities and other qualified assets. The carrying value of residential real estate and commercial loans pledged as collateral was$2.3 billion and $1.9 billion for December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The carrying value of securities pledged as collateral at the FHLBB was $0 and $4.0 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024,respectively. Shareholders’ Equity Total shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2025 was $696.6 million, which was an increase of $165.3 million, or 31%, since December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily driven by: • An increase of $96.5 million related to shares issued in connection with the Northway acquisition; • An increase in retained earnings of $35.7 million, reflecting net income of $65.2 million, partially offset by cash dividends declared of $29.5 million for 2025; and • An increase in AOCI of $30.3 million, driven by the decrease in unrealized losses on the fair value of the Company’s debt securities and interest rate swaps, net of tax. 66
Page 69
At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company and the Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank met the capital ratios necessary to be considered “well capitalized” under theprompt corrective action framework. There were no changes to the Company’s or the Bank's capital ratios that occurred subsequent to December 31, 2025 that would change the Company or Bank's regulatorycapital categorization. In January 2026, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 850,000 shares of the Company's common stock, representing approximately 5.0% of the Company's issued andoutstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2025. Refer to “—Capital Resources” and Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the Company's capital position. The following table presents certain information regarding shareholders’ equity for the periods indicated: As of and For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2025 2024 2023Financial RatiosAverage equity to average assets 9.44 % 8.92 % 8.18 %Common equity ratio 9.99 % 9.15 % 8.66 %Tangible common equity ratio (non-GAAP) 7.41 % 7.64 % 7.11 %Dividend payout ratio 45.21 % 46.28 % 56.38 %Per Share DataBook value per share $ 41.16 $ 36.44 $ 33.99 Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 29.69 $ 29.91 $ 27.42 Dividends declared per share $ 1.68 $ 1.68 $ 1.68 LIQUIDITY Our liquidity needs require the availability of cash to meet the withdrawal demands of depositors and credit commitments to borrowers. Liquidity is defined as our ability to maintain availability of funds tomeet customer needs, as well as to support our asset base. The primary objective of liquidity management is to maintain a balance between sources and uses of funds to meet our cash flow needs in the mosteconomical and expedient manner. Due to the potential for unexpected fluctuations in both deposits and loans, active management of liquidity is necessary. We maintain various sources of funding and levels ofliquid assets and monitor liquidity in accordance with internal guidelines and all applicable regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company's liquidity level exceeded its target. Webelieve that we currently have appropriate liquidity available to respond to demands. Sources of funds that we utilize consist of deposits; borrowings from the FHLBB and other sources; cash flows from loansand investments; and cash flows from operations, including other contractual obligations and commitments. As of December 31, 2025, our primary liquidity sources available were as follows: (Dollars in thousands) AmountExcess cash $ 22,352 Unpledged investment securities 444,231 Over collateralized securities pledging position 186,019 FHLBB 914,373 FRB Discount Window 150,307 Unsecured borrowing lines 94,872 Total available primary liquidity $ 1,812,154 Deposits. Deposits continue to represent our primary source of funds. As of December 31, 2025, total deposits were $5.5 billion, an increase of 20% over December 31, 2024. Refer to “—FinancialCondition—Deposits” for additional discussion on the Company’s deposit mix and changes in deposit balances during 2025. 67
Page 70
The following is a summary of the scheduled maturities of CDs as of December 31, 2025: (In thousands) CDs1 year or less $ 647,672 > 1 year 31,415 Total $ 679,087 At December 31, 2025, the Company’s brokered deposits totaled $130.6 million and was fully comprised of brokered money market accounts. The Company has established an internal policy limitingbrokered deposits to 20% of the Bank’s assets and had $1.3 billion of brokered deposit capacity as of December 31, 2025. Our internal brokered deposit limit falls within the Bank’s total borrowed funds limitthat cannot exceed 50% of the Bank’s assets. Borrowings. Borrowings are used to supplement deposits as a source of liquidity. Our primary sources of borrowings are with the FHLBB, federal funds and customer repurchase agreements, but may alsoinclude alternative sources such as various forms of subordinated debentures. At December 31, 2025, total borrowings were $644.3 million. Our practice is to secure borrowings from the FHLBB with qualified commercial and residential real estate loans, home equity loans and certain investment securities. At December 31, 2025, our totalborrowing capacity with FHLBB was $924.2 million. Customer repurchase agreements are secured by mortgage-backed securities and government-sponsored enterprises. Through the Bank, we also have available lines of credit with the FHLBB of $9.9million, with correspondent banks of $85.0 million, and with the FRB Discount Window of $150.3 million as of December 31, 2025. We also believe that we have additional untapped access to the brokereddeposit market and wholesale reverse repurchase transaction market. These sources are considered as liquidity alternatives in our contingent liquidity plan. The following is a summary of the scheduled maturities of borrowings as of December 31, 2025: (In thousands) FHLBBAdvances Customer RepurchaseAgreements Subordinated Debentures Total1 year or less $ 327,000 $ 254,780 $ — $ 581,780 > 1 year 1,000 — 61,515 62,515 Total $ 328,000 $ 254,780 $ 61,515 $ 644,295 68
Page 71
Loans. Contractual loan repayments also affect our liquidity position. Actual speed and timing of repayment may differ materially from contract terms due to prepayments or nonpayment. The Company'sresidential mortgage loan portfolio is also a significant source of contingent liquidity for the Company that could be accessed in a reasonable time period through the sale of loans on the secondary market, asneeded. As of December 31, 2025, qualifying loans with a book value of $2.3 billion were pledged as collateral. The following table presents the contractual maturities of loans at the date indicated: December 31, 2025 (Dollars in thousands) Due in 1 Year or Less Due after 1 Year Through 5Years Due After 5 Years Through15 Years Due in More than 15 Years Total Percent of TotalLoansMaturity Distribution: Fixed Rate: Commercial real estate $ 45,497 $ 442,496 $ 484,780 $ 2,627 $ 975,400 20 %Commercial 24,193 123,313 68,609 8,109 224,224 4 %Residential real estate 214 9,430 117,416 1,374,707 1,501,767 30 %Home equity 52 133 13,819 267,317 281,321 6 %Consumer 1,908 12,355 3,066 87 17,416 — %Total fixed rate 71,864 587,727 687,690 1,652,847 3,000,128 60 %Variable Rate: Commercial real estate 108,836 416,266 444,305 240,298 1,209,705 25 %Commercial 53,638 73,272 59,671 6,634 193,215 4 %Residential real estate 26 1,341 32,461 477,327 511,155 10 %Home equity 36 2,754 14,566 33,579 50,935 1 %Total variable rate 162,536 493,633 551,003 757,838 1,965,010 40 %Total loans $ 234,400 $ 1,081,360 $ 1,238,693 $ 2,410,685 $ 4,965,138 100 % (1) Scheduled repayments are reported in the maturity category in which payment is due. Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity, and overdrafts are reported asdue in one year or less. (2) Commercial real estate loans includes non-owner-occupied and owner-occupied properties. Additionally, we have active relationships with various secondary market investors that purchase residential mortgage loans we originate. In addition to managing our interest rate risk position and earningsthrough the sale of these loans, we also manage our liquidity position through timely sales of residential mortgage loans to the secondary market. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we sold 52%, or $242.4million, of our residential mortgage loan originations to the secondary market. Investments. We generally invest in amortizing MBS and CMO debt securities that return cash flow at an accelerated rate in comparison to other types of debt securities that are of a bullet structure. MBSand CMO debt security cash flow will vary depending on the interest rate environment because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties. As of December31, 2025 and 2024, the Company's MBS and CMO debt securities portfolio totaled 92% and 91%, respectively, of the Company's investment portfolio. The investment portfolio is also a significant source ofcontingent liquidity for the Company that could be accessed in a reasonable time period through the sale of investments on the secondary market, if needed. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, $303.6 millionand $334.8 million of the MBS and CMO debt securities portfolio, or 33% and 56%, respectively, were designated as AFS and not pledged as collateral. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, $188.3 million and$305.7 million, or 39% and 59%, respectively, were designated as HTM and not pledged as collateral. (1) (2) (2) 69
Page 72
The following is a summary of the scheduled cash flows from our debt securities portfolio, including investments designated as AFS and HTM, as of December 31, 2025: (In thousands) ContractualCash Flows1 year or less $ 153,550 > 1 year 1,262,143 Total $ 1,415,693 (1) Expected contractual cash flows could differ as borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Other Liquidity Requirements. The Company generates cash flows from earnings through its normal course of business from earnings and, although not contractual, the Company has a history of paying aquarterly cash dividend to its shareholders and repurchasing its shares of common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company reported $65.2 million of net income, paid cash dividends of$29.5 million to shareholders, and did not repurchase any shares of its common stock. Also through its normal operations, the Company is party to several other contractual obligations not previously discussed, such as various lease agreements on a number of its branches. Renewal optionswithin the various lease contracts, as applicable, were considered to determine the lease term and estimate the contractual obligation and commitment for the Company's operating and finance leases.Furthermore, certain lease contracts of the Company contain language that subject its rent payment to variability, such as those tied to an index or change in an index. As a result, the future contractualobligation and commitment may differ materially from that estimated and disclosed within the table below. At December 31, 2025, we had the following lease and other contractual obligations to make futurepayments under each of these contracts as follows: Total Amount Committed Payments Due Per Period(In thousands) 1 Year or Less > 1 YearOperating leases $ 18,281 $ 2,105 $ 16,176 Finance leases 8,859 396 8,463 Other contractual obligations 4,937 4,937 — Total $ 32,077 $ 7,438 $ 24,639 The Company's estimated lease liability for its various operating and finance leases was reported within other liabilities on our consolidated statements of condition. Please refer to Notes 1 and 7 of theconsolidated financial statements for discussion and details of our leases. In the normal course of business, we are a party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk, which are not reflected in the consolidated statements of condition. These financialinstruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Many of the commitments will expire without being drawn upon, and thus, the total amount does not necessarily represent futurecash requirements. Refer to Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements for additional details. We use derivative financial instruments for risk management purposes (primarily interest rate risk) and not for trading or speculative purposes. These contracts with our various counterparties may subjectthe Company to various cash flow requirements, which may include posting of cash as collateral (or other assets) for arrangements that the Company is in a liability position (i.e. “underwater”). Refer to Note13 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our derivatives and hedge instruments. (1) 70
Page 73
CAPITAL RESOURCES As part of our goal to operate a safe, sound and profitable financial organization, we are committed to maintaining a strong capital base. Shareholders’ equity totaled $696.6 million and $531.2 million atDecember 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, which amounted to 10% and 9%, respectively of total assets. Refer to “—Financial Condition—Shareholders' Equity” for discussion regardingchanges in shareholders' equity since December 31, 2024. Our principal cash requirement is the payment of dividends on our common stock, as and when declared by the Company's Board of Directors. We declared dividends to shareholders in the aggregateamount of $29.5 million, or $1.68 per share, $24.6 million, or $1.68 per share, and $24.5 million, or $1.68 per share, for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company's Boardof Directors approves cash dividends on a quarterly basis after careful analysis and consideration of various factors, including the following: (i) capital position relative to total assets, (ii) risk-based assets, (iii)total classified assets, (iv) economic conditions, (v) growth rates for total assets and total liabilities, (vi) earnings performance and projections and (vii) strategic initiatives and related capital requirements. Alldividends declared and distributed by the Company will be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and state corporate law. We are primarily dependent upon the payment of cash dividends by the Bank, our wholly-owned subsidiary, to service our commitments. We, as the sole shareholder of the Bank, are entitled to dividends,when and as declared by the Bank's Board of Directors from legally available funds. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Bank declared dividends payable to the Company in theamount of $25.4 million, $30.1 million, and $22.5 million, respectively. Under OCC regulations, the Bank generally may not declare a dividend in excess of the Bank’s undivided profits or, absent OCCapproval, if the total amount of dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank's retained net income for the current year plus its retained net income for the prior two years. Ifwe are required to use dividends from the Bank to service unforeseen commitments in the future, we may be required to reduce the dividends paid to our shareholders going forward. Please refer to Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements for discussion and details of the Company and Bank's capital regulatory requirements. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company andBank met all regulatory capital requirements and the Bank continues to be classified as “well capitalized” under prompt corrective action provisions. 71
Page 74
RISK MANAGEMENT The Company’s Board of Directors and management have identified significant risk categories which affect the Company. The risk categories include: credit; liquidity; market; interest rate; capital;operational; technology, including cybersecurity; vendor and third party; people and compensation; compliance and legal; and strategic alignment and reputation. The Board of Directors has approved anEnterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) Policy that addresses each category of risk. The direct oversight and responsibility for the Company's risk management program has been delegated to the Company'sExecutive Vice President, Chief Risk Officer, who is a member of the Executive Committee and reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Company is, and may become, subject to other risks. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for further description of the Company's material risks. Credit Risk. Credit risk is the current and prospective risk to earnings or capital arising from an obligor's failure to meet the terms of any contract with the Company or otherwise to perform as agreed. It isfound in all activities in which success depends on counterparty, issuer or borrower performance. It arises any time funds are extended, committed, invested or otherwise exposed through actual or impliedcontractual agreements, whether reflected on or off the Company's balance sheet. The Company makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including thecreditworthiness of its borrowers and counterparties and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. For further discussion regarding credit risk and the creditquality of the Company’s loan portfolio, refer to “—Financial Condition—Asset Quality,” and Note 4 of the consolidated financial statements. Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk is the current and prospective risk to earnings or capital arising from the Company’s inability to meet its obligations when they come due, without incurring unacceptablelosses. Liquidity risk includes the inability to manage unplanned decreases or changes in funding sources. Liquidity risk also arises from the failure to recognize or address changes in market conditions thataffect the ability to liquidate assets quickly and with minimal loss in value. For further discussion regarding the Company's management of liquidity risk, refer to the “—Liquidity” section. Market Risk. Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices andequity prices. Our primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk. The ongoing monitoring and management of this risk is an important component of our asset and liability management process, which isgoverned by policies established by the Bank’s Board of Directors that are reviewed and approved annually. The Board ALCO delegates responsibility for carrying out the asset/liability management policies toManagement ALCO. In this capacity, Management ALCO develops guidelines and strategies impacting our asset/liability management-related activities based upon estimated market risk sensitivity, policylimits and overall market interest rate levels and trends. Board ALCO meets on a quarterly basis to review strategies, policies, economic conditions and various activities as part of the management of theserisks. Certain of the Company's revenues are asset-based and determined as a percentage of the value of a client's assets under management. Such values are affected by changes in financial markets, such asinterest rate risk, equity prices, and foreign exchange rates, and, accordingly, declines in the financial market may negatively impact its revenue. As of December 31, 2025, client assets under management byCamden National Wealth Management were $1.3 billion. It is estimated that a 1% increase or decrease in client assets under management would result in a de minimis impact to our consolidated financialresults. Interest Rate Risk. Interest rate risk represents the sensitivity of earnings to changes in market interest rates. As interest rates change, the interest income and expense streams associated with our financialinstruments also change, thereby impacting net interest income, the primary component of our earnings. Board ALCO and Management ALCO utilize the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model toquantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to sustained interest rate changes. While Board ALCO and Management ALCO routinely monitor simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rollingtwo-year horizon, they also utilize additional tools to monitor potential longer-term interest rate risk. The simulation model captures the impact of changing interest rates on the interest income received and interest expense paid on all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities reflected on ourconsolidated statements of condition, as well as for derivative financial instruments. This sensitivity analysis is compared to internal ALCO policy limits, which specify a maximum tolerance level for netinterest income exposure over a one- and two-year horizon, assuming no balance sheet growth or change in composition, given a 200 basis point upward and downward shift in interest rates. In the down 200basis points scenario, Federal Funds and Treasury yields are floored at 0.01% while Prime is floored at 3.00%. All other market rates are floored at the lesser of current levels or 0.25%. 72
Page 75
As of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, our net interest income sensitivity analysis reflected the following changes to net interest income assuming no balance sheet growth or change in composition,and a parallel shift in interest rates. All rate changes were “ramped” over the first 12-month period and then maintained at those levels over the remainder of the ALCO simulation horizon. Estimated Changes inNet Interest IncomeAs of December 31,Rate Change from Year 1 – Base 2025 2024 2023Year 1 +200 basis points (2.1)% (1.6)% (0.6)% -200 basis points 3.1 % 3.0 % — %Year 2 +200 basis points 5.2 % 5.2 % 11.4 % -200 basis points 7.7 % 14.4 % 11.5 % The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerousassumptions including, among others, the nature and timing of interest rate levels, yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, including loan anddeposit betas, and reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed based upon current economic and local market conditions, we cannot make any assurances as tothe predictive nature of these assumptions, including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change. Based upon the net interest income simulation models, in Year 1 of a rising interest rate environment the Company is slightly liability sensitive as our funding will reprice faster than assets as market ratesrise over the first year and result in lower net interest income. Cash flows from investments and loans are redeployed into current market rates at higher yields than our existing portfolio, however funding costpressures continue in the higher current rate environment and outpace asset yield expansion. In Year 2, funding cost pressures subside and asset yields continue to improve, resulting in improved net interestincome compared to our Year 1 base scenario. In Year 1 of a falling interest rate environment, net interest income is expected to improve as the decrease in funding costs outpaces the decrease in asset yieldsfrom accelerated loan and investment prepayments. In Year 2, net interest income is expected to further increase compared to our Year 1 base scenario as asset yields are supported by fixed rates and floorswhile cost of funds reductions continue. Periodically, if deemed appropriate, we use interest rate swaps, floors and caps, which are common derivative financial instruments, to hedge our interest rate risk position. The Board of Directors hasapproved hedging policy statements governing the use of these instruments. As of December 31, 2025, we had interest rate swap agreements with a total notional of $63.0 million related to our juniorsubordinated debentures, $25.0 million of notional interest rate swap agreements on variable rate deposits to mitigate exposure to rising rates, $325.0 million of notional interest rate swap agreements on short-term fixed-rate rolling funding to mitigate exposure to rising rates, and $475.0 million of notional interest rate swap agreements to hedge fixed-rate residential mortgages using the “portfolio layer” method, and$403.8 million of notional interest rate swap agreements related to commercial loan level derivative program with both our commercial customers and a corresponding swap dealer. The Board and ManagementALCO monitor derivative activities relative to their expectations and our hedging policies. Refer to Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our derivatives instruments. Capital Risk. Capital risk is the risk that an investor may lose all or part of the principal amount invested. The Company faces this risk as it manages its balance sheet and has investments or loans that maylose all or part of the principal amount the Company has invested, which can have an impact on shareholders' equity. The Company also faces capital risk in that the entity may lose value on components of itsshareholders' equity. The regulatory environment mandates the Company and Bank maintain certain levels of capital. These capital levels can change based upon regulatory changes, which can then impact whatthe Company is able to accomplish from a strategic perspective. For further discussion regarding capital risk and management of this risk, refer to “—Capital Resources,” and Note 15 of the consolidatedfinancial statements. Operational Risk. Operational risk is the current and prospective risk to earnings and capital arising from fraud, error and the inability to deliver products or services, maintain a competitive position andmanage information. Risk is inherent in efforts to gain strategic advantage and in the failure to keep pace with changes in the financial services marketplace. Operational risk is evident in each product andservice offered by the Company and encompasses product development and delivery, transaction processing, systems development, change management, complexity of products and services, human resourceelements and the 73
Page 76
internal control environment. The risk that transactions may not be processed on time or correctly can have significant impact on the Bank’s reputation, which can result in compliance violations and fines,and/or other financial risks. The Company manages operational risk through a series of internal programs, as well as through the assistance of third parties. These programs include various internal and external audit programs, internalcommittees to oversee compliance with programs and remedial actions, if necessary, and various documented policies, procedures and framework for addressing such risks. Technology Risk, including Cybersecurity. Technology Risk, including risk relating to artificial intelligence and other emerging or developing technologies, is the risk of financial loss, disruption ordamage to the reputation of an organization resulting from the failure of its information technology systems, weak computing infrastructure, or a breach of information technology systems. Technology andcybersecurity risk could materialize in a variety of ways, such as unpatched or vulnerable computing systems, deliberate and unauthorized breaches of security to gain access to information systems,unintentional or accidental breaches of security, operational information technology risks due to factors such as poor system integrity, weak computing infrastructure and/or a weak Cybersecurity protectionprogram. Poorly managed technology and cybersecurity risk can leave an institution exposed to a variety of cybercrimes, with consequences ranging from data disruption to economic destitution. Damage to ourbrand due to a technology and/or cybersecurity event can be significant to overcome depending on the severity of the event. The Company manages technology and cybersecurity risks through its internal programs, as well as through the assistance of third parties. Refer to Item 1C. Cybersecurity for further information. Vendor and Third Party Risk. Vendor and third party risk represents the risk related to outsourced activities and in certain situations includes reliance on vendors to deliver services on our behalf. TheCompany has many service partners and an increasing reliance on outsourced services, which places greater risk on the Company through these many partners. These relationships are controlled by contractsand service level agreements, but represent increasing risk to the Company. The Company manages vendor and third party risk through its vendor management program, which includes robust due diligence and risk assessment prior to engaging a new vendor, annual review ofcertain vendors depending on the services provided by the vendor, and an evaluation of the risk the vendor may present to the Company through our reliance on its services. People and Compensation Risk. People and compensation risk includes: (1) the risk of employee dishonesty, incompetence or error; (2) the risk of not having individuals with adequate training andexperience to properly discharge their responsibilities; (3) the risk of not having sufficient depth of personnel to provide back up for critical functions; (4) the risk of lawsuit by employees alleging improperactions by or on behalf of the Company; (5) succession planning; and (6) compensation risk, which includes having compensation plans that effectively allow the Company to hire and keep the right talent, andproperly designed compensation and incentive programs to promote ethical behavior and assure that excessive risk is not encouraged. The Company manages people and compensation risk through annual risk assessments of various compensation and incentive plans, oversight by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors,the use of third party compensation consultants, and various insurance programs. Compliance and Legal Risk. Compliance and legal risk is the current and prospective risk to earnings or capital arising from violations of, or nonconformance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribedpractices, internal policies and procedures, or ethical standards, as well as judicial, regulatory, governmental, arbitration and other proceedings or investigations concerning matters or disputes arising from theconduct of the Company’s business activities. This risk exposes the Company to fines, civil money penalties, payment of damages, legal fees, and the voiding of contracts. Compliance risk can lead todiminished reputation, reduced franchise value, limited business opportunities, reduced expansion potential, and an inability to enforce contracts. Legal risk exists in generally all activity of the Company wherethere is any possibility that the Company will become subject to liability. The outcomes of legal actions are unpredictable and subject to significant uncertainties. The Company’s judgment in establishingaccruals for any possible losses is influenced by information currently available related to the potential outcome of actions, including input and advice from external counsel. These matters may be in variousstages of investigation, discovery, or proceedings. The Company manages compliance and legal risk through various internal and external audit programs, use of third parties for consulting and legal support, ongoing compliance risk assessments, the ERMCommittee and various insurance programs. 74
Page 77
Strategic Alignment Risk. Strategic alignment risk is the current and prospective impact on earnings or capital arising from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of decisions, or lack ofresponsiveness to industry changes. This risk is a function of the compatibility of the Company's strategic goals, the business strategies developed to achieve those goals, the resources deployed against thesegoals, and the quality of implementation. Brand Risk. Brand risk is the current and prospective impact on earnings and capital arising from negative public opinion. The reputation of financial services companies can be based on brand and trust,and the loss of brand or trust can negatively impact the Company's operations and financial results. Brand risk exposure is present throughout the organization and our interactions with our various stakeholders,including, but not limited to, our customers, communities and investors. The Company manages its strategic alignment and brand risk through various internal policies and programs, including, but not limited to, the Company's core values, code of ethics policy, financial codeof ethics policy, Audit Committee complaint policy, employee handbook, and other policies and programs, as well as through strategic planning and oversight by the Board of Directors. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS See Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements for details of recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on the consolidated financial statements. Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Information required by this Item 7A is included in Item 7. “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Management” and is incorporated into this Item7A by reference. 75
Page 78
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION December 31,(In thousands, except number of shares) 2025 2024ASSETS Cash and due from banks $ 71,503 $ 62,379 Interest-bearing deposits in other banks (including restricted cash) 25,989 152,584 Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 97,492 214,963 Investments:Trading securities 5,747 5,243 Available-for-sale securities, at fair value (amortized cost of $972,686 and $673,003, respectively) 930,401 593,749 Held-to-maturity securities, at amortized cost (fair value of $457,821 and $470,824, respectively) 485,292 517,778 Other investments 26,497 22,514 Total investments 1,447,937 1,139,284 Loans held for sale, at fair value (book value of $14,965 and $10,923, respectively) 15,040 11,049 Loans 4,965,138 4,115,259 Less: allowance for credit losses on loans (45,276) (35,728)Net loans 4,919,862 4,079,531 Goodwill 151,505 94,697 Core deposit intangible assets, net 42,580 415 Bank-owned life insurance 112,119 104,308 Premises and equipment, net 51,349 37,052 Deferred tax assets 51,079 40,037 Other assets 85,621 83,802 Total assets $ 6,974,584 $ 5,805,138 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY LiabilitiesDeposits: Non-interest checking $ 1,113,450 $ 925,571 Interest checking 1,703,971 1,483,589 Savings and money market 1,910,708 1,511,589 Certificates of deposit 679,087 532,424 Brokered deposits 130,565 179,994 Total deposits 5,537,781 4,633,167 Short-term borrowings 581,780 500,621 Long-term borrowings 1,000 — Junior subordinated debentures 61,515 44,331 Accrued interest and other liabilities 95,950 95,788 Total liabilities 6,278,026 5,273,907 Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)Shareholders’ EquityCommon stock, no par value: authorized 40,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 16,924,310 and 14,579,339 on December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively 215,797 116,425 Retained earnings 545,149 509,452 Accumulated other comprehensive loss (64,388) (94,646)Total shareholders’ equity 696,558 531,231 Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 6,974,584 $ 5,805,138 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 76
Page 79
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands, except number of shares and per share data) 2025 2024 2023Interest Income Interest and fees on loans $ 273,128 $ 214,650 $ 195,379 Taxable interest on investments 40,832 27,381 24,267 Nontaxable interest on investments 1,834 1,849 2,927 Dividend income 1,940 1,630 1,061 Other interest income 2,921 4,047 2,612 Total interest income 320,655 249,557 226,246 Interest Expense Interest on deposits 97,287 95,806 78,884 Interest on borrowings 16,544 19,166 12,949 Interest on subordinated debentures 3,567 2,132 2,150 Total interest expense 117,398 117,104 93,983 Net interest income 203,257 132,453 132,263 Provision (credit) for credit losses 22,290 (404) 2,100 Net interest income after provision (credit) for credit losses 180,967 132,857 130,163 Non-Interest Income Debit card income 15,272 12,657 12,613 Service charges on deposit accounts 9,851 8,444 7,839 Income from fiduciary services 7,630 7,270 6,669 Brokerage and insurance commissions 7,015 5,535 4,650 Mortgage banking income, net 3,523 3,230 2,921 Bank-owned life insurance 3,440 2,806 2,349 Net loss on sale of securities — — (10,310)Other income 5,791 4,597 4,303 Total non-interest income 52,522 44,539 31,034 Non-Interest Expense Salaries and employee benefits 79,801 64,073 60,009 Furniture, equipment and data processing 17,769 14,364 13,377 Net occupancy costs 11,187 7,912 7,674 Merger and acquisition costs 9,286 1,159 — Debit card expense 6,813 5,287 5,126 Amortization of core deposit intangible assets 5,893 556 592 Consulting and professional fees 4,617 3,583 4,520 Regulatory assessments 4,279 3,258 3,413 Other real estate owned and collection costs, net 270 201 42 Other expenses 14,919 11,543 12,608 Total non-interest expense 154,834 111,936 107,361 Income before income tax expense 78,655 65,460 53,836 Income Tax Expense 13,495 12,456 10,453 Net Income $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 Per Share Data Basic earnings per share $ 3.86 $ 3.63 $ 2.98 Diluted earnings per share $ 3.84 $ 3.62 $ 2.97 Cash dividends declared per share $ 1.68 $ 1.68 $ 1.68 Weighted average number of common shares outstanding 16,898,760 14,579,276 14,563,380 Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding 16,977,077 14,633,803 14,609,345 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 77
Page 80
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023Net Income $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 Other comprehensive income: Net change in fair value of debt securities, net of tax 33,610 3,394 24,130 Net change in fair value of cash flow hedging derivatives, net of tax (3,480) 2,862 205 Net change in other comprehensive income for supplemental executive retirement plan and other postretirement benefit plan, net of tax 128 650 68 Other comprehensive income 30,258 6,906 24,403 Comprehensive Income $ 95,418 $ 59,910 $ 67,786 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 78
Page 81
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common Stock Retained Earnings Accumulated OtherComprehensive(Loss)Income Total Shareholders’Equity(In thousands, except number of shares and per share data) Shares Outstanding AmountBalance at December 31, 2022 14,567,325 $ 115,069 $ 462,164 $ (125,955) $ 451,278 Net income — — 43,383 — 43,383 Other comprehensive loss, net of tax — — — 24,403 24,403 Stock-based compensation expense — 2,793 — — 2,793 Issuance of vested share awards, net of repurchase for tax withholdings and tax benefit 64,319 (260) — — (260)Common stock repurchased (65,692) (2,000) — — (2,000)Cash dividends declared ($1.68 per share) — — (24,533) — (24,533)Balance at December 31, 2023 14,565,952 $ 115,602 $ 481,014 $ (101,552) $ 495,064 Net income — — 53,004 — 53,004 Other comprehensive income, net of tax — — — 6,906 6,906 Equity issuance costs — (246) — — (246)Stock-based compensation expense — 2,902 — — 2,902 Issuance of vested share awards, net of repurchase for tax withholdings and tax benefit 63,387 (224) — — (224)Common stock repurchased (50,000) (1,609) — — (1,609)Cash dividends declared ($1.68 per share) — — (24,566) — (24,566)Balance at December 31, 2024 14,579,339 $ 116,425 $ 509,452 $ (94,646) $ 531,231 Net income — — 65,160 — 65,160 Other comprehensive income, net of tax — — — 30,258 30,258 Stock-based compensation expense — 3,419 — — 3,419 Issuance of vested share awards, net of repurchase for tax withholdings and tax benefit 61,189 (537) — — (537)Common stock issued for acquisition of Northway Financial, Inc. (Note 2) 2,283,782 96,490 — — 96,490 Cash dividends declared ($1.68 per share) — — (29,463) — (29,463)Balance at December 31, 2025 16,924,310 $ 215,797 $ 545,149 $ (64,388) $ 696,558 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 79
Page 82
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the Year Ended December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023Operating Activities Net Income $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:Originations of mortgage loans held for sale (246,481) (222,629) (189,701)Proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans 245,170 224,093 186,457 Gain on sale of mortgage loans, net of origination costs (2,730) (2,236) (1,649)Provision (credit) for credit losses 22,290 (404) 2,100 Depreciation and amortization expense 5,208 3,310 3,371 Investment securities amortization and accretion, net 1,777 1,779 2,312 Stock-based compensation expense 3,419 2,902 2,793 Amortization of core deposit intangible assets 5,893 556 592 Purchase accounting accretion income, net (19,955) (89) (145)Net (decrease) increase in derivative collateral received from counterparties (10,810) (2,210) 10,040 Net gain on sale of premises and equipment (675) — — Net loss on sale of investment securities — — 10,310 Deferred income tax expense 616 298 1,307 Increase in other assets (3,457) (5,800) (9,193)(Decrease) increase in other liabilities (1,513) 8,359 5,531 Net cash provided by operating activities 63,912 60,933 67,508 Investing Activities Cash received from the acquisition of Northway Financial, Inc. 48,261 — — Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale debt securities 56,432 — 126,766 Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale debt securities 109,331 89,211 73,296 Purchase of available-for-sale debt securities (235,460) (60,393) (116,147)Proceeds from maturities and recoveries of held-to-maturity securities 43,325 33,850 25,065 Purchase of held-to-maturity securities (5,000) — (20,981)Net increase in loans (69,918) (20,267) (90,292)Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock (25,610) (16,959) (31,211)Proceeds from sale of Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 24,212 9,840 28,531 Purchase of premises and equipment (5,708) (5,576) (2,622)Proceeds from the sale of premises and equipment 3,186 — — Recoveries of previously charged-off loans 535 623 566 Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities (56,414) 30,329 (7,029)Financing Activities Net (decrease) increase in deposits (67,285) 35,807 (229,569)Net proceeds from borrowings less than 90 days 15,660 150,014 85,431 Proceeds from Bank Term Funding Program — 225,000 135,000 Repayment of Bank Term Funding Program — (360,000) — Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank long-term advances 1,000 — — Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank long-term advances (45,000) — — Common stock repurchases — (1,609) (2,000)Equity issuance costs — (246) — Issuance of restricted stock, net of repurchase for tax withholdings (537) (224) (260)Cash dividends paid on common stock (28,472) (24,558) (24,536)Finance lease payments (335) (287) (168) Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities (124,969) 23,897 (36,102)Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (117,471) 115,159 24,377 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year 214,963 99,804 75,427 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year $ 97,492 $ 214,963 $ 99,804 Supplemental informationInterest paid $ 117,080 $ 116,715 $ 92,353 Income taxes paid 6,154 8,822 11,147 Cash dividends declared, not paid 7,131 6,140 6,131 Change in fair value hedges presented within residential real estate loans and other assets 3,579 1,308 968 Assets acquired in Northway acquisition, excluding cash received (Note 2) 1,108,194 — — Liabilities assumed in Northway acquisition (Note 2) 1,116,773 — — Common stock issued for Northway acquisition (Note 2) 96,490 — — The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 80
Page 83
CAMDEN NATIONAL CORPORATION NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE 1 – BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Acronyms and Abbreviations. The acronyms and abbreviations identified below are used in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The following is provided to aid the reader and provide areference page when reviewing the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Acronym Description Acronym DescriptionAFS: Available-for-sale HTM: Held-to-maturityALCO: Asset/Liability Committee LGD: Loss given defaultACL: Allowance for credit losses LIBOR: London Interbank Offered RateAOCI: Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) LTIP: Long-Term Performance Share PlanASC: Accounting Standards Codification Management ALCO: Management Asset/Liability CommitteeASU: Accounting Standards Update MBS: Mortgage-backed securityBank: Camden National Bank, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden NationalCorporation MSPP: Management Stock Purchase Plan BOLI: Bank-owned life insurance N/A: Not applicableBoard ALCO: Board of Directors' Asset/Liability Committee NCT III: Northway Capital Trust III, an unconsolidated entity formed by NorthwayFinancial, Inc., acquired by the Company on January 2, 2025BTFP: Bank Term Funding Program, introduced by the Federal Reserve Bank inMarch 2023 NCT IV: Northway Capital Trust IV, an unconsolidated entity formed by NorthwayFinancial, Inc., acquired by the Company on January 2, 2025CCTA: Camden Capital Trust A, an unconsolidated entity formed by CamdenNational Corporation Northway Northway Financial, Inc., acquired by the Company on January 2, 2025 CD: Certificate of deposits Northway Bank Wholly-owned subsidiary bank of Northway Financial, Inc., which mergedinto Camden National Bank on January 2, 2025CDI: Core deposit intangible N.M.: Not meaningfulCECL: Current Expected Credit Losses OBBBA: One Big Beautiful Bill ActCompany: Camden National Corporation OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the CurrencyCMO: Collateralized mortgage obligation OCI: Other comprehensive income (loss)CUSIP: Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures OREO: Other real estate ownedDCRP: Defined Contribution Retirement Plan PCD: Purchase credit deterioratedEPS: Earnings per share PD: Probability of defaultFASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board ROU: Right-of-useFDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation SBA: U.S. Small Business AdministrationFHLBB: Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston SERP: Supplemental executive retirement plansFRB: Federal Reserve System Board of Governors SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing RateFRBB: Federal Reserve Bank of Boston UBCT: Union Bankshares Capital Trust I, an unconsolidated entity formed byUnion Bankshares Company that was subsequently acquired by CamdenNational CorporationGAAP: Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States U.S.: United States of AmericaGDP: Gross domestic product 81
Page 84
General Business. Camden National Corporation, a Maine corporation (the “Company”), is the bank holding company for Camden National Bank (the “Bank”) and is headquartered in Camden, Maine.The primary business of the Company is to attract deposits from and to extend loans to consumer, institutional, municipal, non-profit and commercial customers. The Company, through the Bank, offerscommercial and consumer banking products and services, and through Camden Financial Consultants, a division of the Bank, and Camden National Wealth Management, a department of the Bank, offersbrokerage and insurance services as well as investment management and fiduciary services. The Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC, subject to regulatory limits. Business Combinations. The Company accounts for its business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition method requires the acquirer to recognize the assets acquired andthe liabilities assumed at their fair values as of the acquisition date (with limited exceptions). Additionally, the acquisition method does not provide for acquisition expenses to be capitalized as part of thetransaction. The Company may utilize third-party valuations, such as appraisals, or internal valuations based on discounted cash flow analyses or other valuation techniques. Purchase accounting adjustments toassets acquired and liabilities assumed generally are amortized using an effective yield, straight-line basis, or other reasonable method consistent with the expected benefit over periods consistent with theestimated useful life or contractual term of the related assets and liabilities. Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Bank (which includes the consolidated accounts of Healthcare ProfessionalFunding Corporation (“HPFC”) and Property A, Inc.). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Assets held by the Bank in a fiduciary capacity, through CamdenNational Wealth Management, are not assets of the Company and, therefore, are not included in the consolidated statements of condition. The Company also owns 100% of the common stock of CCTA, UBCT,NCT III and NCT IV. These entities are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Company. Use of Estimates. The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilitiesand disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could vary from theseestimates as a result of changing conditions and future events. Several estimates are material and are susceptible to change, such as the ACL, including the allowance for loan losses, off-balance sheet creditexposures, and AFS and HTM debt securities; the accounting for business combinations, including subsequent impairment analyses for goodwill and other intangible assets; accounting for income taxes; andpostretirement benefits. Subsequent Events. The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2025 for potential recognition or disclosure and has disclosed information regarding the Board’sapproval of the Company’s share repurchase plan in January 2026 in Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements. Significant Concentration of Credit Risk. The Company makes loans primarily to customers in Maine, Massachusetts and New Hampshire. Although it has a diversified loan portfolio, a large portion ofthe Company's loans are secured by commercial or residential real estate and are subject to real estate market volatility within these states. Furthermore, the debtors' ability to honor their contracts is highlydependent upon other economic factors throughout Maine, Massachusetts and New Hampshire. The Company typically will require the principals of any commercial borrower to obligate themselves personallyon the loan. Refer to Note 4 for further discussion of credit concentrations. Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash. For the purpose of reporting, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and amounts due from banks. In March 2020, the FRB reduced its reserverequirement ratios to 0%, effectively eliminating cash reserve requirements for all depository institutions. The fair values of acquired cash and due from banks approximates the respective carrying amounts asthe instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities. Certain cash balances will be designated as restricted as required by certain contracts with unrelated third parties. Investments. Debt investments for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as HTM and recorded at amortized cost on the consolidated statements ofcondition. Debt investments that are not classified as HTM or trading are classified as AFS and are carried at fair value on the Company's consolidated statements of condition with subsequent changes to fair valuerecorded within AOCI, net of tax. The fair value of acquired debt investments is estimated using quoted broker pricing for identical securities and an independent third-party pricing service. 82
Page 85
Trading securities and equity investments with a readily determinable fair value are carried at fair value on the Company's consolidated statements of condition, with the change in fair value recognizedbetween periods recognized within net income on the consolidated statements of income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income on the consolidated statements of income using the interest method over the period to maturity or issuer call option date, if earlier, andare recorded on the trade date. Upon sale of an investment security, the realized gain or loss on the sale is recognized within non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income. The cost basis of our investments sold isdetermined using the specific identification method. ACL on (or Write-off of) AFS Debt Securities. Management assesses its AFS debt securities in an unrealized loss position for the following: (i) whether it intends to sell the security, or (ii) it is more likelythan not that it will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security’s amortized cost basis is writtendown to fair value through net income. For AFS debt securities that do not meet either of the two criteria, management evaluates whether the decline in fair value resulted from credit losses or other factors. Inmaking this assessment, management considers the following: (i) the extent to which fair value is less than amortized cost, (ii) credit rating of the security, (iii) macroeconomic trends of the industry specific tothe security, and (iv) any other adverse conditions specifically related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to becollected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and anallowance on AFS debt securities is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. When assessing an AFS debt security for credit loss, securities withidentical CUSIPs are pooled together to assess for impairment using the average cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance is recognized in AOCI. A change in the ACL on AFS debt securities or write-off of an AFS debt security, which may be in full or a portion thereof, is recorded as expense (credit) within provision for credit losses on theconsolidated statements of income. Losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of an AFS debt security is confirmed or when either of the criteria regarding intentor requirement to sell is met. Upon the sale of any AFS debt security that had been previously written-off, whether in full or a portion, is first accounted for as a recovery of the previously written-off portion ofthe investment and accounted for as a credit to provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income. ACL on (or Write-off of) HTM Debt Securities. The Company estimates expected credit losses on its HTM debt securities and carry an allowance for such. Management measures expected credit losses onHTM debt securities on a collective basis by major security types that share similar risk characteristics, which may include, but is not limited to, credit ratings, financial asset type, collateral type, size, effectiveinterest rate, term, geographical location, industry, and vintage. The estimate of expected credit losses on the HTM portfolio is based on the expected cash flows of each individual CUSIP over its contractual life and considers historical credit loss information, currentconditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The Company may exclude certain securities when the historical credit loss information, adjusted for current conditions and forecasts, results in zero risk ofnonpayment of the amortized cost basis of the security. The Company has evaluated and determined zero risk of nonpayment on all securities guaranteed by the U.S government agencies. Given the rarity ofmunicipal and corporate bond defaults and losses, the Company will utilize external third-party loss forecast models as the sole source of municipal and corporate bond default and loss rates. As with the loanportfolio, cash flows are modeled over a reasonable and supportable forecast period and then revert to the long-term average economic conditions on a straight line basis. Management may exercise discretion tomake adjustments based on various qualitative factors. An HTM debt security is written-off in the period in which a determination is made that all or a portion of the financial asset is uncollectible. Any previously recorded allowance, if any, is reversed and thenthe amortized cost basis is written-down to the amount deemed to be collectible, if any. A change in the ACL on HTM debt securities or write-off of an HTM debt security, which may be in full or a portion thereof, is recorded as expense (credit) within provision for credit losses on theconsolidated statements of income. Upon the sale of any HTM debt security that had been previously written-off, whether in full or a portion, is first accounted for as a recovery of the previously written-offportion of the investment and accounted for as a credit to provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of income. 83
Page 86
FHLBB and FRBB Stock. The Company, through the Bank, is a member of the FHLBB and FRBB, and, as a member, is required to hold a certain amount of FHLBB and FRB common stock. These equitystocks are non-marketable and are reported at cost within other investments on the consolidated statements of condition. The Company evaluates its FHLBB and FRB common stock for impairment based onthe ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. Loans Held for Sale. The Company has elected the fair value option for loans classified as held for sale on the consolidated statements of condition. Designation of loans as held for sale is determinedbased on intent and is generally completed as the loans are underwritten. The fair value for loans held for sale is determined using quoted secondary market prices. Management consistently evaluates theCompany's loan portfolio in conjunction with asset/liability management practices, and will opt to sell certain residential mortgage loans to manage the Company's interest rate exposure and for other businesspurposes, including generating fee income through mortgage sale gains and managing its liquidity position. Loans Held for Investment and Acquired Loans. Loans held for investment are reported at amortized cost, adjusted for any partial charge-offs and net of any deferred loan fees or costs. Interest income isaccrued based upon the daily principal amount outstanding, except for loans on non-accrual status. Loan fees and certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized into interest income over thecontractual term of the loan using the level-yield method. When a loan is paid off, the unamortized portion is recognized in interest income. Loans acquired through a business or asset purchase are reported at fair value, as of acquisition date. The fair value of the acquired loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimatingthe amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate tothose cash flows. Management retains a third-party valuation specialist to assist with the determination of the fair value of loans acquired. Interest income is accrued based upon the daily principal amountoutstanding and is then further adjusted by the accretion of any discount or amortization of any premium associated with the loan that was recognized based on the acquisition date fair value using the level-yield method. When a loan is paid off, the unamortized portion is recognized in interest income. Acquired loans are segmented into two segments: (1) PCD loans and (2) non-PCD loans: PCD Loans. The Company records PCD assets at the purchase price plus the credit losses expected at the time of acquisition. The Company determines criteria to designate loans that have seen a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality, such as loans in default, extensive delinquency issues, and risk rating downgrades to determine the PCD segment. Any non-credit discount resulting from theacquired pool of PCD financial assets is allocated to each individual asset. At acquisition date, the initial ACL determined on a collective or individual basis, is allocated to individual assets to appropriatelyallocate any non-credit discount. For PCD loans, an ACL is recognized at acquisition date by allocating the fair value of the determined credit marks to the ACL. Non-PCD Loans. Acquired non-PCD loans are accounted for within the Company’s ACL model and an ACL on loans is established within a corresponding charge to provision for credit losses on thestatements of income. The non-PCD loans are pooled based on similar characteristics to the Company’s segmentation. A loan is classified as non-accrual generally when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments, or sooner if management considers such action to be prudent. All previously accrued butunpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the period in which the loan is considered delinquent and the amortization of any unamortized net deferred origination loan fees/costsstops. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans are applied as a reduction of principal. A loan remains on non-accrual status until all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought currentand future payments are reasonably assured. Should a loan transition from non-accrual to accrual, the unrecognized interest earned during the period the loan was on non-accrual and unamortized deferredorigination fees and costs are recognized over the remaining contractual life of the loan using the level-yield method. ACL on Loans. The ACL on loans is established based upon the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on loans measured at amortized cost, which is comprised of the unpaidprincipal balance of the loan, net deferred loan fees (costs), acquired premium (discount), and any write-downs previously taken on the loan. Acquired non-PCD loans are accounted for within the Company’s ACL model and an ACL on loans is established within a corresponding charge to provision for credit losses on the statements of incomeand are pooled based on similar characteristics to the Company’s segmentation. For acquired PCD loans, an ACL is recognized at acquisition date by allocating the fair value of the determined credit marks tothe ACL. 84
Page 87
The ACL on loans is increased by charges to provision for credit losses and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Management evaluates the appropriateness of the ACL on loans quarterly. Thisevaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change from period to period. The ACL on loans is presented on the consolidated statements ofcondition. Loans past due 30 days or more are considered delinquent. In general, secured loans that are delinquent for 90 consecutive days are placed on non-accrual status and may be subject to individual lossassessment in accordance with established internal policy. In general, unsecured loans that are delinquent for 90 consecutive days are charged-off. The Company evaluates all loan modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to determine whether such loan modification should be accounted for as a new loan or a continuation ofthe existing loan. Refer to Note 4 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion. The ACL on loans reduces the loan portfolio to the net amount expected to be collected, and represents the expected losses over the life of all loans at the reporting date. The allowance incorporatesforward-looking information and applies a reversion methodology beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast. The ACL on loans represents the Company's estimated risk of loss within its loan portfolio as of the reporting date. To appropriately measure expected credit losses, management disaggregates the loanportfolio into pools of similar risk characteristics (i.e. “segments”). The Company utilizes a discounted cash flow approach to calculate the expected loss for each segment. Within the discounted cash flowmodel, a PD and LGD assumption is applied to calculate the expected loss for each segment. PD is the probability the asset will default within a given timeframe and LGD is the percentage of assets notexpected to be collected due to default. The Company's PD and LGD assumptions may be derived from internal historical default and loss experience or from external data where there are not statisticallymeaningful loss events for a loan segment or it does not have default and loss data that covers a full economic cycle. As of December 31, 2025, the primary macroeconomic drivers within the Company’s discounted cash flow model used to derive its ACL included forecasts of: (1) Maine Unemployment, (2) changes inNational Retail Sales, (3) changes in National GDP, and (4) changes in the Maine Housing Price Index. As of December 31, 2024, the Company utilized the same set of macroeconomic drivers except that, inplace of National Retail Sales, the change in Maine GDP was used. Management monitors and assesses its macroeconomic drivers at least annually (generally in the first quarter of each calendar year) todetermine if or that they continue to be the most predictive indicator of losses within the Company’s loan portfolio, and these macroeconomic drivers may change from time to time. To determine its reasonable and supportable forecast, management may leverage macroeconomic forecasts obtained from various reputable sources. The Company’s reasonable and supportable forecastperiod generally ranges from one to three years, depending on the facts and circumstances of the current state of the economy, portfolio segment and management’s judgment of what can be reasonablysupported. The model reversion period generally ranges from one to six years, and it also depends on the current state of the economy and management’s judgments of such. Management monitors and assessesthe forecast and reversion period at least annually. The ACL on loans is calculated over a loan’s contractual life. For term loans, the contractual life is calculated based on the maturity date. For commercial revolving loans with no stated maturity date, thecontractual life is calculated based on the internal review date. For all other revolving loans, the contractual life is based on either the estimated maturity date or a default date. The contractual term does notinclude expected extension, renewals or modifications. For purposes of determining the ACL on loans, the Company disaggregates its loans into portfolio segments. Each portfolio segment possesses unique risk characteristics that are considered whendetermining the appropriate level of allowance. In calculating the ACL on loans, the contractual life of a loan must be adjusted for prepayments to arrive at expected cash flows. The Company models term loans using an annualized prepayment. Whenthe Company has a specific expectation of differing payment behavior for a given loan, the loan may be evaluated individually. For revolving loans that do not have a principal payment schedule, a curtailmentrate is factored into the cash flow. The ACL on loans evaluation may also consider various qualitative factors, such as: (i) actual or expected changes in economic trends and conditions, (ii) changes in the value of underlying collateral forloans, (iii) changes to lending policies, underwriting standards and/or management personnel performing such functions, (iv) delinquency and other credit quality trends, (v) credit risk concentrations, if any,(vi) changes to the nature of the Company's business impacting the loan portfolio, 85
Page 88
(vii) and other external factors, that may include, but are not limited to, results of internal loan reviews, examinations by bank regulatory agencies, or other such events such as a natural disaster. Certain loans greater than $500,000 are individually evaluated for estimated credit losses, including those that are: (i) on non-accrual, (ii) a modified loan to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, or(iii) that have other unique characteristics differing from the segment. Specific reserves are established when appropriate for such loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows of the loan orthe estimated realizable value of the collateral, if any. Management may also adjust its assumptions to account for differences between expected and actual losses from period-to-period. The variability of management’s assumptions could alter the ACL onloans materially and impact future results of operations and financial condition. The loss estimation models and methods used to determine the allowance for credit losses are continually refined and enhanced. Accrued Interest. Accrued interest receivable balances are presented within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition, and excluded from the measurement of the ACL, including investmentsand loans. Accrued interest receivable is written-off by reversing previously recognized interest income. The Company has a robust policy in place to write-off accrued interest when a loan is placed on non-accrual. For loans, write-off typically occurs when a loan has been in default for 90 days or more. Goodwill. Goodwill represents the price paid in an acquisition that is in excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but rather is evaluated at least annually forimpairment, or as events and circumstances dictate, at the reporting unit level, and for which the Company has determined it has a single reporting unit. Any impairment is charged to non-interest expense on theconsolidated statements of income. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment annually as of November 30, or more frequently as warranted by external and/or internal factors. The Company may utilize a qualitative analysis and/or aquantitative analysis to evaluate goodwill for impairment. The Company has the option to by-pass the qualitative analysis for any given year and perform the quantitative analysis. Using a qualitative analysis to assess goodwill for impairment, the Company will consider various factors to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that its carrying value of its reporting unit exceeds its fairvalue. These factors include, but are not limited to, the overall macro-economic environment; industry economic and regulatory environment; and company specific factors, including, but not limited to,performance, Company common stock share price, competition and/or significant changes in senior management. Should the Company determine it is more-likely-than-not that the carrying value of itsreporting unit exceeds its fair value, then it would then perform the next step of the goodwill impairment test, which is a quantitative analysis. If the Company were to determine it is not more-likely-than-notthat the carrying value of its reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company would have completed its goodwill impairment evaluation and concluded goodwill was not impaired. After performing the qualitative analysis and determining it is more-likely-than-not that the carrying value of its reporting unit exceeds its fair value or if the Company by-passed the qualitative analysis, itwould perform a quantitative analysis to determine if the carrying value of its reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Alternatively, the Company may by-pass the qualitative analysis and use a quantitative analysis. In completing the quantitative analysis, the Company may use various valuation techniques such as adiscounted cash flow model, a comparative market transaction multiple approach and/or other valuation methods to determine the reporting unit's fair value. Goodwill impairment is recognized to the extent thecarrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Core Deposit Intangible Assets. CDI assets represent the estimated value of acquired customer relationships and are amortized over the estimated economic life of those relationships. Acquired CDI assets are determined using the discounted cash flow method, plus the tax amortization benefit. The fair value of CDI assets is derived by comparing the interest rate and servicing costs thatthe Company pays on the core deposit liability versus the current market rate for alternative sources of financing. The intangible asset represents the stable and relatively low cost source of funds that thedeposits and accompanying relationships provide the Company when compared to alternative funding sources. CDI assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If necessary, management will test the CDI assets forimpairment by comparing their carrying value to the expected undiscounted cash flows of the assets. If the undiscounted cash flows of the intangible assets exceed their carrying th 86
Page 89
value, then the intangible assets are deemed to be fully recoverable and not impaired. However, if the undiscounted cash flows of the intangible assets are less than their carrying value then management mustcompare the fair value of the intangible assets to its carrying value. If the fair value of the intangible assets exceeds their carrying value, then the intangible assets are not impaired. If the fair value of theintangible assets is less than its carrying value, then an impairment charge is recorded to mark the carrying value of the intangible assets to fair value. BOLI. BOLI represents the cash surrender value of life insurance policies on the lives of certain active and retired employees where the Company is the beneficiary and is recorded as an asset on theconsolidated statements of condition. Increases in the cash surrender values of the policies, as well as death benefits received, net of any cash surrender value, are recorded in non-interest income on theconsolidated statements of income, and are not subject to income taxes. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of life insurance policies and no less thanannually thereafter. A life insurance policy with any individual carrier is limited to 10% of Tier 1 capital plus the allowable ACL (as defined for regulatory purposes) and the total cash surrender value of lifeinsurance policies is limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital plus the allowable ACL. Premises and Equipment. Premises and equipment purchased in normal course are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, while premises and equipment obtained through the acquisition of acompany or branch acquisition are stated at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date, utilizing independent third-party appraisals and other methods,less accumulated depreciation that occurred subsequent to the acquisition date. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the term of therespective lease or the estimated life of the improvement. Land is carried at cost. Repairs and maintenance costs that are not an improvement or do not extend the estimated useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred. Software costs, including cloud-based software licenses that qualify as internal-use software, are stated at cost less accumulated amortization within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition.Amortization expense is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Cloud-based software costs that do not qualify as internal-use software are capitalized asservice contracts within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition and expensed ratably over the term of the contract period. Premises and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The amount of the impairment loss, ifany, is based on the asset’s fair value. Leases. The Company leases office space, space for ATM locations and certain branch locations under noncancellable operating leases, several of which have renewal options to extend lease terms. Uponcommencement of a new lease, the Company will recognize a ROU asset and corresponding lease liability. The Company makes the decision on whether to renew an option to extend a lease by consideringvarious factors. The Company will recognize an adjustment to ROU asset and lease liability when lease agreements are amended and executed. The discount rate used in determining the present value of leasepayments is based on the lessor’s implicit rate in the lease if known or using the Company's incremental borrowing rate for borrowing terms similar to each lease at commencement date. The Company has lease agreements with lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for separately. For real estate leases, non-lease components and other non-components, such ascommon area maintenance charges, real estate taxes and insurance, are not included in the measurement of the lease liability since they are generally able to be segregated. The Company has elected the short-term lease recognition exemption for all leases that qualify. OREO. OREO properties acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are recorded initially at estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment inthe related loan is charged to the ACL on loans upon transfer to OREO. Upon acquisition of a property, a current appraisal is used or an internal valuation is prepared to substantiate fair value of the property.Any subsequent declines in the fair value of a property are recorded as a valuation allowance on the asset. Any subsequent increases in the fair value of a property are recorded as reductions of the valuationallowance, but not below zero. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not have any OREO properties carried on its consolidated statements of condition. 87
Page 90
Upon the sale of an OREO property, any excess of the carrying value over the sale proceeds is recognized as a loss on sale. Any excess of sale proceeds over the carrying value of the OREO property is firstapplied as a recovery to the valuation allowance, if any, with the remainder being recognized as a gain on sale. The recognized gain or loss upon the sale of OREO property is recognized within other real estateowned and collection costs, net, on the consolidated statements of income. Operating expenses, including legal and other direct expenses, and changes in the valuation allowance relating to foreclosed assets are included in other real estate owned and collection costs, net on theconsolidated statements of income. Mortgage Banking. Residential real estate mortgage loans are originated for purposes of: (1) being held for investment and (2) being held for sale into the secondary market. The transfer of these financialassets is accounted for as a sale when control over the asset has been surrendered. Control is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the asset has been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right(free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred asset, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred asset through anagreement to repurchase it before its maturity. The Company records the gain on sale of the financial asset within mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income, net of direct andindirect costs incurred to originate the loan. Servicing assets are recognized as separate assets when servicing rights are acquired through the sale of residential mortgage loans with servicing rights retained. Capitalized servicing rights are initiallyrecorded at fair value and reported within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition and recognized as income within mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income.Servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future servicing of the underlying mortgages (typically, the contractual life of the mortgage). The amortization of mortgageservicing rights is recorded as a reduction of income within non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income. Servicing assets are evaluated for impairment quarterly based upon the fair value of the rights as compared to amortized cost. Impairment is determined by stratifying rights by predominant characteristics,such as interest rates and terms. Fair value is determined using prices for similar assets with similar characteristics, when available, or based upon discounted cash flows using market-based assumptions.Impairment of the servicing assets is recognized through a valuation allowance to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If it is later determined that all or a portion of the impairment nolonger exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded increasing income, but not below zero. Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans for investors. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded asincome within mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income when earned. Short-Term and Long-Term Borrowings. Short-term borrowings are those that upon origination are scheduled to mature in one year or less. The Company's short-term borrowings may include, but are notlimited to, FHLBB overnight and FHLBB advances, customer repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, and line of credit advances. Long-term borrowings are those that upon origination are scheduled to mature over a period greater than one year. The Company's long-term borrowings may include, but are not limited to, FHLBBadvances, junior subordinated debentures, and wholesale repurchase agreements. The fair value of acquired junior subordinated debentures is determined based on the present value of the contractual cash flows over the remaining period to maturity using a market interest rate. The fairvalue of acquired FHLBB advances is based on the actual selling price at or near the acquisition date. Short-term and long-term borrowings on the consolidated statements of condition are presented net of unamortized issuance costs, if any, and amortized over the life of the borrowing. The Company is required to post collateral for certain borrowings, for which it generally posts loans and/or investment securities as collateral. Income Taxes. Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax implications attributable todifferences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented on a net basis on the consolidatedstatements of condition. In accordance with GAAP, acquired deferred tax assets are not recorded at fair value. In an all-stock transaction that qualifies as a tax-free reorganization for income tax purposes, thetax basis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is not adjusted to fair value in accordance with GAAP, creating temporary timing differences for the various fair value adjustments. 88
Page 91
If current information suggests that it is not more-likely than-not that the Company will not be able to realize the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance is established. Deferred tax assets and liabilitiesare measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilitiesof a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company assesses quarterly whether or not a valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets is necessary. If it is more- likely-than-not that the Company will not be able to realize the benefit of thedeferred tax assets, then a valuation allowance is established on the deferred tax asset not expected to be realized. The Company accounts for its windfall tax benefits and shortfalls within income tax expense on the consolidated statements of income as a discrete period item in the period generated. Renewable Energy Tax Credits. The Company has elected to account for its qualified investments in tax credit generating solar tax projects using the proportional amortization method. Under theproportional amortization method, the Company amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received, and recognizes the net investmentbenefit as a component of income tax expense. EPS. Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflectsthe potential dilution that could occur if certain securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share inthe earnings of the Company. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, plus an incrementalnumber of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method. Unvested share-based payment awards which include the right to receive non-forfeitable dividends are considered to participate with common stock in undistributed earnings for purposes of computingEPS. Restricted share grants and management stock purchase grants awarded under the 2022 and 2012 Equity and Incentive Plans, are considered participating securities for this purpose. Accordingly, theCompany is required to calculate basic and diluted EPS using the two-class method. The calculation of EPS using the two-class method (i) excludes any dividends paid or owed on participating securities andany undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities from the numerator and (ii) excludes the dilutive impact of the participating securities from the denominator. Postretirement Plans. The Company sponsors various retirement plans for current and former employees, including a SERP for certain retired officers of the Company, and a postretirement health care andlife insurance plan to certain eligible retired employees. The SERP and postretirement benefit plans are unfunded and have no plan assets, and the Company has recorded a liability on the consolidatedstatements of condition. For the SERP, benefit obligations are estimated using the projected unit credit method. Under this method, each participant's benefits are attributed to years of service, taking into consideration future salaryincreases and the SERP's benefit allocation formula. Thus, the estimated total pension to which each participant is entitled to at retirement is broken down into units, each associated with a year of past creditedservice. For the SERP, an individual's estimated attributed benefit for valuation purposes related to a particular separation date is the benefit described under the SERP based on credited service as of themeasurement date, but determined using the projected salary that would be used in the calculation estimate of the benefit on the expected separation date. The Company has obligations with various retired employees related to certain postretirement benefits. The obligations are based on the employee's date of hire and years of service through retirement, withthe associated cost recognized over the requisite service period. Under the plan, the postretirement benefit amount the Company will pay for any given year for an individual is capped. The accrual methodologyresults in an accrued amount at the full eligibility date equal to the then present value of all of the future benefits expected to be paid. Net periodic benefits cost (credit) includes service costs and interest costs based on the assumed discount rate, amortization of prior service costs due to plan amendments and/or amortization of actuarialgains or losses. As prior service costs and actuarial gains or losses are amortized, they are reclassified from AOCI on the consolidated statements of condition into other expenses on the consolidated statementsof income. The amortization of actuarial gains and losses is determined using the 10% corridor minimum amortization approach and is taken over the average remaining future working lifetime of the planparticipants. 89
Page 92
Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The Company receives a portion of its non-interest income from contracts with customers, which is accounted for in accordance with ASC 606. Revenuerecognized depicts the transfer of promised goods or services to its customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. TheCompany considers the terms of the contract and all relevant facts and circumstances in recording revenues from contracts with customers in accordance with ASC 606. Stock-Based Compensation. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation for restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and stock options based on the grant-date fair value of the award, withno adjustment for estimated forfeitures, as forfeitures are recognized when they occur. For restricted stock awards and units, compensation is recognized ratably over the requisite service period equal to the fairvalue of the award. For stock option awards, the fair value is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Compensation expense for stock option awards is recognized ratably over the requisiteservice period equal to the fair value of the award. For performance-based share awards, the Company estimates the degree to which performance conditions will be met to determine the number of shares thatwill vest and the related compensation expense. Compensation expense is adjusted in the period such estimates change. Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures. In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into commitments to extend credit, including commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Suchfinancial instruments are recorded as loans when they are funded. ACL on Off-Balance Sheet Credit Exposures. The ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures, excluding those that are unconditionally cancellable by the Company, estimates the expected losses on theunfunded commitments and standby letters of credit at each reporting date. To appropriately measure expected credit losses, management disaggregates the loan portfolio into similar risk characteristics,identical to those determined for the loan portfolio. An estimated funding rate is then applied to the qualifying unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit using the Company’s own historicalexperience to estimate the expected funded for each loan segment as of the reporting date. Once the expected funded amount for each loan segment is determined, the loss rate, which is the calculated expectedloan loss as a percent of the amortized cost basis for each loan segment, is applied to calculate the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures as of the reporting date. The ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures is presented within accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition. A charge (credit) to provision for credit losses on theconsolidated statements of income is made to account for the change in the ACL on off-balance sheet exposures between reporting periods. Derivative Financial Instruments Designated as Hedges. The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on theintended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criterianecessary to apply hedge accounting. The Company formally documents relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertakingvarious hedge transactions. The Company also assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are effective in offsetting changes incash flows or fair values of hedged items. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, areconsidered fair value hedges. Changes in fair value of a derivative that qualifies as a fair value hedge and the change in fair value of the hedged item are both recorded in earnings and offset each other when thetransaction is effective. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Changes in fairvalue of a derivative that is effective and that qualifies as a cash flow hedge are recorded in OCI and are reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction or related cash flows affect earnings. TheCompany will also enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.Changes in the fair value for the derivatives not designated are recognized directly in earnings. Segment Reporting. An operating segment is generally defined as a component of a business for which discrete financial information is available and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by thechief operating decision maker (“CODM”) As a community bank, substantially all of the Company’s operations are comprised of the delivery of loan and deposits to customers. The Company’s reportablesegment is determined by the CEO, who is its CODM. The CODM makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of the community banking activities, and has determinedthe Company has one reportable segment, community banking, for financial reporting purposes. Accounting policies for the Company’s reportable segment are the same as those described within this Note 1. 90
Page 93
The CODM assesses and evaluates the performance of the segment and determines the allocation of resources based on consolidated net income, as reported in the consolidated statements of income.Consolidated net income is used in deciding where to deploy capital and is used in the monitoring of budget versus actual results. The CODM also uses consolidated net income in benchmarking performance toCompany peers for compensation-related analysis. The segment asset details provided to the CODM are consistent with those reported on the consolidated statements of condition. 91
Page 94
Recent Accounting Pronouncements: The following provides a brief description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that have been adopted by the Company during: ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (“ASU 2023-09”). The FASB issued ASU 2023-09 to address investor requests for more transparency aboutincome tax information through improvements to income tax disclosures primarily related to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. ASU 2023-09 is to be applied on a prospective basis andis effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 with early adoption permitted. The adoption of ASU 2023-09 did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financialstatements. Refer to Note 20 for updated income tax disclosures that reflect the adoption of ASU 2023-09. ASU 2025-08, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Purchased Loans (“ASU 2025-08”). The FASB issued ASU 2025-08 to better reflect the economics of acquired assets by accountingfor most acquired financial assets under the gross-up approach. In accordance with the amendments in this update, loans (excluding credit cards) acquired without credit deterioration (non-PCD) and deemed“seasoned” (i.e., purchased at least 90 days after origination and the acquirer was not involved in the origination of the loans) are accounted for using the gross-up approach at acquisition to enhancecomparability and consistency in the accounting for acquired financial assets. ASU 2025-08 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026, on a prospective basis, with earlyadoption permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2025-08 effective January 1, 2026 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The following provides a brief description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that have not yet been adopted by the Company: ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income-Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40) (“ASU 2024-03”). The FASB issued ASU 2024-03 to improvedisclosures about a public business entity’s expenses and to address requests from investors for more detailed information about certain types of expenses. ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual reporting periodsbeginning after December 15, 2026 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect ASU 2024-03 to have a material impact to the disclosures in its consolidated financial statements. ASU No. 2025-06, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software (“ASU 2025-06”). The FASBissued ASU 2025-06 to modernize the accounting for software costs related to internal-use software. ASU 2025-06 removes all references to project stages and clarifies when an entity is required to startcapitalizing software costs. ASU 2025-06 is to be applied on either a prospective basis, modified transition approach or a retrospective transition approach and is effective for annual reporting periods beginningafter December 15, 2027 with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect ASU 2025-06 to have a material impact to its consolidated financial statements. ASU 2025-09, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Hedge Accounting Improvements (“ASU 2025-09”). The FASB issued ASU 2025-09 to clarify certain aspects of the guidance on hedge accountingand to address several incremental hedge accounting issues arising from the global reference rate reform initiative. The FASB believes this update will more closely align hedge accounting with the economicsof an entity’s risk management activities as it 1) amends the guidance to allow for different risks to be pooled in the same portfolio for cash flow hedging where applicable and 2) provides greater flexibility andexpands eligibility for hedge accounting. ASU 2025-09 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 on a prospective basis for all hedging relationships, with early adoptionpermitted. The Company does not expect ASU 2025-09 to have a material impact to its consolidated financial statements. The following provides a brief description of recent U.S. Tax Law Changes: On July 4, 2025, the OBBBA was signed into law. The OBBBA, among other provisions, makes permanent many of the tax provisions enacted in 2017 as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act that were set toexpire at the end of 2025. The Company notes this new legislation does not have a material impact to its consolidated financial statements. 92
Page 95
NOTE 2 – BUSINESS COMBINATIONS On January 2, 2025, the Company completed its acquisition of Northway Financial, Inc. (“Northway”) in an all-stock transaction in which Northway merged with and into the Company, with the Companysurviving (the “Merger”). The Company acquired 100% of Northway’s outstanding common stock. Additionally, Northway Bank, a wholly owned subsidiary of Northway, merged with and into CamdenNational Bank, with Camden National Bank continuing as the surviving bank. The Merger qualified as a tax-free reorganization for federal income tax purposes. At the effective time of the Merger, each share of Northway’s common stock was converted into the right to receive 0.83 shares of the Company’s common stock, with cash paid in lieu of any fractionalshares. Each share of the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger remained outstanding and was unchanged by the Merger. The totalconsideration payable by the Company was $96.5 million, based on the Company’s closing share price of $42.25, as reported by Nasdaq on January 2, 2025, the Merger closing date. In total, the Companyissued 2.3 million shares of its common stock as Merger consideration, representing 14% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock at the time of issuance. The Merger expanded the Company’s presence in New Hampshire by adding 17 branches, and increased the Company’s size and scale. This expansion provides the opportunity to build a greaterrecognition and awareness of the Company’s brand with its increased presence in New Hampshire. The expanded presence of the Company is expected to drive profitability and shareholder value throughopportunities for growth, broader product offerings, higher lending limits and anticipated efficiencies. As of December 31, 2025, the combined Company had 72 branches and $7.0 billion in assets. Acquisition related expenses related to the Northway acquisition of $9.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, were included as a component of non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income, of which approximately $1.9 million and $1.0 million were acquisition related costs as defined by ASC 805 for the years ended December 31, 2025and 2024, respectively. These non-recurring expenses are presented as merger and acquisition costs within non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income. The Company generated $56.8 million of goodwill in connection with the Northway acquisition. The goodwill generated represents the synergies expected from combining operations of the twoorganizations, including, but not limited to, systems conversion, consolidation of certain locations, and reduced headcount across operation teams. The goodwill generated from the transaction is not deductiblefor tax purposes. 93
Page 96
The following table summarizes the consideration paid for Northway and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the Northway acquisition: (In thousands except shares) As Acquired Purchase AccountingAdjustmentsAs Recorded at AcquisitionConsideration Paid: Company common stock (2,283,782 shares at $42.25 per share) $ 96,490 Recognized Identified Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed, at Fair Value: AssetsLoans and loans held for sale $ 864,031 $ (91,439) $ 772,592 Investments 229,222 732 229,954 Cash and due from banks 48,261 — 48,261 Deferred tax assets 14,006 6,909 20,915 Premises and equipment 9,303 7,547 16,850 CDI assets — 48,058 48,058 Bank-owned life insurance 4,372 — 4,372 Other assets 14,394 1,059 15,453 Total Assets 1,183,589 (27,134) 1,156,455 LiabilitiesDeposits 971,899 (226) 971,673 Short-term borrowings 65,499 — 65,499 Long-term borrowings 45,000 184 45,184 Junior subordinated debentures 20,620 (3,736) 16,884 Other liabilities 17,940 (407) 17,533 Total Liabilities 1,120,958 (4,185) 1,116,773 Total identified assets acquired and liabilities assumed, at fair value $ 62,631 $ (22,949) 39,682 Goodwill $ 56,808 (1) The purchase accounting adjustment on loans and loans held for sale is net of the acquired ACL on loans of $10.2 million and acquired net deferred origination costs of $2.0 million, as these balances wereeliminated in purchase accounting. Additionally, the Company established an ACL on acquired loans designated as PCD of $3.1 million and this has been included in the loan and loans held for sale fairvalue adjustment. The purchase accounting adjustment on loans and loans held for sale before the adjustments for ACL on acquired loans and net deferred origination costs was a discount on the acquiredloan balance of $96.7 million. Loans and loans held for sale — The discount on the acquired loans was primarily the result of market interest rates as of the acquisition date being higher than the stated interest rates of the acquired loans.For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized $17.0 million of net loan accretion attributable to the fair value discount for interest rate marks on all acquired loans and the credit marks for allnon-PCD loans within interest and fees on loans on the consolidated statements of income since the acquisition date. (1) 94
Page 97
The acquired loan portfolio was segmented into two segments: (1) PCD loans and (2) non-PCD loans. The following table provides details related to the fair value of acquired PCD loans: (In thousands) As ofJanuary 2, 2025Unpaid principal balance of acquired PCD loans $ 103,048 Interest and liquidity discount (9,407)ACL on PCD loans (3,071)Fair value of acquired PCD loans $ 90,570 The following table provides details related to the fair value of acquired non-PCD loans: (In thousands) As ofJanuary 2, 2025Unpaid principal balance of acquired non-PCD loans $ 769,036 Interest and liquidity discount (80,771)Credit risk discount (6,243)Fair value of acquired non-PCD loans $ 682,022 On the acquisition date, the Company established an ACL on loans and recognized a $6.3 million provision for credit losses associated with the acquisition of non-PCD loans. The following table presents selected unaudited pro forma financial information reflecting the acquisition of Northway and assuming it was completed as of January 1, 2024. The unaudited pro formafinancial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the combined financial results of the Company and Northway had the transaction actually been completed atthe beginning of the periods presented, nor does it indicate future results for any other interim or full-year period. Information for the year ended December 31, 2025 reflects the actual results of the Companyexcluding merger costs, provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans, and the benefit from a deferred tax rate change. Information for the year ended December 31, 2024 includes Northway’s calculated resultsfor the year ended December 31, 2024 and reflects adjustments related to the amortization or accretion of purchase accounting fair value adjustments, merger and acquisition costs, provision for credit losses onnon-PCD loans, and the benefit from a deferred tax rate change. The unaudited pro forma information below does not reflect management’s estimate of any revenue-enhancing opportunities or anticipated cost-savings. Pro Forma (Unaudited)Year Ended December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024Total revenues $ 255,779 $ 233,323 Net income $ 74,660 $ 59,692 (1) Revenue is defined as the sum of net interest income plus non-interest income. NOTE 3 – INVESTMENTS Trading Securities Trading securities are reported on the Company's consolidated statements of condition at fair value. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair value of the Company's trading securities was $5.7 millionand $5.2 million, respectively. These securities are held in a rabbi trust account and invested in mutual funds. The trading securities will be used for future payments associated with the Company’s deferredcompensation plan for eligible employees and directors. (1) 95
Page 98
AFS Debt Securities AFS debt securities are reported on the Company's consolidated statements of condition at fair value. The following table summarizes the amortized cost, estimated fair value and unrealized gains (losses)of AFS debt securities as of the dates indicated: (In thousands) AmortizedCost UnrealizedGains UnrealizedLosses FairValueDecember 31, 2025 Obligations of states and political subdivisions $ 5,303 $ 1 $ (29) $ 5,275 MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 720,634 7,540 (43,785) 684,389 CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 230,028 1,141 (6,796) 224,373 Subordinated corporate bonds 16,721 16 (373) 16,364 Total AFS debt securities $ 972,686 $ 8,698 $ (50,983) $ 930,401 December 31, 2024 Obligations of states and political subdivisions $ 5,423 $ — $ (134) $ 5,289 MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 493,766 353 (69,163) 424,956 CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 156,131 502 (9,154) 147,479 Subordinated corporate bonds 17,683 — (1,658) 16,025 Total AFS debt securities $ 673,003 $ 855 $ (80,109) $ 593,749 As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there was no allowance carried on AFS debt securities. In 2022, the Company transferred securities with a fair value of $520.3 million from AFS to HTM. The unrealized losses on the AFS debt securities at the time of the transfer were $72.1 million, pre-tax,and were reported within AOCI. These unrealized losses are being amortized over the remaining life of the securities from AOCI into the HTM securities on the consolidated statements of condition. AtDecember 31, 2025 and 2024, the net unrealized losses on the transferred securities reported within AOCI were $36.7 million and $41.8 million, respectively, net of a deferred tax asset of $10.6 million and$11.4 million, respectively. The net unrealized losses on AFS debt securities reported within AOCI (excluding the aforementioned securities transferred from AFS to HTM) at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 were $33.7million and $62.2 million, respectively, and were net of a deferred tax asset of $9.6 million and $17.0 million, respectively. The following table details the Company’s sales of AFS debt securities for the periods indicated below: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Proceeds from sales $ 56,432 $ — $ 126,766 Gross realized gains — — — Gross realized losses — — (10,310) (1) The Company sold certain AFS debt securities acquired in the acquisition of Northway shortly after the acquisition date at fair value, and, therefore, no gain or loss was recognized on the sale. (1) 96
Page 99
The following table presents AFS debt securities with gross unrealized losses, for which an ACL has not been recorded, segregated by the length of time the securities have been in a continuous lossposition as of the dates indicated: Less Than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total(In thousands, except number of holdings) Number of Holdings Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized Losses Fair Value Unrealized LossesDecember 31, 2025 Obligations of states and politicalsubdivisions 7 $ 547 $ (3) $ 3,147 $ (26) $ 3,694 $ (29)MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S.government-sponsored enterprises 152 79,930 (379) 332,788 (43,406) 412,718 (43,785)CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S.government-sponsored enterprises 55 46,678 (332) 66,255 (6,464) 112,933 (6,796)Subordinated corporate bonds 6 — — 12,129 (373) 12,129 (373)Total AFS debt securities 220 $ 127,155 $ (714) $ 414,319 $ (50,269) $ 541,474 $ (50,983)December 31, 2024 Obligations of states and politicalsubdivisions 11 $ 1,377 $ (7) $ 3,597 $ (127) $ 4,974 $ (134)MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S.government-sponsored enterprises 136 36,732 (260) 352,823 (68,903) 389,555 (69,163)CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S.government-sponsored enterprises 47 36,146 (227) 55,540 (8,927) 91,686 (9,154)Subordinated corporate bonds 10 494 (6) 15,531 (1,652) 16,025 (1,658)Total AFS debt securities 204 $ 74,749 $ (500) $ 427,491 $ (79,609) $ 502,240 $ (80,109) As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the unrealized losses on AFS debt securities have not been recognized into income because management does not intend to sell and it is not more-likely-than-not it willbe required to sell any of the AFS debt securities before recovery of its amortized cost basis. Furthermore, the unrealized losses were due to changes in interest rates and other market conditions and were notreflective of credit events. Agency-backed and government-sponsored enterprise securities have a long history with no credit losses, including during times of severe stress. The principal and interest paymentson agency-guaranteed debt is backed by the U.S. government. Government-sponsored enterprises similarly guarantee principal and interest payments and securities backed by government-sponsored enterprisescarry an implicit guarantee from the U.S. Department of the Treasury. Additionally, government-sponsored enterprise securities are exceptionally liquid, readily marketable, and provide a substantial amount ofprice transparency and price parity, indicating a perception of zero credit losses. Obligations of states and political subdivision are comprised primarily of high credit quality (rated A- of higher) state andmunicipal obligations. High credit quality state and municipal obligations have a history of zero to near-zero credit loss. Subordinated corporate bonds are primarily comprised of investment grade senior notesand senior subordinated notes of other financial institutions. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, total accrued interest receivable on AFS debt securities, which has been excluded from reported amortized cost basis on AFS debt securities, was $2.6 million and$1.7 million, respectively, and was reported within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition. An allowance was not carried on the accrued interest receivable at either date. 97
Page 100
The amortized cost and estimated fair values of the Company’s AFS debt securities by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2025, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractualmaturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Mortgage-related securities are shown in total, as their maturities are highly variable. (In thousands) AmortizedCost FairValue Due in one year or less $ — $ — Due after one year through five years 15,805 15,557 Due after five years through ten years 6,219 6,082 Due after ten years — — Subtotal 22,024 21,639 Mortgage-related securities 950,662 908,762 Total $ 972,686 $ 930,401 HTM Debt Securities HTM debt securities are reported on the Company's consolidated statements of condition at amortized cost. The following table summarizes the amortized cost, estimated fair value and unrealized gains(losses) of HTM debt securities as of the dates indicated: (In thousands) AmortizedCost UnrealizedGains UnrealizedLosses FairValueDecember 31, 2025Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises $ 7,865 $ — $ (278) $ 7,587 Obligations of states and political subdivisions 55,802 167 (1,077) 54,892 MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 271,168 — (16,933) 254,235 CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 128,966 84 (10,391) 118,659 Subordinated corporate bonds 21,491 1,120 (163) 22,448 Total HTM debt securities $ 485,292 $ 1,371 $ (28,842) $ 457,821 December 31, 2024Obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises $ 7,729 $ — $ (647) $ 7,082 Obligations of states and political subdivisions 56,047 96 (1,872) 54,271 MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 292,170 — (28,980) 263,190 CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 142,467 150 (15,747) 126,870 Subordinated corporate bonds 19,365 476 (430) 19,411 Total HTM debt securities $ 517,778 $ 722 $ (47,676) $ 470,824 (1) Amortized cost presented above includes unamortized unrealized losses from the aforementioned transfer from AFS to HTM securities that occurred in 2022. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, theunamortized unrealized losses on the 2022 transfer included within amortized cost were as follows: (1) $720,000 and $856,000 in obligations of U.S. government-sponsored enterprises; (2) $4.6 million and$5.1 million in obligations of state and political subdivisions; (3) $26.8 million and $30.8 million in MBS; (4) $14.4 million and $16.4 million, in CMO; and (5) $23,000 and $54,000 in subordinatedcorporate bonds, respectively. (1) 98
Page 101
In the first quarter of 2023, the Company wrote-off its $1.8 million Signature Bank corporate bond in response to Signature Bank's failure. The write-off was recorded as a provision on HTM debt securitieswithin the consolidated statements of income. During the first quarter of 2024, the Company sold the Signature Bank corporate bond and recovered $910,000, which was recorded as a credit for credit losses onHTM debt securities in the consolidated statements of income. In addition to writing off the Signature Bank corporate bond in the first quarter of 2023, the Company also wrote-off the bond’s associated accruedinterest receivable totaling $8,000 and recorded a reversal of interest income on the consolidated statements of income during the year ended December 31, 2023. The following table presents the activity in theACL on HTM debt securities, as reported under CECL, for the periods indicated: December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024Beginning balance $ — $ — Charge-offs — — Recoveries — 910 Credit for credit losses — (910)Ending balance $ — $ — The Company evaluated its HTM debt securities with an amortized cost as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 and determined that the expected credit loss on its HTM portfolio was immaterial, and thereforeit did not carry an ACL on the HTM portfolio at either date. The HTM debt securities portfolio is comprised of the same types of securities as the AFS debt securities portfolio. Refer to the discussion above for considerations of credit risk. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, none of the Company's HTM debt securities were past due or on non-accrual status. The Company did not recognize any interest income on non-accrual HTM debtsecurities during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, total accrued interest receivable on HTM debt securities was $1.6 million, and no allowance wasprovided for. Accrued interest on HTM debt securities is reported within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition and excluded from reported amortized cost. The amortized cost and estimated fair values of HTM debt securities by contractual maturity are shown in the table below as of December 31, 2025. Expected maturities will differ from contractualmaturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Mortgage-related securities are shown in total, as theirmaturities are highly variable. (In thousands) AmortizedCost FairValue Due in one year or less $ 355 $ 355 Due after one year through five years 5,625 5,602 Due after five years through ten years 38,661 39,385 Due after ten years 40,517 39,585 Subtotal 85,158 84,927 Mortgage-related securities 400,134 372,894 Total $ 485,292 $ 457,821 AFS and HTM Debt Securities Pledged As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, AFS and HTM debt securities with an amortized cost of $952.7 million and $519.9 million, respectively, and estimated fair values of $904.3 million and $449.0 million,respectively, were pledged to secure FHLBB advances, FRB advances, public deposits, and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes required or permitted by law. 99
Page 102
Other Investments The Company's FHLBB and FRB common stock are reported at cost within other investments on the consolidated statements of condition. The Company evaluates these investments for impairment basedon the ultimate recoverability of the par value. The Company did not record any impairment on its FHLBB and FRB stock for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. The following table summarizes the Company's investment in FHLBB stock and FRB stock as presented within other investments on the consolidated statements of condition, as of the dates indicated: (In thousands) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024FHLBB $ 17,735 $ 17,140 FRB 8,692 5,374 Other 70 — Total other investments $ 26,497 $ 22,514 NOTE 4 – LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ON LOANS The composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, excluding residential loans held for sale, was as follows for the dates indicated: December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024Commercial Loans:Commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 1,778,985 $ 1,387,252 Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 406,120 324,712 Commercial 417,439 382,785 Total commercial loans 2,602,544 2,094,749 Retail Loans:Residential real estate 2,012,922 1,752,249 Home equity 332,256 253,251 Consumer 17,416 15,010 Total retail loans 2,362,594 2,020,510 Total loans $ 4,965,138 $ 4,115,259 The loan balances for each portfolio segment presented above are net of their respective net unamortized fair value mark discount on acquired loans and net unamortized loan origination costs for the datesindicated: December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024Net unamortized fair value mark discount on acquired loans $ (79,747) $ (79)Net unamortized loan origination costs 7,022 6,685 Total $ (72,725) $ 6,606 (1) The increase in 2025 was driven by the Northway Acquisition. Refer to Note 2 for further details on loans acquired and fair value marks recorded through the acquisition of Northway on January 2, 2025. The Company's lending activities are primarily conducted in Maine, Massachusetts and New Hampshire. The Company originates single- and multi-family residential loans, commercial real estate loans,business loans, municipal loans and a variety of consumer loans. In addition, the Company makes loans for the construction of residential homes, multi-family properties and commercial real estate properties.The ability and willingness of borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the level of overall economic activity within the geographic area and the general economy. (1) 100
Page 103
Related Party Loans. In the normal course of business, the Company makes loans to certain officers, directors and their associated companies, under terms that are consistent with the Company’s lendingpolicies and regulatory requirements and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, outstanding loans to certain officers,directors and their associated companies were less than 5% of the Company's shareholders' equity. ACL on Loans The Company manages its loan portfolio proactively to effectively identify problem credits and assess trends early, implement effective work-out strategies, and take charge-offs as promptly as practical. Inaddition, the Company continuously reassesses its underwriting standards in response to credit risk posed by changes in economic conditions. The Company monitors and manages credit risk through thefollowing governance structure: • The Credit Risk Policy Committee, which is an internal management committee comprised of various executives and senior managers across business lines, including Accounting and Finance, CreditUnderwriting, Collections and Special Assets, Risk, and Commercial and Retail Banking, along with the Credit Risk and Special Assets teams, oversees the Company's systems and procedures tomonitor the credit quality of its loan portfolio, conduct a loan review program, and maintain the integrity of the loan rating system. • The adequacy of the ACL is overseen by the Management Provision Committee, which is an internal management committee. As of January 1, 2025, the Management Provision Committee iscomprised of the Company’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer, chief credit officer and certain members of senior management within Accounting, Credit Risk, and Collections and SpecialAssets. The Management Provision Committee supports the oversight efforts of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. • The Directors' Credit Committee of the Board of Directors reviews large credit exposures, monitors external loan review reports, reviews the lending authority for individual loan officers whenrequired, and has approval authority and responsibility for all matters regarding the loan policy and other credit-related policies, including reviewing and monitoring asset quality trends, andconcentration levels. • The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has approval authority and oversight responsibility for the ACL adequacy and methodology. Segmentation. For purposes of determining the ACL on loans, the Company disaggregates its loans into portfolio segments. Each portfolio segment possesses unique risk characteristics that are consideredwhen determining the appropriate level of allowance. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company's loan portfolio segments, as determined based on the unique risk characteristics of each, included thefollowing: Commercial Real Estate - Non-Owner-Occupied. Non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans are, in substance, all commercial real estate loans that are not categorized by the Company as owner-occupied commercial real estate loans. Non owner-occupied commercial estate loans are investment properties in which the primary source for repayment of the loan by the borrower is derived from rentalincome associated with the property or the proceeds of the sale, refinancing, or permanent refinancing of the property. Non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans consist of mortgage loans to financeinvestments in real property that may include, but are not limited to, multi-family residential, commercial/retail office space, industrial/warehouse space, hotels, assisted living facilities and other specific useproperties. Also included within the non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loan segment are construction projects until they are completed. Commercial real estate loans are typically written withamortizing payment structures. Collateral values are determined based upon appraisals and evaluations in accordance with established policy guidelines. Maximum loan-to-value ratios at origination aregoverned by established policy and regulatory guidelines. As part of its credit risk management practices, the Company generally requires personal or corporate guarantees from borrowers or their principals fornon ‑ owner ‑ occupied commercial real estate loans. These guarantees serve as an additional source of repayment in the event cash flows from the underlying properties are insufficient. As of December 31, 2025and 2024, approximately 43% and 38%, respectively, of the Company’s non ‑ owner ‑ occupied commercial real estate portfolio did not have such guarantees, due to the financial strength of the borrowers, thequality of the underlying collateral, or other mitigating credit factors. Commercial Real Estate - Owner-Occupied. Generally, owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are properties that are owned and operated by the borrower, and the primary source for repayment is thecash flow from the ongoing operations and activities conducted by the borrower's business. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans consist of mortgage loans to finance investments in real property thatmay include, but are not limited to, commercial/retail office space, restaurants, educational and medical practice facilities and other specific use properties. Commercial real estate loans are typically writtenwith amortizing payment structures. Collateral values are determined based upon appraisals and evaluations in accordance with 101
Page 104
established policy guidelines. Maximum loan-to-value ratios at origination are governed by established policy and regulatory guidelines. Commercial. Commercial loans consist of revolving and term loan obligations extended to business and corporate enterprises for the purpose of financing working capital and/or capital investment.Collateral generally consists of pledges of business assets including, but not limited to, accounts receivable, inventory, plant and equipment, and/or real estate, if applicable. Commercial loans are primarily paidby the operating cash flow of the borrower. Commercial loans may be secured or unsecured. The commercial loan portfolio also includes participations in shared national credits and other syndicated lendingarrangements in which the Company acts as a participant rather than the lead lender. Syndicated loans are underwritten in accordance with the lead bank’s credit standards and are subject to the Company’sindependent credit review, ongoing monitoring, and risk rating assessment. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $74.8 million and $102.4 million, respectively, of syndicated commercial loansoutstanding. Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans held in the Company's loan portfolio are made to borrowers who demonstrate the ability to make scheduled payments with full consideration tounderwriting factors. Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income requirements and combined loan-to-value ratios within established policy guidelines. Collateralconsists of mortgage liens on one- to four-family residences, including for investment purposes. Home Equity. Home equity loans and lines of credit are made to qualified individuals and are secured by senior or junior mortgage liens on owner-occupied one- to four-family homes, condominiums, orvacation homes. The home equity loan has a fixed rate and is billed as equal payments comprised of principal and interest. The home equity line of credit has a variable rate and is billed as interest-onlypayments during the draw period. At the end of the draw period, the home equity line of credit is billed as a percentage of the principal balance plus all accrued interest. Borrower qualifications includefavorable credit history combined with supportive income requirements and combined loan-to-value ratios within established policy guidelines. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, 57% and 55% of the homeequity loan portfolio, respectively, was secured by junior lien positions. Consumer. Consumer loan products including personal lines of credit and amortizing loans made to qualified individuals for various purposes such as education, auto loans, debt consolidation, personalexpenses or overdraft protection. Borrower qualifications include favorable credit history combined with supportive income and collateral requirements within established policy guidelines, as applicable.Consumer loans may be secured or unsecured. 102
Page 105
ACL on Loans. The following table presents the activity in the ACL on loans, as reported under CECL, for the periods indicated: Commercial Real Estate(In thousands) Non-Owner-Occupied Owner- Occupied Commercial Residential Real Estate Home Equity Consumer TotalAt or For the Year Ended December 31, 2025Beginning balance, December 31, 2024 $ 14,897 $ 2,481 $ 5,856 $ 9,979 $ 2,397 $ 118 $ 35,728 Charge-offs (3,029) (191) (12,659) (4) (21) (185) (16,089)Recoveries 9 60 428 25 1 12 535 Acquired PCD loans (Note 2) 1,659 340 575 305 165 27 3,071 Provision for loan losses:Provision for acquired non-PCD loans (Note 2) 2,335 840 816 1,979 268 55 6,293 General provision for loan losses 2,433 798 10,702 548 1,140 117 15,738 Total provision for loan losses 4,768 1,638 11,518 2,527 1,408 172 22,031 Ending balance, December 31, 2025 $ 18,304 $ 4,328 $ 5,718 $ 12,832 $ 3,950 $ 144 $ 45,276 At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2024Beginning balance, December 31, 2023 $ 16,581 $ 2,290 $ 4,869 $ 10,254 $ 2,217 $ 724 $ 36,935 Loans charged-off — — (1,784) — (1) (98) (1,883)Recoveries 10 — 455 26 98 34 623 (Credit) provision for loan losses (1,694) 191 2,316 (301) 83 (542) 53 Ending balance, December 31, 2024 $ 14,897 $ 2,481 $ 5,856 $ 9,979 $ 2,397 $ 118 $ 35,728 For the year ended December 31, 2025, the ACL on loans increased $9.5 million and was driven by the recognition of $9.4 million of ACL on acquired Northway loans, which was comprised of PCD andnon-PCD loans as described within Note 2. The Company recorded charge-offs of $16.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2025, which was driven by a $10.7 million partial charge-off of a syndicated commercial loan and a $3.0 millionpartial charge-off of a non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loan. The significant model inputs and assumptions used within the discounted cash flow model for purposes of estimating the ACL on loans were: • Macroeconomic (loss) drivers: As of December 31, 2025, the following loss drivers for each loan segment were used to calculate the expected PD over the forecast and reversion period: (i) commercialreal estate – non-owner-occupied used Maine Unemployment and change in National GDP; (ii) commercial real estate – owner-occupied used Maine Unemployment and change in National GDP, (iii)commercial used Maine Unemployment and change in National GDP; (iv) residential real estate used Maine Unemployment and change in Maine House Price Index, (v) home equity used MaineUnemployment and change in Maine House Price Index and (vi) consumer used changes in National GDP and change in National Retail Sales. As of December 31, 2024, the following loss drivers for each loan segment were used to calculate the expected PD over the forecast and reversion period: (i) commercial real estate – non-owner-occupied used Maine Unemployment and change in Maine GDP; (ii) commercial real estate – owner-occupied used Maine Unemployment and change in Maine GDP, (iii) commercial used MaineUnemployment and change in National GDP; (iv) residential real estate used Maine Unemployment and change in Maine House Price Index, (v) home equity used Maine Unemployment and change inMaine House Price Index and (vi) consumer used Maine Unemployment and change in National GDP. • Reasonable and Supportable Forecast Period: As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the ACL on loans estimate used a reasonable and supportable forecast period of two years. • Reversion Period: As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the ACL on loans estimate used a reversion period of two years. 103
Page 106
• Prepayment Speeds: As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the estimated prepayment speed for each loan segment continued to be derived used internally-sourced prepayment data. There were nochanges to the prepayment speeds in 2025. • Qualitative Factors: As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the ACL on loans estimate incorporated various qualitative factors into the calculation. Credit Concentrations. The Company focuses on maintaining a well-balanced and diversified loan portfolio. Despite such efforts, it is recognized that credit concentrations may occasionally emerge as aresult of economic conditions, changes in local demand, natural loan growth and runoff. To identify credit concentrations effectively, all commercial and commercial real estate loans are assigned StandardIndustrial Classification codes, North American Industry Classification System codes, and state and county codes. As of December 31, 2025, the Company's total exposure to the lessors of residential buildings'industry and lessors of nonresidential buildings’ industry were 12% and 13% of total loans, respectively, and 28% and 29% of total commercial real estate loans, respectively. There were no other industryconcentrations exceeding 10% of the Company's total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2025. Credit Quality Indicators. To further identify loans with similar risk profiles, the Company categorizes each portfolio segment into classes by credit risk characteristic and applies a credit quality indicatorto each portfolio segment. The indicators for commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied and owner-occupied, commercial and residential real estate portfolio segments are represented by Grades 1 through 10as outlined below. In general, risk ratings are adjusted periodically throughout the year as updated analysis and review warrants. This process may include, but is not limited to, annual credit and loan reviews,periodic reviews of loan performance metrics, such as delinquency rates, and quarterly reviews of adversely risk rated loans. The Company uses the following definitions when assessing grades for the purposeof evaluating the risk and adequacy of the ACL on loans: • Grade 1 through 6 — Grades 1 through 6 represent groups of loans that are not subject to adverse criticism as defined in regulatory guidance. Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent lowto moderate risks, which is measured using a variety of credit risk criteria, such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position,prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan. In general, these loans are supported by properly marginedcollateral and guarantees of principal parties. • Grade 7 — Loans with potential weakness (Special Mention). Loans in this category are currently protected based on collateral and repayment capacity and do not constitute undesirable credit risk, but havepotential weakness that may result in deterioration of the repayment process at some future date. This classification is used if a negative trend is evident in the obligor’s financial situation. Special mentionloans do not sufficiently expose the Company to warrant adverse classification. • Grade 8 — Loans with definite weakness (Substandard). Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by collateral pledged.Borrowers experience difficulty in meeting debt repayment requirements. Deterioration is sufficient to cause the Company to look to the sale of collateral. • Grade 9 — Loans with potential loss (Doubtful). Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in the substandard grade with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection orliquidation of the loan in full highly questionable and improbable. The possibility of some loss is extremely high, but because of specific pending factors that may work to the advantage and strengtheningof the asset, its classification as an estimated loss is deferred until its more exact status may be determined. • Grade 10 — Loans with definite loss (Loss). Loans classified as loss are considered uncollectible. The loss classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but ratherthat it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off the asset because recovery and collection time may be protracted. The Company periodically reassesses asset quality indicators to reflect appropriately the risk composition of the Company’s loan portfolio. Home equity and consumer loans are not individually risk rated,but rather analyzed as groups taking into account delinquency rates and other economic conditions which may affect the ability of borrowers to meet debt service requirements, including interest rates andenergy costs. Performing loans include loans that are current and loans that are past due less than 90 days. Loans that are past due over 90 days and non-accrual loans, are considered non-performing. 104
Page 107
Based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by portfolio segment by vintage, was as follows as of December 31, 2025: Revolving Loans (In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Prior Amortized CostBasis Converted to Term TotalCommercial real estate - non-owner-occupied Risk rating:Pass (Grades 1-6) $ 195,567 $ 115,477 $ 105,941 $ 365,087 $ 301,695 $ 622,183 $ — $ — $ 1,705,950 Special mention (Grade 7) — — 2,930 21,809 3,820 3,360 — — 31,919 Substandard (Grade 8) — 163 2,759 1,828 9,240 27,126 — — 41,116 Total commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 195,567 $ 115,640 $ 111,630 $ 388,724 $ 314,755 $ 652,669 $ — $ — $ 1,778,985 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ — $ — $ 3,002 $ — $ 27 $ — $ — $ 3,029 Commercial real estate - owner-occupied Risk rating:Pass (Grades 1-6) $ 57,560 $ 52,520 $ 33,877 $ 44,121 $ 81,853 $ 114,789 $ — $ — $ 384,720 Special mention (Grade 7) — — 1,917 802 7 362 — — 3,088 Substandard (Grade 8) — 406 — 6,168 1,640 10,098 — — 18,312 Total commercial real estate - owner-occupied $ 57,560 $ 52,926 $ 35,794 $ 51,091 $ 83,500 $ 125,249 $ — $ — $ 406,120 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ — $ — $ 185 $ — $ 6 $ — $ — $ 191 Commercial Risk rating:Pass (Grades 1-6) $ 44,856 $ 75,863 $ 23,409 $ 27,740 $ 20,248 $ 56,358 $ 132,366 $ 30,888 $ 411,728 Special mention (Grade 7) — 490 — — — — 239 199 928 Substandard (Grade 8) — 101 542 1,013 285 242 1,501 1,099 4,783 Total commercial $ 44,856 $ 76,454 $ 23,951 $ 28,753 $ 20,533 $ 56,600 $ 134,106 $ 32,186 $ 417,439 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ 69 $ 2,536 $ 7,070 $ 76 $ 18 $ 1,041 $ 211 $ 1,638 $ 12,659 Residential Real Estate Risk rating:Pass (Grades 1-6) $ 190,648 $ 123,858 $ 130,316 $ 544,724 $ 547,965 $ 469,671 $ 447 $ 1,673 $ 2,009,302 Substandard (Grade 8) — — — 819 792 2,009 — — 3,620 Total residential real estate $ 190,648 $ 123,858 $ 130,316 $ 545,543 $ 548,757 $ 471,680 $ 447 $ 1,673 $ 2,012,922 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 4 $ — $ — $ 4 Home equity Risk rating:Performing $ 2,945 $ 3,660 $ 14,036 $ 18,609 $ 400 $ 11,478 $ 263,240 $ 17,219 $ 331,587 Non-performing — — — — — 32 393 244 669 Total home equity $ 2,945 $ 3,660 $ 14,036 $ 18,609 $ 400 $ 11,510 $ 263,633 $ 17,463 $ 332,256 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 18 $ 3 $ 21 Consumer Risk rating:Performing $ 4,203 $ 2,761 $ 3,174 $ 1,781 $ 465 $ 2,085 $ 2,944 $ — $ 17,413 Non-performing — — 3 — — — — — 3 Total consumer $ 4,203 $ 2,761 $ 3,177 $ 1,781 $ 465 $ 2,085 $ 2,944 $ — $ 17,416 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ 5 $ 34 $ 51 $ 6 $ 1 $ 56 $ 32 $ — $ 185 105
Page 108
Based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by portfolio segment by vintage, was as follows as of December 31, 2024: Revolving Loans (In thousands) 2024 2023 2022 2021 2020 Prior Amortized CostBasis Converted to Term TotalCommercial real estate - non-owner-occupied Risk rating:Pass (Grades 1-6) $ 91,377 $ 107,607 $ 324,743 $ 285,862 $ 140,686 $ 390,527 $ — $ — $ 1,340,802 Special mention (Grade 7) — — — — 342 225 — — 567 Substandard (Grade 8) — 195 25,252 — — 20,436 — — 45,883 Total commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 91,377 $ 107,802 $ 349,995 $ 285,862 $ 141,028 $ 411,188 $ — $ — $ 1,387,252 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Commercial real estate - owner-occupied Risk rating:Pass (Grades 1-6) $ 53,436 $ 31,141 $ 48,633 $ 71,629 $ 19,582 $ 89,092 $ — $ — $ 313,513 Special mention (Grade 7) — — — 1,900 — 304 — — 2,204 Substandard (Grade 8) — 540 822 191 — 7,442 — — 8,995 Total commercial real estate - owner-occupied $ 53,436 $ 31,681 $ 49,455 $ 73,720 $ 19,582 $ 96,838 $ — $ — $ 324,712 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Commercial Risk rating:Pass (Grades 1-6) $ 81,815 $ 26,918 $ 44,283 $ 30,134 $ 16,644 $ 23,014 $ 115,795 $ 37,211 $ 375,814 Special mention (Grade 7) 534 — — — — — 282 — 816 Substandard (Grade 8) — 1,030 706 159 125 1,175 984 1,976 6,155 Doubtful (Grade 9) — — — — — — — — — Total commercial $ 82,349 $ 27,948 $ 44,989 $ 30,293 $ 16,769 $ 24,189 $ 117,061 $ 39,187 $ 382,785 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ 146 $ 47 $ 54 $ 89 $ 1,017 $ 357 $ 74 $ 1,784 Residential Real Estate Risk rating:Pass (Grades 1-6) $ 133,856 $ 151,020 $ 500,756 $ 502,285 $ 204,756 $ 255,104 $ 406 $ 1,175 $ 1,749,358 Substandard (Grade 8) — — — 778 — 2,113 — — 2,891 Total residential real estate $ 133,856 $ 151,020 $ 500,756 $ 503,063 $ 204,756 $ 257,217 $ 406 $ 1,175 $ 1,752,249 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — Home equity Risk rating:Performing $ 3,708 $ 13,961 $ 20,003 $ 439 $ 302 $ 13,378 $ 185,581 $ 15,448 $ 252,820 Non-performing — — — — — 8 264 159 431 Total home equity $ 3,708 $ 13,961 $ 20,003 $ 439 $ 302 $ 13,386 $ 185,845 $ 15,607 $ 253,251 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 1 $ — $ 1 Consumer Risk rating:Performing $ 4,307 $ 3,188 $ 2,784 $ 1,080 $ 380 $ 2,102 $ 1,151 $ — $ 14,992 Non-performing — — 15 — — 3 — — 18 Total consumer $ 4,307 $ 3,188 $ 2,799 $ 1,080 $ 380 $ 2,105 $ 1,151 $ — $ 15,010 Gross charge-offs for the year ended $ — $ 47 $ 18 $ 14 $ 5 $ — $ 14 $ — $ 98 Past Due and Non-Accrual Loans. The Company closely monitors the performance of its loan portfolio. A loan is placed on non-accrual when the financial condition of the borrower is deteriorating,payment in full of both principal and interest is not expected as scheduled or principal or interest has been in default for 90 days or more. Exceptions may be made if the asset is secured by collateral sufficientto satisfy both the principal and accrued interest in full and collection is reasonably assured. 106
Page 109
When one loan to a borrower is placed on non-accrual, all other loans to the borrower are re-evaluated to determine if they should also be placed on non-accrual. All previously accrued and unpaid interest isreversed at this time. A loan will return to accrual when collection of principal and interest is assured and the borrower has demonstrated timely payments of principal and interest for a reasonable period,generally at least six months. Unsecured loans, however, are not normally placed on non-accrual because they are charged-off once their collectability is in doubt. The following is a loan aging analysis by portfolio segment (including loans past due over 90 days and non-accrual loans) and loans past due over 90 days and accruing as of the following dates: (In thousands) 30 – 59 Days Past Due 60 – 89 Days Past Due 90 Days or GreaterPast Due Total Past Due Current Total LoansOutstanding Loans > 90 Days PastDue and AccruingDecember 31, 2025:Commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 4,698 $ — $ 3 $ 4,701 $ 1,774,284 $ 1,778,985 $ — Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 586 210 — 796 405,324 406,120 — Commercial 1,462 66 1,915 3,443 413,996 417,439 — Residential real estate 1,448 312 1,380 3,140 2,009,782 2,012,922 — Home equity 779 30 444 1,253 331,003 332,256 — Consumer 42 17 — 59 17,357 17,416 — Total $ 9,015 $ 635 $ 3,742 $ 13,392 $ 4,951,746 $ 4,965,138 $ — December 31, 2024:Commercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 59 $ — $ 130 $ 189 $ 1,387,063 $ 1,387,252 $ — Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 85 545 430 1,060 323,652 324,712 — Commercial 373 265 1,548 2,186 380,599 382,785 — Residential real estate 333 333 974 1,640 1,750,609 1,752,249 — Home equity 428 141 125 694 252,557 253,251 — Consumer 55 13 18 86 14,924 15,010 — Total $ 1,333 $ 1,297 $ 3,225 $ 5,855 $ 4,109,404 $ 4,115,259 $ — The following table presents the amortized cost basis of loans on non-accrual status by portfolio segment as of the dates indicated: December 31,2025 2024 (In thousands) Non-Accrual Loans Withan Allowance Non-Accrual LoansWithout an Allowance Total Non-Accrual Loans Non-Accrual Loans Withan Allowance Non-Accrual LoansWithout an Allowance Total Non-Accrual LoansCommercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ 429 $ — $ 429 $ 129 $ — $ 129 Commercial real estate - owner-occupied 210 — 210 430 — 430 Commercial 3,003 39 3,042 1,927 — 1,927 Residential real estate 2,667 — 2,667 1,891 — 1,891 Home equity 672 — 672 434 — 434 Consumer 3 — 3 18 — 18 Total $ 6,984 $ 39 $ 7,023 $ 4,829 $ — $ 4,829 107
Page 110
The following table presents the amortized cost basis of collateral-dependent loans by portfolio segment and collateral type, as of the dates indicated: December 31,2025 December 31,2024 Collateral Type Total Collateral -Dependent Non-Accrual Loans Collateral Type Total Collateral -Dependent Non-Accrual Loans(In thousands) Real Estate Other Assets Real Estate Other AssetsCommercial real estate - non-owner-occupied $ — $ — $ — $ 4,448 $ — $ 4,448 Commercial — 39 39 — 669 669 Residential real estate 597 — 597 — — — Total $ 597 $ 39 $ 636 $ 4,448 $ 669 $ 5,117 Collateral-dependent loans are loans for which the repayment is expected to be provided substantially by the underlying collateral and there are no other available and reliable sources of repayment. Interest income that would have been recognized if loans on non-accrual status had been current in accordance with their original terms for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 is estimatedto have been $421,000, $190,000, and $131,000, respectively. The Company's policy is to reverse previously recorded interest income when a loan is placed on non-accrual, as such, the Company did not record any interest income on its non-accrual for the yearsended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, total accrued interest receivable on loans, which has been excluded from reported amortized cost basis on loans, was$15.8 million and $12.7 million, respectively, and reported within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition. An allowance was not carried on the accrued interest receivable at either date. Loan Modifications for Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty The Company offers several types of loans and receivables modification programs to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, primarily interest rate reductions and term extensions. In such instances,the Company may modify loans and receivables with the intention to minimize future losses and improve collectability, while providing customers with temporary or permanent financial relief. For the yearended December 31, 2025 and 2024 the Company had no material modified loans to borrowers that were experiencing financial difficulty. The Company closely monitors the performance of loans that are modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to understand the effectiveness of its modification efforts and relevant factors areconsidered while assessing the adequacy of the ACL. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no modified loans, or commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers experiencing financial difficultythat were past due or for which the borrower subsequently defaulted. In-Process Foreclosure Proceedings At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $738,000 and $1.0 million, respectively, of consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which foreclosure proceedings werein process. 108
Page 111
NOTE 5 – GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE ASSETS Goodwill The carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 is shown in the table below: (In thousands) GoodwillBalance at December 31, 2024 $ 94,697 2025 Activity 56,808 Balance at December 31, 2025 $ 151,505 (1) On January 2, 2025, the Company completed the acquisition of Northway and generated $56.8 million of goodwill. Refer to Note 2 for additional details. The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30, 2025, 2024 and 2023 and determined goodwill was not impaired. Core Deposit Intangible Assets The carrying value and accumulated amortization of CDI assets were as follows at December 31, 2025 and 2024: Core Deposit Intangible (In thousands) GrossCarryingAmount AccumulatedAmortization NetCarryingAmount Balance at December 31, 2024 $ 6,451 $ (6,036) $ 415 2025 Activity 48,058 (5,893) 42,165 Balance at December 31, 2025 $ 54,509 $ (11,929) $ 42,580 (1) On January 2, 2025, the Company completed its acquisition of Northway and recorded CDI assets of $48.1 million that will amortize over ten years. Refer to Note 2 for further details. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded amortization expense of $5.9 million, $556,000 and $592,000, respectively. Amortization expense for each period waspresented within non-interest expense on the consolidated statements of income For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, there were no events or circumstances that indicated the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The following table reflects the amortization expense for CDI assets over the period of economic benefit: (In thousands) Core DepositIntangible Assets 2026 $ 5,416 2027 5,300 2028 5,161 2029 4,997 2030 4,809 Thereafter 16,897 Total $ 42,580 (1) (1) 109
Page 112
NOTE 6 – PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT Details of premises and equipment, at cost, for the periods indicated, were as follows: December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024Buildings and leasehold improvements $ 58,487 $ 49,362 Furniture, fixtures and equipment 22,658 21,747 Land and land improvements 12,268 9,356 Total cost 93,413 80,465 Accumulated depreciation and amortization (42,064) (43,413)Premises and equipment, net $ 51,349 $ 37,052 Depreciation and amortization expense for the periods indicated were as follows: (In thousands) For the Year EndedDecember 31,Fixed Asset Type Income Statement Line Item 2025 2024 2023 Furniture and equipment Furniture, equipment and data processing $ 1,918 $ 1,242 $ 1,514 Premises Net occupancy costs 2,355 1,621 1,618 Software Furniture, equipment and data processing 935 447 239 Total $ 5,208 $ 3,310 $ 3,371 During 2025, the Company sold two buildings and recognized a net pre-tax gain of $675,000. There were no gains or losses from the sale of premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2024or 2023. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had capitalized cloud computing software costs of $4.5 million and $3.4 million, respectively, and related accumulated depreciation expense of $3.1 millionand $2.6 million. respectively, and was presented within other assets on the consolidated statements of condition. NOTE 7 – LEASES The Company enters into noncancellable lease arrangements primarily for office space, space for ATM locations and some of its branches. Certain lease arrangements contain clauses requiring increasingrental payments over the lease term, which may be linked to an index (commonly the Consumer Price Index) or contractually stipulated. The Company's lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The Company had a lease agreement to rent office space as a sub-tenant from another company in which a director of the Company serves as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the othercompany, the original lease term extended through 2027. In the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company terminated the lease agreement and under the terms of the contract, paid the remaining lease obligation of$72,000. 110
Page 113
The following ROU assets and lease liabilities have been reported within other assets and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition as of the dates indicated: December 31,2025 2024 (In thousands) Consolidated Statements ofConditionLine Item Operating Leases Finance Leases Total Operating Leases Finance Leases Total ROU assets Other Assets $ 15,630 $ 6,103 $ 21,733 $ 10,349 $ 6,347 $ 16,696 Lease liabilities Other Liabilities $ 14,631 $ 6,337 $ 20,968 $ 8,929 $ 6,573 $ 15,502 (1) The increase in 2025 was primarily driven by the Northway Acquisition. Refer to Note 2 for further details. In accordance with ASC 842, the components of lease expense for the periods indicated were as follows: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Operating lease cost $ 2,589 $ 1,579 $ 1,531 Finance lease cost:Amortization of ROU assets 244 241 233 Interest on lease liabilities 241 223 147 Total finance lease cost 485 464 380 Total lease cost $ 3,074 $ 2,043 $ 1,911 (1) Includes immaterial short-term and variable lease costs, but excludes common area maintenance costs. (2) Includes immaterial variable lease costs. (3) Reported within net occupancy costs on the consolidated statements of income. Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to leases was as follows for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:Operating cash flows from operating leases $ 2,035 $ 1,393 $ 1,387 Operating cash flows from finance leases 142 148 144 Financing cash flows from finance leases 335 287 168 ROU assets obtained in exchange for new lease obligations:Operating leases $ 7,460 $ — $ 165 Finance leases — 2,335 — (1) Includes $3.2 million of operating leases acquired through the Northway acquisition, see Note 2 for additional information. (1) (1) (2) (3) (1) 111
Page 114
Supplemental information related to leases was as follows as of the dates indicated: December 31,2025 2024Weighted average remaining lease term:Operating leases 11.4 years 13.0 yearsFinance leases 17.3 years 18.0 yearsWeighted average discount rate:Operating leases 3.96 % 3.40 %Finance leases 3.92 % 3.91 % The following summarizes the remaining scheduled future minimum lease payments for operating and finance leases as of December 31, 2025: (In thousands) Operating Leases Finance Leases2026 $ 2,105 $ 396 2027 1,974 371 2028 1,831 374 2029 1,738 377 2030 1,381 2,260 Thereafter 9,252 5,081 Total minimum lease payments 18,281 8,859 Less: amount representing interest 3,650 2,522 Present value of net minimum lease payments $ 14,631 $ 6,337 (1) Amount necessary to reduce net minimum lease payments to present value calculated at the Company's incremental borrowing rate. (2) Reflects the liability reported within other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition. NOTE 8 – MORTGAGE BANKING Loans Sold For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company sold $242.4 million, $221.9 million and $184.8 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans on the secondary market, whichresulted in a net gain on sale of loans (net of costs, including direct and indirect origination costs) of $2.7 million, $2.2 million, and $1.6 million, respectively. Loans Held for Sale At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had identified and designated loans with an unpaid principal balance of $15.0 million and $10.9 million, respectively, as held for sale. The Company haselected the fair value option of accounting for its loans designated as held for sale, and, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, the unrealized gain recorded was $75,000 and $126,000, respectively. The unrealizedgain on its loans held for sale portfolio was driven by changes in market interest rates and not due to deteriorated credit quality as this risk is mitigated by the short duration between the time of loan closing andtransfer of the financial assets to the secondary market investor. Included within the Company's mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2025,2024 and 2023 was the change in unrealized (losses) gains on loans held for sale of ($51,000), ($43,000) and $231,000, respectively. The Company mitigates its interest rate exposure on its loans designated as held for sale through forward delivery commitments with certain approved secondary market investors at the onset of themortgage origination process, typically on a “best-efforts” basis. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, net unrealized (losses) gains from the change in fair value on its forward deliverycommitments were ($109,000), $280,000, and ($195,000), respectively. Refer to Note 13 for further discussion of the Company's forward delivery commitments. (1) (2) 112
Page 115
Servicing Assets At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company's unpaid principal balances on its servicing assets were $393.0 million and $344.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company recorded servicing fee income for its servicing assets of $1.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, which waspresented in mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income. The Company's servicing assets, net of a valuation allowance, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, was $2.8 million and $2.1 million, respectively. Servicing assets, net of a valuation allowance, are presentedin other assets on the consolidated statements of condition. The Company obtains third party valuations of its servicing assets portfolio quarterly. The servicing assets valuation is based on loan level data stratified by note rate of the underlying loans to determine itsamortization and fair value. A discounted cash flow model is used to value each servicing asset strata and it incorporates current market assumption commonly used by buyers of these types of mortgageproduction in U.S. servicing markets. The calculated valuation using the discounted cash flow method is then compared to recent servicing trades on portfolios with similar characteristics in the U.S. Thevaluation model utilizes a variety of assumptions, the most significant of which are loan prepayment assumptions and the discount rate used to discount future cash flows. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, theprepayment assumption used within the valuation model was 8.1% and 6.7%, respectively, and the discount rate was 9.7% and 10.2%, respectively. At December 31, 2025, the estimated effect of a 10% and20% increase to the prepayment assumption was a decrease of $136,000 and $265,000, respectively, to the valuation of the servicing assets. At December 31, 2025, the estimated effect of a 100 and 200 basispoint increase to the discount rate assumption was a decrease of $188,000 and $362,000, respectively, to the valuation of the servicing assets. Other assumptions include, but are not limited to, delinquencyrates, foreclosure rates, and loan servicing cost. The following summarizes servicing assets capitalized and amortized, along with the activity in the related valuation allowance as of and for the periods indicated: As of and For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Servicing Assets: Balance at beginning of year $ 2,119 $ 2,274 $ 2,458 Acquired in connection with the Northway acquisition, at fair value 1,018 — — Capitalized servicing right fees upon sale 112 187 202 Amortization charged against mortgage servicing fee income (453) (342) (386)Balance at end of year $ 2,796 $ 2,119 $ 2,274 Valuation Allowance: Balance at beginning of year $ — $ — $ — Decrease in impairment reserve — — — Balance at end of year $ — $ — $ — Fair value, beginning of year $ 4,328 $ 4,124 $ 4,412 Fair value, end of year $ 4,665 $ 4,328 $ 4,124 (1) Associated income was reported within mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income. (2) Associated amortization expense was reported within mortgage banking income, net on the consolidated statements of income. Servicer Net Worth and Liquidity Requirements. The Bank, as a servicer of loans, must maintain certain net worth and liquidity requirements for certain agencies and certain secondary market investors. As a lender and servicer of Federal Housing Authority (“FHA”) loans, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum net worth of $1.0 million plus 1.0% of total FHA loans exceeding $25.0 million(“minimum net worth required”) and maintain liquid assets equal to at least 20.0% of its minimum net worth required. (1) (2) 113
Page 116
The Bank is required to maintain a minimum net worth of $2.5 million plus 25 basis points of the unpaid principal balance of serviced loans and must meet the minimum regulatory capital requirement tobe classified as “well capitalized” by both the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation. Should the Bank fail to maintain the net worth and liquidity requirements above, the secondary market investor may take remedial action and the Company may lose the right to service the loans, whichmay result in an impairment of its servicing assets and/or loss of revenue. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Bank met all of the aforementioned minimum net worth, regulatory capital, and liquidity requirements. Refer to Note 15 for further details of the Company and Bank'sregulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2025 and 2024. NOTE 9 – DEPOSITS The following is a summary of the scheduled maturities of time deposits (i.e., CDs) as of the dates indicated: December 31,(In thousands) 2025 20241 year or less $ 647,672 $ 494,737 Over 1 year to 2 years 15,554 24,515 Over 2 years to 3 years 4,455 4,548 Over 3 years to 4 years 6,338 2,823 Over 4 years to 5 years 3,937 4,496 Over 5 years 1,131 1,305 Total $ 679,087 $ 532,424 CDs issued in amounts that meet or exceed the FDIC deposit insurance limit of $250,000 totaled $151.8 million and $109.7 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company has pledged certain AFS and HTM debt securities as collateral covering certain deposits in the amount of $398.9 million and $176.7 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The amount of overdraft deposits that were reclassified as loans at were $1.4 million and $843,000 at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In the normal course of business, the Company had deposits from certain officers, directors and their associated companies totaling $8.2 million and $6.6 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024,respectively. 114
Page 117
NOTE 10 – BORROWINGS The following table summarizes the Company's borrowings for the dates indicated: December 31,2025 Contractual Maturity December 31,2024 (Dollars in thousands) Outstanding Balance WeightedAverageContractual Rate 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 Thereafter Outstanding Balance WeightedAverageContractual RateShort-Term Borrowings: Customer repurchaseagreements $ 254,780 0.99 % $ 254,780 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 175,621 1.64 %FHLBB and correspondent bankovernight borrowings 327,000 3.90 % 327,000 — — — — — 325,000 4.62 % Total short-term borrowings $ 581,780 2.63 % $ 581,780 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 500,621 3.57 % Long-Term Borrowings: FHLBB borrowings $ 1,000 — % $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 1,000 $ — $ — — % Total long-term borrowings $ 1,000 — % $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 1,000 $ — $ — — %Junior SubordinatedDebentures:CCTA $ 36,083 5.35 % $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 36,083 $ 36,083 4.58 %UBCT 8,248 5.59 % — — — — — 8,248 8,248 5.38 %NCT III 8,592 5.58 % — — — — — 8,592 — — %NCT IV 8,592 5.47 % — — — — — 8,592 — — %Total junior subordinateddebentures $ 61,515 5.43 % $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 61,515 $ 44,331 4.73 % (1) The Company assumed customer repurchase agreements of $65.5 million through the acquisition of Northway on January 2, 2025. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion of the Company's customerrepurchase agreements and to Note 2 for further details of the acquisition of Northway. (2) The Company has interest rate swap contracts on certain borrowings. Refer to Note 13 for further discussion of derivative instruments. (3) The Company has a borrowing through the FHLBB Community Development Financial Institution Advance Program. This program offers 0% interest rate advances as an incentive to provide discountedlending for affordable housing development and promote small business growth. (4) The Company assumed junior subordinated debentures through the acquisition of Northway on January 2, 2025 and the balances include the remaining fair value marks recorded in connection with theacquisition. Refer to Note 2 for further details regarding the acquisition of Northway. (1) (2) (3) (2) (2) (2)(4) (2)(4) 115
Page 118
FHLBB Borrowings The terms of the Company's outstanding FHLBB borrowings, including overnight funding, were as follows for the dates indicated:December 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 Stated Maturity Outstanding Balance Weighted Average ContractualRate Outstanding Balance Weighted Average ContractualRateJanuary 2026 $ 277,000 3.91 %$ 275,000 4.64 %March 2026 50,000 3.85 % 50,000 4.49 %July 2030 1,000 — % — — %Total $ 328,000 $ 325,000 FHLBB borrowings, if any, are collateralized by a blanket lien on qualified collateral consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one-to-four family properties, certain commercial realestate loans, certain pledged investment securities and other qualified assets. The carrying value of residential real estate and commercial loans pledged as collateral was $2.3 billion and $1.9 billion atDecember 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The carrying value of investment securities pledged as collateral at the FHLBB was $0 and $4.0 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. At December 31, 2025, the Company had a notional amount of $325.0 million in interest rate swap agreements on its FHLBB borrowings. Further discussion on the terms and accounting for the interestrate swap agreements is included within Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements. Junior Subordinated Debentures In April 2006, the Company formed CCTA, which issued and sold trust preferred securities to the public. The Company received $36.1 million from the issuance of the trust preferred securities in return forjunior subordinated debentures issued by the Company to CCTA. The Company owns all of the $1.1 million of outstanding common securities of CCTA and was presented within other assets on theconsolidated statements of condition. The contract interest rate of the trust preferred securities was three-month LIBOR plus 140 basis points, and in accordance with the LIBOR Act effective June 30, 2023, theindex transitioned to three month CME term SOFR plus the spread adjustment of 26.161 basis points. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the interest rate on these trust preferred securities was 5.35% and 6.27%,respectively. The proceeds from the offering were used to repurchase Company common stock under the tender offer completed in May 2006. The trust preferred securities, which pay interest quarterly at thesame rate as the junior subordinated debentures held by CCTA, are mandatorily redeemable on June 30, 2036, or may be redeemed by CCTA at par at any time. In connection with an acquisition in 2008, the Company assumed $8.0 million of trust preferred securities, held through a Delaware trust affiliate, UBCT. In 2006, an aggregate principal amount of $8.2million of 30-year junior subordinated debt securities were issued to UBCT. The Company owns all of the $248,000 of outstanding common securities of UBCT, and was presented within other assets on theconsolidated statements of condition. The Company is obligated to pay interest on their principal sum quarterly. The contract interest rate of the trust preferred securities was three-month LIBOR plus 1.42%,and in accordance with the LIBOR Act effective June 30, 2023 the index transitioned to three month CME term SOFR plus the spread adjustment of 26.161 basis points. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, theinterest rate on these trust preferred securities was 5.59% and 6.34%, respectively. The debt securities mature on April 7, 2036, but may be redeemed by the Company at par, in whole or in part, on any interestpayment date. The debt securities may also be redeemed by the Company in whole or in part, within 90 days of the occurrence of certain special redemption events. In connection with the Northway acquisition, the Company assumed $10.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to NCT III, which issued trust preferred securities to the public. The Companyacquired all outstanding equity interest in NCT III as part of the Northway acquisition. The Company is obligated to pay interest on the junior subordinated debentures (and NCT III is obligated to pay intereston the trust preferred securities) quarterly. Both the debentures and the trust preferred securities issued by NCT III have a floating rate which resets quarterly, equal to the three month CME Term SOFR plus thespread adjustment of 26.161 basis points, plus 160 additional basis points. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the interest rate on these debentures and trust preferred securities was 5.58% and 6.22%, respectively.The debt securities mature on June 15, 2037, but may be redeemed by the Company at par, in whole or in part, on any interest payment date. The debt securities may also be redeemed by the Company in wholeor in part, within 120 days of the occurrence of certain special redemption events. 116
Page 119
In connection with the Northway acquisition, the Company assumed $10.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to NCT IV, which issued trust preferred securities to the public. The Companyacquired all outstanding equity interest in NCT IV as part of the Northway acquisition. The Company is obligated to pay interest on the junior subordinated debentures (and NCT IV is obligated to pay intereston the trust preferred securities) quarterly. Both the debentures and the trust preferred securities issued by NCT IV have a floating rate which resets quarterly, equal to the three month CME Term SOFR plus thespread adjustment of 26.161 basis points, plus 149 additional basis points. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the interest rate on these debentures and trust preferred securities was 5.47% and 6.11%, respectively.The debt securities mature on June 15, 2037, but may be redeemed by the Company at par, in whole or in part, on any interest payment date. The debt securities may also be redeemed by the Company in wholeor in part, within 90 days of the occurrence of certain special redemption events. CCTA, UBCT, NCT III, and NCT IV are Delaware statutory trusts created for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and investing the proceeds in junior subordinated debentures of theCompany. The junior subordinated debentures are the sole assets of the trusts. The Company is the owner of all of the common securities of CCTA, UBCT, NCT III, and NCT IV and fully and unconditionallyguarantees each trust’s securities obligations. In accordance with GAAP, CCTA, UBCT, NCT III, and NCT IVT are treated as unconsolidated subsidiaries. The common stock investment in the statutory trusts isincluded in other assets on the consolidated statements of condition. At December 31, 2025, $63.0 million of the trust preferred securities were included in the Company’s total Tier 1 capital and amounted to10.1% of Tier 1 capital of the Company, or 131 basis points of the Tier 1 capital ratio. At December 31, 2025, the Company had a notional amount of $63.0 million in interest rate swap agreements on its junior subordinated debentures. Further discussion on the terms and accounting for theinterest rate swap agreements is included within Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements. Interest expense on the subordinated debentures, including the effective portion of the associated interest rate swaps on these debt instruments reclassified from OCI into earnings, totaled $3.6 million, $2.1million, and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 16 of the consolidated financial statements for information pertaining to the reclassification of OCIinto earnings on the interest rate swaps. Credit Lines At December 31, 2025, the Company has the following lines of credit available to it, for which it had no outstanding balances: • The Bank had an available line of credit with the FHLBB of $9.9 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024. This line of credit serves as overdraft protection should the Company overdraw its accountwith the FHLBB. The interest rate for this line of credit is set daily by the FHLBB. The line is secured by pledged loan collateral. • The Company, through the Bank, has an unsecured $50.0 million line of credit with US Bank for which the interest rate is set daily by US Bank. • The Company, through the Bank, has an unsecured $35.0 million line of credit with PNC Bank for which the interest rate is set daily by PNC Bank. • The Company, through the Bank, has a secured line of credit of $150.3 million through the FRB's Discount Window for which the interest rate is set by the FRB daily. At December 31, 2025, the Bankpledged investment securities of $161.4 million. NOTE 11 – REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS The Company can raise additional liquidity by entering into repurchase agreements at its discretion. In a security repurchase agreement transaction, the Company will generally sell a security, agreeing torepurchase either the same or substantially identical security on a specified later date, at a greater price than the original sales price. The difference between the sale price and purchase price is the cost of theproceeds, which is recorded as interest expense on the consolidated statements of income. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to counterparties as security for the repurchase obligations.Because the securities are treated as collateral and the agreement does not qualify for a full transfer of effective control, the transactions do not meet the criteria to be classified as sales, and are thereforeconsidered secured borrowing transactions for accounting purposes. Payments on such borrowings are interest only until the scheduled repurchase date. In a repurchase agreement the Company is subject to therisk that the purchaser may default at maturity and not return the securities underlying the agreements. In order to minimize this potential risk, the Company either deals with established firms when enteringinto these transactions or with customers whose agreements stipulate that the securities underlying the agreement are not delivered to the customer and instead are held in segregated safekeeping accounts by theCompany's safekeeping agents. 117
Page 120
The table below sets forth information regarding the Company’s repurchase agreements accounted for as secured borrowings, allocated by source of collateral, as of the dates indicated: December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024Customer Repurchase Agreements :MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises $ 218,774 $ 161,397 CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises 36,006 14,224 Total $ 254,780 $ 175,621 (1) Presented within short-term borrowings on the consolidated statements of condition. (2) All customer repurchase agreements mature continuously or overnight for the dates indicated. (3) The Company assumed customer repurchase agreements of $65.5 million through the acquisition of Northway on January 2, 2025. Refer to Note 2 for further details of the acquisition of Northway. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, certain customers held CDs totaling $206,000 and $333,000, respectively, that were collateralized by CMO and MBS securities that were overnight repurchaseagreements. NOTE 12 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Commitments In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to both on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments involving, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in addition to theamounts recognized in the consolidated statements of condition. The following is a summary of the Company's contractual off-balance sheet commitments as of the dates indicated: December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024Commitments to extend credit $ 880,176 $ 774,659 Standby letters of credit 4,691 4,553 Total $ 884,867 $ 779,212 The Company’s commitments to extend credit from its lending activities do not necessarily represent future cash requirements since certain of these instruments may expire without being funded and othersmay not be fully drawn upon. These commitments are subject to the Company’s credit approval process, including an evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness and related collateral requirements.Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a borrower to a third party. In the event of nonperformance by the borrower, the Company would be required tofund the commitment and would be entitled to the underlying collateral, if applicable, which generally consists of pledges of business assets including, but not limited to, accounts receivable, inventory, plantand equipment, and/or real estate. The maximum potential future payments are limited to the contractual amount of the commitment. The Company establishes an ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures for its contractual off-balance sheet commitments, except those that are unconditionally cancellable by the Company. As ofDecember 31, 2025 and 2024, the ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures was $3.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively. The ACL on off-balance sheet credit exposures was presented within accruedinterest and other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 the provision (credit) for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures was $259,000, $453,000 and ($912,000), respectively. (1)(2)(3) 118
Page 121
Legal Contingencies In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened litigation, claims investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings. Although theCompany is not able to predict the outcome of such actions, after reviewing pending and threatened actions with counsel, management believes that, based on the information currently available, the outcome ofsuch actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Reserves are established for legal claims only when losses associated with the claims are judged to be probable, and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Assessments of litigation exposure are difficultbecause they involve inherently unpredictable factors including, but not limited to: whether the proceeding is in the early stages; whether damages are unspecified, unsupported, or uncertain; whether there is apotential for punitive or other pecuniary damages; whether the matter involves legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; whether the matter involves multiple parties and/or jurisdictions; whetherdiscovery has begun or is not complete; whether meaningful settlement discussions have commenced; and whether the lawsuit involves class allegations. In many lawsuits and arbitrations, it is not possible todetermine whether a liability has been incurred or to estimate the ultimate or minimum amount of that liability until the case is close to resolution, in which case a reserve will not be recognized until that time.Assessments of class action litigation, which is generally more complex than other types of litigation, are particularly difficult, especially in the early stages of the proceeding when it is not known whether aclass will be certified or how a potential class, if certified, will be defined. As a result, the Company may be unable to estimate reasonably possible losses with respect to every litigation matter it faces. The Company did not have any material loss contingencies that were provided for and/or that are required to be disclosed as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. NOTE 13 – DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING The Company is exposed to certain risk arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operationalrisks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of itsassets and liabilities and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result inthe receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s credit derivatives result from loan participation arrangements, and,therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities. Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments - Hedges of Interest Rate Risk Interest Rate Contracts - Cash Flow Hedges. The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest income and expense and to manage its exposure to interest ratemovements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve thereceipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed rate payments or the receipt of fixed rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company makingvariable-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, such derivatives were used to hedge the variablecash flows associated with existing variable-rate assets or liabilities or forecasted issuances of debt. For derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, the gain or loss on the derivative is recorded in AOCI and subsequently reclassified into interest expense or interestincome in the same period(s) during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Amounts reported in AOCI related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense or interest income as interestpayments are made or received on the Company’s variable-rate liabilities or assets. The Company estimates that an additional $1.2 million will be reclassified as a decrease to interest expense over the next 12months. Interest Rate Contracts - Fair Value Hedges. Derivatives designated as fair value hedges are utilized to mitigate the risk of changes in the fair values of recognized assets and liabilities. The Company usesinterest rate contracts in this manner to manage its exposure to changes in the fair value of hedged items caused by changes in interest rates. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives and changes in the fair value of the hedged item due to changes in the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the same line item. If a hedge is terminated, butthe hedged item was not derecognized, all 119
Page 122
remaining adjustments to the carrying amount of the hedged item are amortized over a period that is consistent with the amortization of other discounts or premiums associated with the hedged item. Derivatives not Designated as Hedges Customer Loan Swaps. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company provides to certain customers. The Company executes interest rate swaps withcommercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by offsetting derivatives that the Company executes with a thirdparty, such that the Company minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. As the interest rate derivatives associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements,changes in the fair value of both the customer derivatives and the offsetting derivatives are recognized directly in earnings. Fixed Rate Mortgage Interest Rate Lock Commitments. As part of the origination process of a residential loan, the Company may enter into rate lock agreements with its borrower, which is considered aninterest rate lock commitment. If the Company intends to sell the loan upon origination, it will account for the interest rate lock commitment as a derivative. Forward Delivery Commitments. The Company typically enters into a forward delivery commitment with a secondary market investor, which has been approved by the Company within its normalgovernance process, at the onset of the loan origination process. The Company may enter into these arrangements with the secondary market investors on a “best effort“ or “mandatory delivery” basis. TheCompany's normal practice is typically to enter into these arrangements on a "best effort” basis. The Company enters into these arrangements with the secondary market investors to manage its interest rateexposure. The Company accounts for the forward delivery commitment as a derivative upon origination of a loan identified as held for sale. Risk Participation Agreements. The Company’s existing credit derivatives result from participations in or out of interest rate swaps provided by or to external lenders as part of loan participationarrangements, therefore, are not used to manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities. Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company providesto certain lenders which participate in loans. 120
Page 123
The following table presents the fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the consolidated statements of condition as of the dates indicated: Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities (In thousands) NotionalAmount Location FairValue NotionalAmount Location FairValue December 31, 2025 Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate contracts $ 60,000 Other assets $ 8,381 $ 828,000 Accrued interest and otherliabilities $ 2,923 Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments $ 60,000 $ 8,381 $ 828,000 $ 2,923 Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Customer loan swaps $ 442,062 Other assets $ 9,087 $ 442,062 Accrued interest and otherliabilities $ 9,127 Risk participation agreements 48,434 Other assets — 64,873 Accrued interest and otherliabilities — Fixed Rate mortgage interest rate lock commitments 11,366 Other assets 100 6,701 Accrued interest and otherliabilities 20 Forward delivery commitments 9,569 Other assets 134 5,396 Accrued interest and otherliabilities 44 Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments $ 511,431 $ 9,321 $ 519,032 $ 9,191 December 31, 2024Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: Interest rate contracts $ 643,000 Other assets $ 14,040 $ 225,000 Accrued interest and otherliabilities $ 232 Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments $ 643,000 $ 14,040 $ 225,000 $ 232 Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Customer loan swaps $ 313,413 Other assets $ 11,717 $ 313,413 Accrued interest and otherliabilities $ 11,787 Risk participation agreements 27,568 Other assets — 60,228 Accrued interest and otherliabilities — Fixed Rate mortgage interest rate lock commitments 4,737 Other assets 65 5,331 Accrued interest and otherliabilities 55 Forward delivery commitments 9,813 Other assets 203 1,110 Accrued interest and otherliabilities 4 Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments $ 355,531 $ 11,985 $ 380,082 $ 11,846 (1) Reported fair values include accrued interest receivable and payable. (1) (1) (1) (1) 121
Page 124
The following table shows the carrying amount and associated cumulative basis adjustments related to the application of hedge accounting that is included in the carrying amount of hedged assets andliabilities in fair value hedging relationships: Location in Consolidated Statements of Condition Carrying Amount of Hedged Assets/(Liabilities) Cumulative Fair Value Hedging Adjustment in the Carrying Amountof the Hedged Assets/(Liabilities)(Dollars in thousands) December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Loans $ 476,303 $ 372,724 $ 1,303 $ (2,276)Total $ 476,303 $ 372,724 $ 1,303 $ (2,276) (1) These amounts include the amortized cost basis of residential real estate loans that were used to designate hedging relationships in which the hedged item is the stated amount of assets in the closedportfolio anticipated to be outstanding for the designated hedged period. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the amortized cost basis of the residential real estate loans used in these hedging relationships was$701.9 million and $752.4 million, respectively, and the amount of the designated hedged residential loans was $475.0 million and $375.0 million, respectively. The table below presents the effect of cash flow hedge accounting, before tax, on AOCI for the periods indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Amount of Gain (Loss)Recognized in OCI onDerivative Amount of Gain (Loss)Recognized in OCIIncluded Component Amount of Gain (Loss)Recognized in OCIExcluded Component Location of Gain (Loss)Recognizedfrom AOCI into Income Amount of Gain (Loss)Reclassified from AOCIinto Income Amount of Gain (Loss)Reclassified from AOCIinto Income IncludedComponent Amount of Gain (Loss)Reclassified from AOCIinto Income ExcludedComponentFor the Year Ended December 31,2025Interest rate contracts $ (485) $ (485) $ — Interest on borrowings $ 2,471 $ 2,471 $ — Interest rate contracts (691) (691) — Interest on juniorsubordinated debentures 500 500 — Total $ (1,176) $ (1,176) $ — $ 2,971 $ 2,971 $ — For the Year Ended December 31,2024Interest rate contracts $ (98) $ (98) $ — Interest and fees on loans $ (1,677) $ (1,677) $ — Interest rate contracts 3,790 3,790 — Interest on borrowings 2,983 2,983 — Interest rate contracts 2,171 2,171 — Interest on juniorsubordinated debentures 838 838 — Total $ 5,863 $ 5,863 $ — $ 2,144 $ 2,144 $ — For the Year Ended December 31,2023Interest rate contracts $ (795) $ (795) $ — Interest and fees on loans $ (3,446) $ (3,446) $ — Interest rate contracts (1) (1) — Interest on deposits 306 306 — Interest rate contracts 455 455 — Interest on borrowings 2,351 2,351 — Interest rate contracts 520 520 — Interest on juniorsubordinated debentures 707 707 — Total $ 179 $ 179 $ — $ (82) $ (82) $ — (1) 122
Page 125
The table below presents the effect of fair value and cash flow hedge accounting on the consolidated statements of income for the periods indicated: Location and Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in IncomeFor the Year Ended December 31,2025 2024 2023 (Dollars in thousands) Interest and Fees onLoans Interest onborrowings Interest onSubordinatedDebentures Interest and Feeson Loans Interest on borrowings Interest onSubordinatedDebentures Interest and Feeson Loans Interest onDeposits Interest onborrowings Interest onSubordinatedDebentures Total presented on the consolidatedstatements of income in which theeffects of cash flow hedges are recorded$ 273,128 $ 16,544 $ 3,567 $ 214,650 $ 19,166 $ 2,132 $ 195,379 $ 78,884 $ 12,949 $ 2,150 Gain (loss) on fair value hedging relationshipsInterest rate contracts: Hedged items $ 3,579 $ — $ — $ (1,308) $ — $ — $ (15,613) $ — $ — $ — Derivatives designated as hedginginstruments $ (1,143) $ — $ — $ 6,879 $ — $ — $ 20,317 $ — $ — $ — Gain (loss) on cash flow hedging relationshipsInterest rate contracts:Amount of gain (loss) reclassified fromAOCI into income $ — $ 2,471 $ 500 $ (1,677) $ 2,983 $ 838 $ (3,446) $ 306 $ 2,351 $ 707 Amount of gain (loss) reclassified fromAOCI into income - includedcomponent $ — $ 2,471 $ 500 $ (1,677) $ 2,983 $ 838 $ (3,446) $ 306 $ 2,351 $ 707 Amount of gain (loss) reclassified fromAOCI into income - excludedcomponent $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ — The table below presents the effect of the Company's derivative financial instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments on the consolidated statements of income for the periods indicated: Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Customer loan swaps Other expense $ (29) $ (20) $ (1)Fixed rate mortgage interest rate lock commitments Mortgage banking income, net 70 (194) 109 Forward delivery commitments Mortgage banking income, net (109) 280 (195) Total $ (68) $ 66 $ (87) Credit Risk-Related Contingent Features By using derivatives, the Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as required. Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of aderivative contract, the Company’s credit exposure on interest rate swaps is limited to the net positive fair value and accrued interest of all swaps with each counterparty. The Company seeks to minimizecounterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. As such, management believes the risk of incurring credit losses on derivativecontracts with institutional counterparties is remote. The Company has agreements with its derivative counterparties that contain a provision where if the Company defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtednesshas not been accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations. In addition, the Company also has agreements with certain of its derivative counterpartiesthat contain a provision where if the Company fails to maintain its status as a well- capitalized institution, then the counterparty could terminate the derivative position(s) and the Company could be required tosettle its obligations under the agreements. 123
Page 126
As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for non-performance risk, related to these agreementswas $7.5 million and $11.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties and has not posted anycollateral as the Company has master netting arrangements with its counterparties. Refer to Note 14 for further information. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2025 or 2024,it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at their termination value of $7.5 million and $11.8 million, respectively. 124
Page 127
NOTE 14 – BALANCE SHEET OFFSETTING The Company does not offset the carrying value for derivative instruments or repurchase agreements on the consolidated statements of condition. The Company does net the amount recognized for the rightto reclaim cash collateral against the obligation to return cash collateral arising from instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. Collateral legally required to bepledged or received is monitored and adjusted as necessary. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion of repurchase agreements and Note 13 for further discussion of derivative instruments. The following table presents the Company's derivative positions and repurchase agreements, and the potential effect of netting arrangements on its consolidated statements of condition, as of the datesindicated: Gross Amount Not Offset in the Consolidated Statementsof Condition (In thousands) Gross Amount Recognizedin the ConsolidatedStatements of Condition Gross Amount Offset in theConsolidated Statements ofCondition Net Amount Presented inthe ConsolidatedStatements of Condition Financial InstrumentsPledged (Received) Cash Collateral Pledged(Received) Net AmountDecember 31, 2025:Derivative assets:Customer loan swaps - dealer bank $ 5,330 $ — $ 5,330 $ — $ (5,000) $ 330 Customer loan swaps - commercial customer 3,757 — 3,757 — — 3,757 Interest rate contracts 8,381 — 8,381 — (5,093) 3,288 Total $ 17,468 $ — $ 17,468 $ — $ (10,093) $ 7,375 Derivative liabilities:Customer loan swaps - commercial customer $ 7,454 $ — 7,454 $ — $ — $ 7,454 Customer loan swaps - dealer bank 1,673 1,673 — — 1,673 Interest rate contracts 2,923 — 2,923 — 2,923 — Total $ 12,050 $ — $ 12,050 $ — $ 2,923 $ 9,127 Customer repurchase agreements $ 254,780 $ — $ 254,780 $ 254,780 $ — $ — December 31, 2024:Derivative assets:Customer loan swaps - dealer bank $ 10,660 $ — $ 10,660 $ — $ (2,650) $ 8,010 Customer loan swaps - commercial customer 1,057 — 1,057 — — 1,057 Interest rate contracts 14,040 — 14,040 — (10,812) 3,228 Total $ 25,757 $ — $ 25,757 $ — $ (13,462) $ 12,295 Derivative liabilities:Customer loan swaps - commercial customer $ 11,679 $ — $ 11,679 $ — $ — $ 11,679 Customer loan swaps - dealer bank 108 — 108 — — 108 Interest rate contracts 232 — 232 — 232 — Total $ 12,019 $ — $ 12,019 $ — $ 232 $ 11,787 Customer repurchase agreements $ 175,621 $ — $ 175,621 $ 175,621 $ — $ — (1) The amount presented was the lesser of the amount pledged (received) or the net amount presented in the consolidated statements of condition. (2) The Company maintains master netting arrangements with each counterparty and settles collateral on a net basis for all contracts. (3) The Company manages its net exposure with its commercial customer loan swaps by obtaining collateral as part of the normal loan policy and underwriting practices. The Company does not post collateralto its commercial customers as part of its contract. (1) (1) (2) (3) (2) (3) (2) (2) (2) (3) (2) (3) (2) (2) 125
Page 128
NOTE 15 – SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY Regulatory Capital Requirements The Company and Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in mandatory and possibleadditional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company and Bank are required to maintain certain levels of capital based on risk-adjusted assets. These capital requirements represent quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and Bank's capital classification is also subject to qualitative judgments by our regulators about components, riskweightings and other factors. The quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total capital, Tier 1 capital, andcommon equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets, or the leverage ratio. These requirements apply to the Company on a consolidated basis. Under the current capital requirements, banking organizations must have a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0%, a minimum common equityTier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, and a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0% in order to be “adequately capitalized.” In addition to these requirements, banking organizations must maintain a capitalconservation buffer consisting of common Tier 1 equity in an amount above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for “adequately capitalized” institutions equal to 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets,resulting in a requirement for the Company and the Bank effectively to maintain common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and total capital ratios of 7.0%, 8.5% and 10.5%, respectively. The Company and the Bank mustmaintain the capital conservation buffer to avoid restrictions on the ability to pay dividends, pay discretionary bonuses, and to engage in share repurchases based on the amount of the shortfall and theinstitution’s “eligible retained income” (that is, the greater of (i) net income for the preceding fourquarters, net of distributions and associated tax effects not reflected in net income and (ii) average net income over thepreceding four quarters). The Company and Bank's risk-based capital ratios exceeded regulatory requirements, including the capital conservation buffer, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the Bank's capital ratios met therequirements for the Bank to be considered “well capitalized” under prompt corrective action provisions for each period. There were no changes to the Company or Bank's capital ratios that occurred subsequentto December 31, 2025 that would change the Company or Bank's regulatory capital categorization. The following table presents the Company and Bank's regulatory capital ratios at the periods indicated: December 31,2025 Minimum RegulatoryCapital Required forCapital Adequacy PlusCapital ConservationBuffer Minimum RegulatoryProvision to Be “WellCapitalized” December 31,2024 Minimum RegulatoryCapital Required forCapital Adequacy PlusCapital ConservationBuffer Minimum RegulatoryProvision to Be “WellCapitalized”Amount Ratio Amount RatioCamden National Corporation:Total risk-based capital ratio $ 669,708 13.95 % 10.50 % 10.00 %$ 607,303 15.11 % 10.50 % 10.00 %Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 624,108 13.00 % 8.50 % 6.00 % 568,769 14.16 % 8.50 % 6.00 %Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capitalratio 561,108 11.69 % 7.00 % N/A 525,769 13.09 % 7.00 % N/ATier 1 leverage capital ratio 624,108 9.12 % 4.00 % N/A 568,769 9.90 % 4.00 % N/ACamden National Bank:Total risk-based capital ratio $ 636,750 13.28 % 10.50 % 10.00 %$ 575,209 14.36 % 10.50 % 10.00 %Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 591,151 12.33 % 8.50 % 8.00 % 536,676 13.40 % 8.50 % 8.00 %Common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 591,151 12.33 % 7.00 % 6.50 % 536,676 13.40 % 7.00 % 6.50 %Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 591,151 8.64 % 4.00 % 5.00 % 536,676 9.36 % 4.00 % 5.00 % (1) “Minimum Regulatory Provisions to Be ‘Well Capitalized’” are not formally defined under applicable banking regulations for bank holding companies. (1) (1) 126
Page 129
In 2006 and 2008, the Company issued $43.0 million of junior subordinated debentures in connection with the issuance of trust preferred securities. In 2025, the Company assumed, as part of the Northwayacquisition, two additional tranches of junior subordinated debentures totaling $20.0 million, which were subject to fair value purchase accounting at the acquisition date. Refer to Note 10 for additionalinformation regarding the junior subordinated debentures assumed in connection with the Northway acquisition. Although the junior subordinated debentures are recorded as liabilities on the Company'sconsolidated statements of condition, the Company is permitted, in accordance with applicable regulation, to include the debentures within its calculation of risk-based capital, subject to certain limits. AtDecember 31, 2025 and 2024, $63.0 million and $43.0 million, respectively, of the junior subordinated debentures were included in Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital for the Company. The Company and Bank's regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets fluctuate due to normal business, including profits and losses generated by the Company and Bank as well as changes to their assetmix. Of particular significance are changes within the Company and Bank's loan portfolio mix due to the differences in regulatory risk-weighting between retail and commercial loans. Furthermore, theCompany and Bank's regulatory capital and risk-weighted assets are subject to change due to changes in GAAP and regulatory capital standards. The Company and Bank proactively monitor their regulatorycapital and risk-weighted assets, and the impact of changes to their asset mix, as well as the impact of proposed and pending changes as a result of any new and/or amended GAAP standards and regulatorychanges. Dividends The primary source of funds available to the Company for the payment of dividends to its shareholders is dividends paid to the Company by its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. The Bank is subject tocertain requirements imposed by federal banking laws and regulations. These requirements, among other things, establish minimum levels of capital and restrict the amount of dividends that a bank subsidiarymay distribute. Under OCC regulations, the Bank generally may not declare a dividend in excess of the Bank's undivided profits or, absent OCC approval, if the total amount of dividends declared by the Bankin any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank's net income for the current year plus its retained net income for the prior two years. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, the Bank declared dividends for payment to the Company in the amount of $25.4 million, $30.1 million, and $22.5 million, respectively. For theyears ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company declared $29.5 million, $24.6 million and $24.5 million, respectively, in dividends payable to its shareholders. Common Stock Repurchases In January 2023, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 750,000 shares of the Company's common stock, representing approximately 5.0% of the Company's issued andoutstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2022. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company purchased 65,692 shares of its common stock at a weighted-average price of $30.44. Thisprogram terminated on January 3, 2024. In January 2024, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 750,000 shares of the Company's common stock, representing approximately 5.0% of the Company's issued andoutstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2023. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company repurchased 50,000 shares of its common stock at a weighted average price of $32.19 pershare. This program terminated on January 4, 2025. In January 2026, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 850,000 shares of the Company's common stock, representing approximately 5% of the Company's issued andoutstanding shares of common stock as of December 31, 2025. The new repurchase program became effective on January 7, 2026 and will continue until the earlier of: (1) the authorized number of shares arerepurchased, (2) the Company’s Board of Directors terminates the program or (3) January 7, 2027, twelve months from the effective date of the new repurchase program. 127
Page 130
NOTE 16 – OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) The following tables present a reconciliation of the changes in the components of other comprehensive income and loss for the periods indicated, including the amount of tax (expense) benefit allocated toeach component: For the Year EndedDecember 31,2025 2024 2023 (In thousands) Pre-TaxAmount Tax (Expense)Benefit After-TaxAmount Pre-TaxAmount Tax (Expense)Benefit After-TaxAmount Pre-TaxAmount Tax (Expense)Benefit After-TaxAmountDebt Securities:Change in fair value $ 36,969 $ (8,474) $ 28,495 $ (2,125) $ 457 $ (1,668) $ 13,646 $ (2,932) $ 10,714 Less: reclassification adjustment foramortization of securities transferred fromAFS to HTM (6,675) 1,560 (5,115) (6,449) 1,387 (5,062) (6,781) 1,458 (5,323)Less: reclassification adjustment for net realizedlosses — — — — — — (10,310) 2,217 (8,093)Net change in fair value 43,644 (10,034) 33,610 4,324 (930) 3,394 30,737 (6,607) 24,130 Cash Flow Hedges:Change in fair value (1,536) 350 (1,186) 5,790 (1,245) 4,545 179 (38) 141 Less: reclassified AOCI gain (loss) into interestexpense 2,971 (677) 2,294 3,821 (822) 2,999 3,364 (723) 2,641 Less: reclassified AOCI gain into interestincome — — — (1,677) 361 (1,316) (3,446) 741 (2,705)Net change in fair value (4,507) 1,027 (3,480) 3,646 (784) 2,862 261 (56) 205 Postretirement Plans:Net actuarial gain (loss) 191 (40) 151 856 (184) 672 114 (25) 89 Less: Amortization of net actuarial loss 5 (1) 4 4 (1) 3 3 (1) 2 Less: Amortization of net prior service credits 24 (5) 19 24 (5) 19 24 (5) 19 Net gain (loss) on postretirement plans 162 (34) 128 828 (178) 650 87 (19) 68 Other comprehensive income (loss) $ 39,299 $ (9,041) $ 30,258 $ 8,798 $ (1,892) $ 6,906 $ 31,085 $ (6,682) $ 24,403 (1) Reclassified into net loss on sale of securities in the consolidated statements of income. Refer to Note 3 of the consolidated financial statements for further details. (2) Reclassified into interest on deposits, borrowings and/or junior subordinated debentures on the consolidated statements of income. Refer to Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for furtherdetails. (3) Reclassified into interest and fees on loans on the consolidated statements of income. Refer to Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements for further details. (4) Reclassified into other expenses on the consolidated statements of income. Refer to Note 19 of the consolidated financial statements for further details. (1) (2) (3) (4) (4) 128
Page 131
The following table presents the changes in each component of AOCI for the periods indicated: (In thousands) Net Unrealized (Losses) Gains onDebt Securities Net Unrealized (Losses) Gains onCash Flow Hedges Defined Benefit PostretirementPlans AOCIBalance at December 31, 2022 $ (131,539) $ 5,891 $ (307) $ (125,955)Other comprehensive income before reclassifications 21,363 141 — 21,504 Less: Amounts reclassified from AOCI (2,767) (64) (68) (2,899)Other comprehensive income 24,130 205 68 24,403 Balance at December 31, 2023 (107,409) 6,096 (239) (101,552)Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications (1,668) 4,545 — 2,877 Less: Amounts reclassified from AOCI (5,062) 1,683 (650) (4,029)Other comprehensive income 3,394 2,862 650 6,906 Balance at December 31, 2024 (104,015) 8,958 411 (94,646)Other comprehensive income (loss) income beforereclassifications 28,495 (1,186) — 27,309 Less: Amounts reclassified from AOCI (5,115) 2,294 (128) (2,949)Other comprehensive income (loss) 33,610 (3,480) 128 30,258 Balance at December 31, 2025 $ (70,405) $ 5,478 $ 539 $ (64,388) (1) All amounts are net of tax. NOTE 17 – REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS The Company has disaggregated its revenue from contracts with customers into categories based on the nature of the revenue. The categorization of revenues from contracts with customer within the scopeof ASC 606 closely aligns with the presentation revenue categories presented within non-interest income on the consolidated statements of income. The following table presents the revenue streams with thescope of ASC 606 for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31, (In thousands) Location on ConsolidatedStatements of Income 2025 2024 2023 Debit card interchange income Debit card income $ 15,272 $ 12,657 $ 12,613 Services charges on deposit accounts Service charges on deposit accounts 9,851 8,444 7,839 Fiduciary services income Income from fiduciary services 7,630 7,270 6,669 Investment program income Brokerage and insurance commissions 7,015 5,535 4,650 Other non-interest income Other income 1,971 1,782 1,796 Total non-interest income within the scope of ASC 606 41,739 35,688 33,567 Total non-interest income (loss) not in scope of ASC 606 10,783 8,851 (2,533)Total non-interest income $ 52,522 $ 44,539 $ 31,034 (1) Includes pre-tax losses on the sale of investment securities of $0, $0 and $10.3 million, for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. In each of the revenue streams identified above, there were no significant judgments made in determining or allocating the transaction price, as the consideration and services are generally explicitlyidentified in the associated contracts. Additional information related to each revenue stream is discussed below. Debit Card Interchange Income. The Company has separate contracts with intermediaries and earns interchange revenue and incurs related expenses on debit card transactions of its deposit customers.Income earned and expenses incurred by the Company are dependent on its depositors' debit card usage, including depositor spend, transaction type and merchant. The rates earned are determined by theintermediaries. The Company determined that although the contract for which revenues are directly earned is with the intermediary rather than the depositor, that an underlying contract with each depositor isrequired for (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) 129
Page 132
the generation of debit card interchange income and it is the depositors' debit card usage that drives the revenues earned and related expenses incurred. The contract with the depositor is day-to-day and can beclosed by the customer or the Company at any time. As such, the Company recognizes revenue at the time of the transaction as the performance obligation has been met. The Company's debit card interchange revenue and related expenses are presented on a gross basis as it has control of the specified service prior to transfer to the depositor through the extension of credit. The Company pays to certain depositors cash rewards for debit card usage to promote usage and increase interchange revenue. Because the consideration paid to depositors is not for any separate or distinctservice, these costs are accounted for as a reduction of debit card interchange income. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, cash rewards totaled $587,000, $500,000 and $507,000,respectively. Service charges on deposit accounts. Deposit-related fees, include, but are not limited to, overdraft income, service charge income, and other fees generated by the depositor relationship with the Company.For each depositor relationship, an agreement and related disclosures outline the terms of the contract between the depositor and the Bank, including the assessment of fees and fee structure for its variousproducts. The contract is day-to-day and can be closed by the customer or the Company at any time. As such, the Company recognizes revenue at the time of the transaction as the performance obligation hasbeen met. Fiduciary services income. The Company, through its wealth management and trust services department, doing business as Camden National Wealth Management, earns fees for its investment managementand related services for its clients. Fees earned for its services are largely dependent on assets under management as of the last day of the month and do not contain performance clauses. Should the applicableservices contract be terminated by either party, fees for services are earned up to the effective date of contract termination. As such, fiduciary services income is earned and recognized daily. Investment program income. Under an investment program offered by the Company, doing business as Camden Financial Consultants (“Program”), its clients are provided access to brokerage, advisory andinsurance products offered through an unaffiliated third party. Certain Company employees are registered securities representatives and/or registered investment advisor representatives of the third party,operating in such capacity under Camden Financial Consultants to provide clients with brokerage, investment advisory and insurance related services. The Company receives a portion of the commissions andfees received by the unaffiliated third party brokerage firm from the sale of investment products and investment advisory services, in accordance with the terms of the contract between the two parties. The revenues earned by the Company are net of administrative expenses and the portion retained by the unaffiliated third party brokerage firm. The Company does not have control of the specified servicesprovided to its clients by the unaffiliated third party brokerage firm under the Program. Revenues earned from Program-related services are presented on the consolidated statements of income on a net basis. 130
Page 133
NOTE 18 – STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS On April 26, 2022, the shareholders of the Company approved the Camden National Corporation 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan (“2022 Plan”), which replaced the Company’s 2012 Equity and IncentivePlan (“2012 Plan”). The total number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2022 Plan was 500,000, plus shares that are subject to awards granted under the 2012 Plan that cease to be subject tosuch awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the effective date of the 2022 Plan. Awards are authorized to be granted in the form of dividend equivalent rights, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restrictedstock, restricted stock units, performance-based awards and other stock-based or cash-based awards, and the exercise price will not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant of a share ofstock. No stock option granted will be exercisable more than ten years after the date the stock option was granted. On May 20, 2025, the shareholders of the Company approved the first amendment to theCompany’s 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan to (i) increase the number of shares reserved for and available for issuance under the Plan by 560,000 additional shares and (ii) extend the term of the Plan to tenyears from the date of shareholder approval of the Amendment. On May 1, 2012, the shareholders of the Company approved the 2012 Plan, the maximum number of shares of stock reserved and available for issuance under the 2012 Plan was 1.2 million shares. Awardswere authorized to be granted in the form of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, unrestricted stock, performance shares anddividend equivalent rights, or any combination of the preceding, and the exercise price will not be less than 100% of the fair market value on the date of grant in the case of incentive stock options, or 85% ofthe fair market value on the date of grant in the case of non-qualified stock options. No stock option was exercisable more than ten years after the date the stock option was granted. The exercise price of alloptions granted equaled the market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant, except for certain non-qualified stock options that were issued in conjunction with an acquisition. The 2012 Plan wasreplaced by the 2022 Plan effective April 26, 2022, and no further awards will be granted under the 2012 Plan. Awards outstanding as of the effective date, remain outstanding in accordance with their originalterms as granted under the 2012 Plan. The amount of cash used to settle stock-based compensation transactions for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 was $691,000, $561,000 and $545,000, respectively. Restricted Stock Units Restricted stock units vest over the requisite service period, which is typically two, three or five years. Restricted stock units issued do not participate in dividends and recipients are not entitled to votethese restricted units until shares of the Company’s stock are delivered with respect to the restricted stock units after they vest. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company issued restricted stock units with a grant-date fair value of $1.4 million, $990,000 and $1.6 million, respectively, to certain employees.The grant-date fair value is calculated utilizing the Company's closing market share price as of the date the awards are granted. Restricted stock unit expense is recognized within salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expense and the relatedincome tax benefit recognized in connection with the restricted stock units was as follows for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Expense $ 1,161 $ 1,043 $ 962 Income tax benefit $ 244 $ 219 $ 207 Fair value of grants vested $ 1,237 $ 798 $ 803 131
Page 134
Restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2025 was as follows: (Dollars in thousands, except per unit data) Number of Units Weighted-AverageGrant DateFair Value per Unit Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(Years) AggregateIntrinsic Value UnrecognizedCompensationNonvested at January 1, 2025 83,422 $ 37.60 Granted 32,794 41.43 Vested (33,710) 36.70 Forfeited (2,220) 39.79 Nonvested at December 31, 2025 80,286 $ 39.48 2.28 $ 3,483 $ 2,240 Restricted Stock Awards Restricted stock awards vest pro-rata over the requisite service period, which is typically three years, or earlier if a recipient retires and has met all retirement or disability eligibility requirements of theaward. Awards issued to Company directors are not subject to any service requirements and vest immediately. Recipients of restricted stock awards are entitled to vote these restricted shares during the vestingperiod. For restricted stock awards issued under the 2022 Plan, cash dividends are retained by the Company during the vesting period and paid out upon vesting of the shares. If the restricted stock award isforfeited, any accrued dividends revert back to the Company. Accrued dividends on restricted stock awards are reported within accrued interest and other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated financialstatements and totaled $69,000 and $43,000, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For restricted stock awards issued under the 2012 Plan, cash dividends were paid out immediately during the vestingperiod and were not subject to forfeiture. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company issued restricted stock awards with a grant-date fair value of $1.6 million, $1.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively, to certaindirectors and employees. The grant-date fair value is calculated utilizing the Company's closing market share price as of the date the awards are granted. The expense for restricted stock awards issued to employees of the Company is recognized within salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over thevesting period. The expense for awards issued to directors of the Company (which are not subject to service requirements and vest immediately) is recognized within consulting and professional fees on theconsolidated statements of income. The expense and the related income tax benefit recognized in connection with the restricted stock awards was as follows for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023Expense $ 1,346 $ 1,193 $ 1,225 Income tax benefit $ 283 $ 251 $ 263 Fair value of grants vested $ 1,237 $ 1,235 $ 1,187 Restricted stock award activity, which includes awards issued to directors of the Company, for the year ended December 31, 2025 was as follows: (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Number of Shares Weighted-AverageGrant DateFair Value per Share Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(Years) AggregateIntrinsic Value UnrecognizedCompensation Nonvested at January 1, 2025 31,897 $ 33.03 Granted 40,627 39.67 Vested (32,843) 37.66 Forfeited — — Nonvested at December 31, 2025 39,681 $ 35.99 1.8 $ 1,721 $ 974 132
Page 135
Management Stock Purchase Program (“MSPP”) The Company offers the MSPP to provide an opportunity for certain employees to receive restricted shares of the Company’s common stock in lieu of a portion of their annual incentive bonus. Restrictedshares issued under the MSPP are granted at a discount to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant and they cliff vest two years after the grant date, or earlier if a recipientmeets the disability eligibility requirement of the plan. Should an employee forfeit his or her non-vested MSPP awards, the Company will return the lesser of the price paid by the employee on the date of grant,or the fair value of the non-vested awards as of the date forfeited. Recipients of restricted stock issued under the MSPP are entitled to vote these restricted shares during the vesting period. For restricted stockawards issued under the MSPP, cash dividends are retained by the Company during the vesting period and paid out upon vesting of the shares. If the restricted stock award is forfeited, any accrued dividendsrevert back to the Company. Accrued dividends on MSPP awards are reported within accrued interest and other liabilities on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and totaled $27,000 and $24,000,at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company issued MSPP awards with a grant-date fair value of $183,000, $36,000 and $79,000, respectively, to certain employees. The expense for restricted stock awards under the MSPP is recognized within salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Theexpense and the related income tax benefit recognized in connection with the MSPP awards was as follows for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Expense $ 98 $ 50 $ 93 Income tax benefit $ 21 $ 11 $ 20 Fair value of grants vested $ 61 $ 109 $ 129 MSPP award activity for the year ended December 31, 2025 was as follows: (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Number of Shares Weighted-AverageGrant DateFair Value per Share Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(Years) AggregateIntrinsic Value UnrecognizedCompensationNonvested at January 1, 2025 10,631 $ 9.15 Granted 11,204 16.36 Vested (6,178) 9.84 Forfeited (54) 8.19 Nonvested at December 31, 2025 15,603 $ 14.06 1.6 $ 218 $ 111 For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company received cash from the issuance of restricted shares under the MSPP of $61,000, $109,000 and $219,000, respectively. AtDecember 31, 2025 and 2024, cash received from current participating employees totaled $459,000 and $289,000, respectively, and was presented within accrued interest and other liabilities on the consolidatedstatements of condition. LTIP The LTIP is intended to attract and retain executives who will contribute to the Company’s future success. The long-term performance period is a period of three consecutive years beginning on January 1of the first year and ending on December 31 of the third year. Awards granted are 50% weighted on the attainment of certain performance targets approved by the Compensation Committee of the Board ofDirectors and 50% weighted on meeting the requisite service period. The performance-based share units granted will vest only if the performance targets are achieved, and the amount received by the LTIPparticipants may vary from 0% - 200% of target, depending on the level at which performance targets are met. Failure to achieve the specific performance measures will result in all or a portion of theperformance-based share units being forfeited. The service-based awards are restricted stock awards and generally vest annually pro-rata over a three year period. The associated service-based awards aredisclosed within the aforementioned “Restricted Stock Awards”section of this note. 133
Page 136
For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company issued performance-based share unit awards with a grant-date fair value of $1.7 million, $1.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively.The grant-date fair value is calculated utilizing the Company's closing market share price as of the date the awards are granted. The expense for the performance-based share units is recognized within salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The expenseand the related tax benefit for the LTIP's performance-based share units was as follows for the periods indicated: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Expense $ 589 $ 481 $ 332 Related income tax benefit $ 124 $ 101 $ 71 Fair value of grants vested $ 182 $ 458 $ 594 LTIP performance-based share unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2025 was as follows: (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) Number of Shares Weighted-AverageGrant DateFair Value per Share Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(Years) AggregateIntrinsic Value UnrecognizedCompensationNonvested at January 1, 2025 92,184 $ 34.88 Granted 43,770 39.22 Vested (3,902) 38.74 Forfeited (15,640) 46.56 Nonvested at December 31, 2025 116,412 $ 34.55 1.8 $ 4,022 $ 918 (1) Number of shares granted assumes payout at 200% of target. (2) Forfeited shares consists of 15,640 shares forfeited due to payout at less than 200% of target. Defined Contribution Retirement Plan (“DCRP”) The DCRP is an unfunded deferred compensation plan for the benefit of certain Company executives. Annually, participants receive a credit to an account administered by the Company, of 10% of eachparticipant’s eligible earnings and cash bonus for the prior performance period. Annual credits to a participant’s account will be denominated in deferred stock unit awards (the right to receive a share ofcommon stock of the Company upon the satisfaction of certain restrictions) based on the fair market value of a share of the common stock of the Company on the date of grant. For all active participants,vesting occurs ratably from the date of participation until the participant reaches the age of 65, at which time the participant is 100% vested. In 2018, the DCRP was amended to provide the ability to tailorvesting terms for new participants. In 2025, the DCRP was amended to freeze the plan. Deferred stock units granted prior to the freeze of the DCRP will continue to vest and distributions will occur, inaccordance with the provisions of the plan. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company issued DCRP awards with a grant-date fair value of $479,000, $229,000 and $288,000, respectively. The grant-date fair value iscalculated utilizing the Company's closing market share price as of the date the awards are granted. (1) (2) 134
Page 137
The expense for the DCRP is recognized within salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Compensation expense and therelated tax benefit recognized in connection with the DCRP was as follows for the periods presented: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Expense $ 198 $ 151 $ 188 Related income tax benefit $ 42 $ 32 $ 40 Fair value of grants vested $ 173 $ 163 $ 171 DCRP award activity for the year ended December 31, 2025 was as follows: (Dollars in thousands, except per award data) Number of DeferredStock Awards Weighted-AverageGrant DateFair Value per Award Weighted-AverageRemainingContractual Term(Years) AggregateIntrinsic Value UnrecognizedCompensationNonvested at January 1, 2025 13,863 $ 38.04 Granted 11,565 41.31 Vested (4,268) 40.51 Forfeited — — Nonvested at December 31, 2025 21,160 $ 39.53 13.0 $ 918 $ 764 NOTE 19 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 401(k) and Profit Sharing Plan The Company has a 401(k) plan and the majority of its employees participate in it. Employees may contribute pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan up to the maximum amount allowed by federal taxlaws. The Company makes matching contributions of up to 4% of an employee’s eligible compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, expenses under the 401(k) plan matchingcontributions totaled $2.2 million, $1.7 million, and $1.7 million, respectively. The Company, at its discretion, can make profit sharing contributions to employees' 401(k) accounts in addition to its regular401(k) plan matching contribution. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company did not make any profit sharing contributions to employee accounts. Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (“SERP”) and Other Postretirement Benefit Plan The Company sponsors unfunded, non-qualified SERPs for certain former officers. These agreements were designed to make up the shortfall (when compared to a non-highly compensated employee) inreplacing income at retirement due to Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS”) compensation and benefit limits under the 401(k) plan and Social Security. The SERP provides for a minimum 15-year guaranteedbenefit for all vested participants. There are no new entrants to the Company’s SERP, and effective December 31, 2023, there were no active participants in the SERP. The Company also provides medical and life insurance to certain eligible retired employees under the other postretirement benefit plan. This postretirement plan is a benefit only to certain qualifyingparticipants. There are no new entrants to the Company's medical and health postretirement benefit plan. 135
Page 138
The following table summarizes changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets for each postretirement benefit plan as of the dates indicated: SERP Other PostretirementBenefitsDecember 31, December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2025 2024 Benefit obligations: Beginning of year $ 14,093 $ 15,488 $ 3,163 $ 3,215 Service cost — — 7 9 Interest cost 750 723 163 153 Actuarial loss (gain) 127 (825) (318) (31)Benefits paid (1,201) (1,293) (208) (183)End of year $ 13,769 $ 14,093 $ 2,807 $ 3,163 Fair value of plan assets:Beginning of year $ — $ — $ — $ — Employer contributions 1,201 1,293 208 183 Benefits paid (1,201) (1,293) (208) (183)End of year — — — — Unfunded status at end of year $ 13,769 $ 14,093 $ 2,807 $ 3,163 Amounts recognized in AOCI, net of tax:Net actuarial (gain) loss $ (185) $ (287) $ (327) $ (86)Prior service credit — — (18) (38)Total $ (185) $ (287) $ (345) $ (124) (1) Presented within other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition. The accumulated benefit obligation for the SERP at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $13.8 million and $14.1 million, respectively. For the year ending December 31, 2026, the estimated actuarial loss on the SERP that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost is $0. All prior service costs have been fully amortized. For the year ending December 31, 2026, the estimated actuarial gain and prior service credit on other postretirement benefits that will be amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost is $30,000 and$24,000, respectively. (1) 136
Page 139
The components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in OCI, before taxes, were as follows for the periods indicated: SERP Other PostretirementBenefitsFor the Year EndedDecember 31, For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023Net periodic benefit cost: Service cost $ — $ — $ 281 $ 7 $ 9 $ 11 Interest cost 750 723 756 163 153 162 Recognized net actuarial loss (gain) — — — (5) (4) (3)Amortization of prior service credit — — — (24) (24) (24)Net periodic benefit cost 750 723 1,037 141 134 146 Changes in funded status recognized in OCI, before taxes: Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during period 127 (825) (65) (318) (31) (49)Reclassifications to net periodic benefit cost:Amortization of net unrecognized actuarial (loss) gain — — — 5 4 3 Amortization of prior service credit — — — 24 24 24 Total recognized in OCI, before taxes 127 (825) (65) (289) (3) (22)Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and OCI, before taxes $ 877 $ (102) $ 972 $ (148) $ 131 $ 124 (1) Presented in salaries and employee benefits on the consolidated statements of income. (2) Presented in other expenses on the consolidated statements of income. The following assumptions were used in determining benefit obligations and net period benefit costs. Effective December 31, 2023, the SERP no longer has active participants and rate of compensationincreases assumptions are no longer used. SERP Other PostretirementBenefits 2025 2024 2023 2025 2024 2023Weighted-average assumptions as of end of year: Discount rate for benefit obligation 5.5 % 5.6 % 4.9 % 5.2 % 5.4 % 5.0 %Discount rate for net periodic benefit cost 5.6 % 4.9 % 5.1 % 5.4 % 5.0 % 5.2 %Rate of compensation increase for benefit obligation N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/ARate of compensation increase for net periodic benefit cost N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/AHealth care cost trend rate assumed for future years N/A N/A N/A 4.5% - 7.5% 4.5% - 7.5% 4.5% - 7.5% (1) Effective December 31, 2023, there were no active participants in the SERP. A 1.0% increase or decrease in the assumed health care cost trend rate would not materially increase or decrease the Company's accumulated postretirement benefit obligation and the related service andinterest cost as of December 31, 2025. (1) (2) (2) (2) (1) (1) 137
Page 140
For the year ending December 31, 2026, the expected contribution for the SERP is $1.2 million and for the other postretirement benefits plan is $270,000. The expected benefit payments for the next tenyears are presented in the following table: (In thousands) SERP Other PostretirementBenefits2026 $ 1,201 $ 270 2027 1,177 254 2028 1,194 267 2029 1,194 268 2030 1,191 242 Next 5 years 5,531 1,041 Northway Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement In connection with the Northway acquisition, the Company assumed a supplemental executive retirement agreement (the Agreement”) that was made between Northway Financial, Inc., and one of itsexecutives. The Northway executive retired on January 1, 2025, in conjunction with the merger, and became fully vested in all benefits under the Agreement. The Company recorded a liability of $3.4 million related to future benefit obligations under the Agreement, which is presented within other liabilities on the consolidated statements of condition as ofDecember 31, 2025. The liability represents the present value of the future benefits expected to be paid under the Agreement and was measured using a discount rate of 5.5%. 138
Page 141
NOTE 20 – INCOME TAXES The current and deferred components of income tax expense on the consolidated statements of income were as follows: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023 Current: Federal $ 10,779 $ 11,047 $ 7,990 State 2,100 1,111 1,156 Total 12,879 12,158 9,146 Deferred: Federal 3,346 291 1,277 State (2,730) 7 30 Total 616 298 1,307 Income tax expense $ 13,495 $ 12,456 $ 10,453 Cash paid for income taxes (net of refunds) consisted of the following: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025Federal $ 4,600 Maine 950 New Hampshire 303 Other states 301 Total $ 6,154 139
Page 142
A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes to the amount computed by applying the 21% statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to income before income tax expense, after the prospective adoptionof ASU 2023-09 is as follows: For the Year EndedDecember 31, 2025(Dollars in thousands) Amount RateIncome before income tax expense (domestic) $ 78,655 Tax at U.S. statutory rate $ 16,518 21.0 %State taxes, net of federal benefit (498) (0.1)%Tax credit benefits (668) (0.8)%Nontaxable and nondeductible items:Tax exempt income (1,111) (1.4)%Income from life insurance (722) (0.9)%Share-based awards (44) (0.1)%Merger and acquisition costs 28 — %Other (8) — %Income tax expense $ 13,495 17.2 % (1) The states that contribute to the majority of the tax effect (greater than 50%) in this category include Maine and New Hampshire. (2) Includes a $2.4 million deferred tax valuation adjustment, net of federal benefit, that resulted from a change in the apportionment of state income taxes due to the Northway acquisition. A reconciliation of the provision for income taxes to the amount computed by applying the 21% statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to income before income taxes for periods before the adoption of ASU2023-09 is as follows: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(Dollars in thousands) 2024 2023Computed tax expense $ 13,747 $ 11,306 Increase (reduction) in income taxes resulting from:Tax credit benefits (1,699) (831)State taxes, net of federal benefit 1,099 937 Income from life insurance (589) (493)Tax exempt income (451) (647)Merger and acquisition costs 232 — Share-based awards 98 69 Other 19 112 Income tax expense $ 12,456 $ 10,453 Income before income tax expense $ 65,460 $ 53,836 Effective tax rate 19.0 % 19.4 % (1)(2) 140
Page 143
Temporary differences between the financial statements carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities gave rise to the following deferred tax assets and liabilities as of the dates indicated: December 31,2025 2024(In thousands) Asset Liability Asset Liability Purchase accounting $ 23,580 $ — $ — $ (1,135)Net unrealized losses on AFS debt securities 20,260 — 28,488 — Allowance for credit losses 11,021 — 8,285 — Net operating loss and tax credit carryforward 5,753 — 6,255 — Pension and other benefits 5,344 — 4,319 — Deferred compensation and benefits 1,351 — 1,161 — CDI assets — (9,576) 103 Deferred loan origination fees — (3,346) — (3,152)Depreciation — (3,092) — (2,352)Net unrealized gains on derivative instruments — (1,550) — (2,454)Other 1,334 — 519 — Gross deferred tax assets (liabilities) $ 68,643 (17,564) $ 49,130 (9,093)Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets — — Net deferred tax assets $ 51,079 $ 40,037 (1) At December 31, 2025, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were calculated using a 22.8% deferred tax rate. (2) At December 31, 2024, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were calculated using a 21.5% deferred tax rate. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had $25.1 million and $28.9 million, respectively, in unused federal net operating losses that were acquired in 2015. Due to Internal Revenue Code Section382(g) limitations, the Company's use of the federal net operating losses acquired is limited to $3.9 million annually, which was determined using the applicable federal rate and the fair value of considerationpaid for the acquisition at the acquisition date. The acquired federal net operating losses will expire between 2030 and 2034. The Company expects that it will be able to fully utilize the acquired allowablefederal net operating losses prior to expiration, as the Company has a history of generating taxable income well in excess of the limitation. The Company continuously monitors and assesses the need for a valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets and, at December 31, 2025 and 2024 determined that no valuation allowance was necessary. As of December 31, 2025, the Company's federal and state income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 were open to audit by federal and state authorities. Other Tax Matters On July 4, 2025, the OBBBA was signed into law. The OBBBA contained numerous tax provisions, including making permanent many of the tax provisions that were set to expire at the end of 2025. TheOBBBA did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2025 and we do not expect it to have a material impact in 2026. (1) (2) 141
Page 144
NOTE 21 – EPS The following is an analysis of basic and diluted EPS, reflecting the application of the two-class method, as described below: For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands, except number of shares and per share data) 2025 2024 2023 Net income $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities — (12) (53)Net income available to common shareholders $ 65,160 $ 52,992 $ 43,330 Weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic EPS 16,898,760 14,579,276 14,563,380 Dilutive effect of stock-based awards 78,317 54,527 45,965 Weighted-average common and potential common shares for diluted EPS 16,977,077 14,633,803 14,609,345 Earnings per common share: Basic EPS $ 3.86 $ 3.63 $ 2.98 Diluted EPS $ 3.84 $ 3.62 $ 2.97 Awards excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS:Performance-based share units — — 3,075 Restricted shares — — 9,049 (1) Represents dividends paid and undistributed earnings allocated to non-vested stock-based awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends. (2) Represents the assumed dilutive effect of restricted shares, restricted share units and contingently issuable performance-based share units utilizing the treasury stock method. (3) Represents stock-based awards not included in the computation of potential common shares for purposes of calculating diluted EPS as the exercise prices were greater than the average market price of theCompany's common stock, and, therefore, are considered anti-dilutive. Non-vested stock-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are participating securities and are included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines EPS for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights inundistributed earnings. Certain of the Company’s non-vested stock-based awards qualify as participating securities. Net income is allocated between the common stock and participating securities pursuant to the two-class method. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by theweighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding participating non-vested stock-based awards. Diluted EPS is computed in a similar manner, except that the denominatorincludes the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive common shares were issued using the treasury stock method. NOTE 22 – FAIR VALUE Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined usingquoted market prices. However, in many instances, quoted market prices are not available. In such instances, fair values are determined using various valuation techniques. Various assumptions and observableinputs must be relied upon in applying these techniques. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets orliabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. GAAP permits an entity to choose to measure eligible financial instruments and other items at fair value. The Company has elected the fair value option for its loans held for sale. Electing the fair valueoption for loans held for sale enables the Company’s financial position to more clearly align with the economic value of the actively traded asset. (1) (2) (3) 142
Page 145
The fair value hierarchy for valuation of an asset or liability is as follows: • Level 1: Valuation is based upon unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date. • Level 2: Valuation is determined from quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, from quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or by model-based techniques in which all significant inputs are observable in the market. • Level 3: Valuation is derived from model-based and other techniques in which at least one significant input is unobservable and which may be based on the Company’s own estimates about theassumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability. In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon model-based techniques incorporating various assumptionsincluding, but not limited to, interest rates, prepayment speeds and credit losses. Assets and liabilities valued using model-based techniques are classified as either Level 2 or Level 3, depending on the lowestlevel classification of an input that is considered significant to the overall valuation. A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classificationof such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Trading Securities and Deferred Compensation. The fair value of trading securities and deferred compensation is reported using market quoted prices and has been classified as Level 1 as such securitiesand underlying securities are actively traded and no valuation adjustments have been applied. Debt Securities. The fair value of investments in debt securities is reported utilizing prices provided by an independent pricing service based on recent trading activity and other observable informationincluding, but not limited to, dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, market interest rate curves, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information, and the bond’s terms and conditions. The fair valueof debt securities is classified as Level 2. Loans Held for Sale. The fair value of loans held for sale is determined on an individual loan basis using quoted secondary market prices and is classified as Level 2. Derivatives. The fair value of interest rate swaps is determined using inputs that are observable in the market place obtained from third parties including yield curves, publicly available volatilities, andfloating indexes and, accordingly, are classified as Level 2 inputs. The credit value adjustments associated with derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate thelikelihood of default. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the credit valuation adjustment on the overall valuation of its derivative positions was not significant to the overall valuation of its derivatives, and,thus, the Company's interest rate swaps were classified as Level 2. The fair value of the Company's fixed rate interest rate lock commitments are determined using secondary market pricing for loans with similar structures, including term, rate and borrower credit quality,adjusted for the Company's pull-through rate estimate (i.e. estimate of loans within its pipeline that will ultimately complete the origination process and be funded). The Company has classified its fixed rateinterest rate lock commitments as Level 2 as the quoted secondary market prices are the more significant input, and although the Company's internal pull-through rate estimate is a Level 3 estimate, it is lesssignificant to the ultimate valuation. The fair value of the Company's forward delivery commitments are determined using secondary market pricing for loans with similar structures, including term, rate and borrower credit quality, and thelocked and agreed to price with the secondary market investor. The Company has classified its fixed-rate interest rate lock commitments as Level 2. 143
Page 146
The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized tomeasure fair value for the dates indicated: (In thousands) Fair Value Readily Available MarketPrices(Level 1) Observable Market Data(Level 2) Company Determined FairValue(Level 3)December 31, 2025 Financial assets: Trading securities $ 5,747 $ 5,747 $ — $ — AFS debt securities: Obligations of states and political subdivisions 5,275 — 5,275 — MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises684,389 — 684,389 — CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises224,373 — 224,373 — Subordinated corporate bonds 16,364 — 16,364 — Loans held for sale 15,040 — 15,040 — Customer loan swaps 9,087 — 9,087 — Interest rate contracts 8,381 — 8,381 — Fixed rate mortgage interest rate lock commitments 100 — 100 — Forward delivery commitments 134 — 134 — Financial liabilities: Deferred compensation $ 5,747 $ 5,747 $ — $ — Customer loan swaps 9,127 — 9,127 — Interest rate contracts 2,923 — 2,923 — Fixed rate mortgage interest rate lock commitments 20 — 20 — Forward delivery commitments 44 — 44 — December 31, 2024Financial assets:Trading securities $ 5,243 $ 5,243 $ — $ — AFS debt securities:Obligations of states and political subdivisions 5,289 — 5,289 — MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises424,956 — 424,956 — CMO issued or guaranteed by U.S. government-sponsored enterprises147,479 — 147,479 — Subordinated corporate bonds 16,025 — 16,025 — Loans held for sale 11,049 — 11,049 — Customer loan swaps 11,717 — 11,717 — Interest rate contracts 14,040 — 14,040 — Fixed rate mortgage interest rate lock commitments 65 — 65 — Forward delivery commitments 203 — 203 — Financial liabilities:Deferred compensation $ 5,243 $ 5,243 $ — $ — Customer loan swaps 11,787 — 11,787 — Interest rate contracts 232 — 232 — Fixed rate mortgage interest rate lock commitments 55 — 55 — Forward delivery commitments 4 — 4 — 144
Page 147
The Company did not have any transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2025 or 2024. The Company’s policy for determining transfers betweenlevels occurs at the end of the reporting period when circumstances in the underlying valuation criteria change and result in transfer between levels. Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP, which may consist of collateral-dependent loans and servicing assets. These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market value that were recognized at fair value below cost at the end of the period. Collateral-Dependent Loans. Expected credit losses on individually assessed loans deemed to be collateral dependent are valued based upon the lower of amortized cost or fair value of the underlyingcollateral less costs to sell. Management estimates the fair values of these assets using Level 2 inputs, such as the fair value of collateral based on independent third-party market approach appraisals forcollateral-dependent loans, and Level 3 inputs where circumstances warrant an adjustment to the appraised value based on the age of the appraisal and/or comparable sales, condition of the collateral, andmarket conditions. Servicing Assets. The Company accounts for mortgage servicing assets at cost, subject to impairment testing. When the carrying value of a tranche exceeds fair value, a valuation allowance is establishedto reduce the carrying cost to fair value. Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated net servicing income. The Company obtains a third-party valuation based uponloan level data including note rate, type and term of the underlying loans. The model utilizes two significant unobservable inputs, namely loan prepayment assumptions and the discount rate used, to calculatethe fair value of each tranche, and as such, the Company has determined servicing assets are Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The table below highlights financial assets measured and reported at fair value on a non-recurring basis for the dates indicated: (In thousands) Fair Value Readily Available MarketPrices(Level 1) Observable Market Data(Level 2) Company DeterminedFair Value(Level 3)December 31, 2025 Financial assets:Collateral-dependent loans $ — $ — $ — $ — December 31, 2024 Financial assets:Collateral-dependent loans $ 4,363 $ — $ — $ 4,363 The following table presents the valuation methodology and unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for the dates indicated: (Dollars in thousands) Fair Value Valuation Methodology Unobservable input Discount December 31, 2025Collateral-dependent loans: Specifically reserved $ — N/A N/A —%December 31, 2024Collateral-dependent loans: Specifically reserved $ 4,363 Market approach appraisal of collateral Estimated selling costs 15% Non-Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis Non-financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis may consist of OREO, goodwill and CDI assets. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not have any material non-financial instruments measured and reported at fair value. Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) Properties. OREO properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure are recorded at net realizable value, which is the fair value of the real estate,less estimated costs to sell. Any write- 145
Page 148
down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the ACL upon transfer to OREO. Upon acquisition of a property, a current appraisal is used or an internal valuation is prepared to substantiatefair value of the property. After foreclosure, management periodically, but at least annually, obtains updated valuations of the OREO properties and, if additional impairments are deemed necessary, thesubsequent write-downs for declines in value are recorded through a valuation allowance and a provision for credit losses charged to other non-interest expense within the consolidated statements of income. Asmanagement considers appropriate, adjustments are made to the appraisal obtained for the OREO property to account for recent sales activity of comparable properties, changes in the condition of the property,and changes in market conditions. These adjustments are not observable in an active market and are classified as Level 3. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company did not have any material OREOproperties. Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired. The fair value of goodwill is estimated by utilizing several standard valuation techniques,including discounted cash flow analyses, bank merger multiples, and/or an estimation of the impact of business conditions and investor activities on the long-term value of the goodwill. Should an impairmentoccur, the associated goodwill is written-down to fair value and the impairment charge is recorded within non-interest expense in the consolidated statements of income. The Company conducts an annualimpairment test of goodwill in the fourth quarter each year, or more frequently as necessary. Through its assessments, management concluded goodwill was not impaired for the years ended December 31, 2025or, 2024. Core Deposit Intangible Assets. CDI assets represent the estimated value of acquired customer relationships and are amortized over the estimated life of those relationships. CDI assets are reviewed forimpairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. There were no indications or triggering events for the years ended December 31, 2025 or2024, that indicated the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 146
Page 149
The estimated fair values and related carrying amounts for assets and liabilities for which fair value is only disclosed are shown below as of the dates indicated: (In thousands) Carrying Amount Fair Value Readily Available MarketPrices(Level 1) Observable Market Prices(Level 2) Company DeterminedMarket Prices(Level 3) December 31, 2025Financial Assets: HTM debt securities $ 485,292 $ 457,821 $ — $ 457,821 $ — Commercial real estate loans 2,162,472 2,094,447 — — 2,094,447 Commercial loans 411,722 402,224 — — 402,224 Residential real estate loans 2,000,090 1,790,372 — — 1,790,372 Home equity loans 328,306 321,156 — — 321,156 Consumer loans 17,272 15,622 — — 15,622 Bank-owned life insurance 112,119 112,119 — 112,119 — Servicing assets 2,796 4,665 — — 4,665 Financial liabilities: Time deposits $ 679,087 $ 675,713 $ — $ 675,713 $ — Short-term borrowings 581,780 581,378 — 581,378 — Long-term borrowings 1,000 841 — 841 — Junior subordinated debentures 61,515 51,401 — 51,401 — December 31, 2024Financial Assets:HTM debt securities $ 517,778 $ 470,824 $ — $ 470,824 $ — Commercial real estate loans 1,694,586 1,569,165 — — 1,569,165 Commercial loans 376,929 365,556 — — 365,556 Residential real estate loans 1,742,270 1,494,961 — — 1,494,961 Home equity loans 250,854 241,992 — — 241,992 Consumer loans 14,892 13,926 — — 13,926 Bank-owned life insurance 104,308 104,308 — 104,308 — Servicing assets 2,119 4,328 — — 4,328 Financial liabilities:Time deposits $ 607,245 $ 603,469 $ — $ 603,469 $ — Short-term borrowings 500,621 500,292 — 500,292 — Junior subordinated debentures 44,331 34,357 — 34,357 — (1) Commercial real estate loans includes non-owner-occupied and owner-occupied properties. (2) The presented carrying amount is net of the allocated ACL on loans. (3) Represents a cash surrender life insurance policy recorded at the amount realized upon surrender of the policy, as a result the carrying amount approximates fair value. Excluded from the summary were financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis, as previously described. The Company considers its financial instruments' current use to be the highest and best use of the instruments. (1)(2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (3) (1)(2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (3) 147
Page 150
NOTE 23– PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Following are the condensed statements of condition, income and cash flows for the Company's parent company: STATEMENTS OF CONDITION December 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 ASSETS Cash $ 38,465 $ 38,559 Investment in subsidiary 724,700 539,279 Other assets 11,412 15,162 Total assets $ 774,577 $ 593,000 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Junior subordinated debentures $ 64,951 $ 44,331 Due to subsidiary 3,655 238 Other liabilities 9,413 17,201 Shareholders’ equity 696,558 531,230 Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 774,577 $ 593,000 STATEMENTS OF INCOME For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023Operating Income Dividend income from subsidiary $ 25,400 $ 30,100 $ 22,500 Total operating income 25,400 30,100 22,500 Operating Expenses Interest on borrowings 3,567 2,131 2,150 Fees to Bank 201 204 180 Other operating expenses 1,008 876 915 Total operating expenses 4,776 3,211 3,245 Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries and income taxes 20,624 26,889 19,255 Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries 43,589 25,386 23,389 Income before income taxes 64,213 52,275 42,644 Income tax benefit 947 729 739 Net Income $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 148
Page 151
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS For the Year EndedDecember 31,(In thousands) 2025 2024 2023Operating Activities Net income $ 65,160 $ 53,004 $ 43,383 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries (37,740) (25,387) (23,389)Increase in other assets (504) (1,166) (4,884)Increase in due to subsidiaries 3,417 238 31 (Decrease) increase in other liabilities (4,837) 385 4,005 Net cash provided by operating activities 25,496 27,074 19,146 Financing Activities Net proceeds from issuance of common stock 2,882 2,678 2,533 Common stock repurchases — (1,608) (2,000)Equity issuance costs — (246) — Cash dividends paid on common stock (28,472) (24,558) (24,536)Net cash used in financing activities (25,590) (23,734) (24,003)Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (94) 3,340 (4,857)Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of year 38,559 35,219 40,076 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of year $ 38,465 $ 38,559 $ 35,219 149
Page 152
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Camden National Corporation Opinion on the Financial StatementsWe have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of Camden National Corporation and its subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidatedstatements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes to the consolidatedfinancial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ofAmerica We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 6,2026 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Basis for OpinionThese financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a publicaccounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of theSecurities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements arefree of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, andperforming procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also includedevaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide areasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit MattersThe critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee andthat: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit mattersdoes not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters oron the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Allowance for Credit Losses on LoansThe Company's allowance for credit losses (ACL) on loans balance was $45.3 million at December 31, 2025. As described in Notes 1 and 4 to the financial statements, the ACL on loans reduces the loanportfolio to the net amount expected to be collected and represents the expected losses over the life of all loans at the reporting date. Management disaggregates the loan portfolio into pools of similar riskcharacteristics and utilizes a discounted cash flow (DCF) approach to calculate the expected loss for each segment. The DCF method incorporates forward-looking information and applies a reversionmethodology beyond the reasonable and supportable forecast. Loss drivers are used to calculate the expected probability of default over the forecast and reversion periods. The ACL on loans also considersqualitative factors based on management’s judgment. We identified the determination of the forecasted economic scenarios and qualitative factors as a critical audit matter because auditing management’s underlying assumptions required a high degree ofcomplexity and auditor judgment and involved a high degree of estimation uncertainty. Our audit procedures related to this critical audit matter included the following, among others: • We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the allowance for credit losses on loans and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness, including those over approval ofkey data inputs including 150
Page 153
forecasted economic scenarios, loss drivers and qualitative factors (such as economic and business conditions) including validation of underlying data. • We tested the completeness and accuracy of data used by management in determining inputs to the forecasted economic scenarios and qualitative factors by agreeing those inputs to internal or externalinformation sources. • We tested management's forecasts of future economic loss drivers, which include Maine unemployment, change in national gross domestic product (GDP) growth, change in national retail salesgrowth, and change in Maine Housing Price Index, by comparing these forecasts to external and internal information sources. • We evaluated management's judgments and assumptions used in the development of the qualitative factors, including magnitude and directional consistency, and the relevance of the underlying data onwhich these factors are based upon. Fair Value of Loans Acquired in Business Combination The Company completed an acquisition on January 2, 2025, acquiring loans with an estimated fair value of $772.6 million as of the acquisition date. As described in Note 1 and 2 to the financial statements, theCompany estimated the acquisition date fair value of loans by segmenting the acquired portfolio into purchase credit deteriorated (PCD) and non-PCD loans. The estimated fair value of non-PCD loans and PCD loans at the acquisition date was $682.0 million and $90.6 million, respectively. The Company’s valuation of non-PCD loans and PCD loans utilized adiscounted cash flow analysis. The estimated fair value of loans at acquisition date used market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected tobe collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applied a market-based discount rate to those cash flows. The discount rate utilized to determine the estimated fairvalue of non-PCD loans and PCD loans considered the cost of funds rate, capital charges, servicing costs, liquidity premiums and risk premiums. We identified the estimated fair value of loans that were acquired in the current year as a critical audit matter because of the judgments necessary by management to determine the fair value of loans, and therelated high degree of auditor judgment and the extensive audit effort involved in testing management’s estimates and assumptions. The significant estimates and assumptions necessary to estimate the fair valueof non-PCD and PCD loans that required a high degree of auditor judgment and increased audit effort, including the use of internal specialists, included assumptions related to prepayment rates and discountrates. Our audit procedures related to the Company’s estimated fair value of loans acquired in the current year included the following, among others: • We obtained an understanding of the relevant controls related to the estimated fair value of loans acquired in the current year and tested such controls for design and operating effectiveness, includingcontrols relating to management’s review and approval of the assumptions related to prepayment rates and discount rates utilized in the discounted cash flow calculations for loans. • We obtained the valuation report prepared by a third party engaged by management and gained an understanding of the valuation methodology applied as well as key inputs and assumptions. • We tested the completeness and accuracy of the data inputs used in the loans estimated fair value calculations by comparing the data to source documents and external information sources. • We utilized internal valuation specialists to assist in testing management’s methodologies and techniques for appropriateness, as well as evaluating significant assumptions such as prepayment rates anddiscount rates, by comparing the data to source documents provided by the Company, obtaining comparative information from external sources and performing mathematical accuracy checks. We have served as the Company's auditor since 2014. /s/ RSM US LLP Des Moines, IowaMarch 6, 2026 151
Page 154
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Camden National Corporation Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial ReportingWe have audited Camden National Corporation and its subsidiary's (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control —Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal controlover financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commissionin 2013. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statements of condition of the Company as of December31, 2025 and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025,and our report dated March 6, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion. Basis for OpinionThe Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in theaccompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on ouraudit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules andregulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control overfinancial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, andtesting and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in thecircumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial ReportingA company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for externalpurposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of recordsthat, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permitpreparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations ofmanagement and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could havea material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the riskthat controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ RSM US LLP Des Moines, IowaMarch 6, 2026 152
Page 155
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Not applicable. Item 9A. Controls and Procedures As required by Rule 13a-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Company’s management conducted an evaluation with the participation of the Company’sChief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer & Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the lastfiscal year. In designing and evaluating the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, the Company and its management recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed andoperated, can provide only a reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating and implementing possible controlsand procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer & Principal Financial and Accounting Officer concluded that they believe the Company’s disclosurecontrols and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized andreported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. We intend to continue to review and document our disclosure controls and procedures, including our internal controls and procedures forfinancial reporting, and we may from time to time make changes to the disclosure controls and procedures to enhance their effectiveness and to ensure that our systems evolve with our business. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely tomaterially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORTON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The Management of the Company is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K. Management is alsoresponsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for identifying the framework used to evaluate its effectiveness. Management has designed processes, internalcontrols and a business culture that foster financial integrity and accurate reporting. The Company’s comprehensive system of internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonableassurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the UnitedStates of America. The Company’s accounting policies and internal control over financial reporting, established and maintained by management, is under the general oversight of the Company’s Board ofDirectors, including the Board of Directors’ Audit Committee. Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation, and assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. The standard measures adopted bymanagement in making its evaluation are the measures in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based uponits review and evaluation, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective and that there were no material weaknesses. However,Management recognizes a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, has inherent limitations and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives willbe met and may not prevent or detect all error and fraud. Therefore, even a system determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation andpresentation. RSM US LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements contained in this Form 10-K, has issued its written attestationreport on management’s assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which precedes this report. 153
Page 156
Item 9B. Other Information None. Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections None. 154
Page 157
PART III Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Insider Trading Policies The Company has adopted an Insider Trading Policy that applies to its directors, executive officers, and certain other employees. The Company’s Insider Trading Policy governs the purchase, sale and otherdispositions of the Company’s securities by these individuals, and the Company believes it is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations and Nasdaq listingstandards. Under the Insider Trading Policy, the Company is also prohibited from trading at any time in any Company securities on the basis of material, non-public information. The summary of the InsiderTrading Policy set forth in this Item 10 does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full Insider Trading Policy attached hereto as Exhibit 19. Information About Our Executive Officers Certain information about our executive officers required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K as of December 31, 2025 was included within Item 1. Business — Information about our Executive Officers andis incorporated into this Item 10 by reference. Other Item 10 Information All other information required by this item 10 is incorporated by reference to the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to beheld on May 19, 2026. Item 11. Executive Compensation The information required by this Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be heldon May 19, 2026. Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans are as follows: Number of Securities to Be IssuedUpon Exercise of OutstandingOptions, Warrants and Rights(a) Weighted Average Exercise Price ofOutstanding Options, Warrants andRights(b) Number of Securities RemainingAvailable for Future Issuance(Excluding Securities in Column(a))(c) Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders — $ — 655,509 Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders — — — Total — $ — 655,509 (1) Represents the 500,000 shares available under the 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan and the additional 560,000 shares available under the 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan Amendment, less awards grantedplus shares added back that cease to be subject to awards due to forfeiture, expiration, termination, lapse, cash settlement or otherwise. Refer to Note 1 and Note 18 of the consolidated financial statements for further information related to the Company’s equity compensation plans. Additional information required by this Item 12 can be found in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 19, 2026 under the heading “CommonStock Beneficially Owned by an Entity with 5% or More of Common Stock and Owned by Directors and Executive Officers.” That information is incorporated into this report by reference. Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held onMay 19, 2026. (1) 155
Page 158
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the material responsive to such item in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held onMay 19, 2026. 156
Page 159
PART IV Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (a) 1. Index to Financial Statements: The consolidated financial statements of the Company and report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm incorporated herein are included in Item 8 of this Report, as follows:Page Consolidated Statements of Condition 76Consolidated Statements of Income 77Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 78Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity 79Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 80Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 81Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 49) 150 2. Financial Statement Schedules: Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or are not required under the instructions contained in Regulation S-X or because the information required to be set forth therein are included inthe consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 3. Exhibits: ExhibitNo. Definition2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of September 9, 2024, by and between Camden National Corporation and Northway Financial, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference toExhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 10, 2024).3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Camden National Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-Kfiled with the Commission on May 25, 2023).3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Camden National Corporation (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with theCommission on May 25, 2023).4.1 Description of Camden National Corporation's Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s AnnualReport on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 10, 2023).10.1+ Camden National Corporation 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan (filed as Annex A to Camden National Corporation’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14-A, filed on April 4,2025 and incorporated herein by reference).10.2+ Camden National Corporation Second Amended and Restated Long-Term Performance Share Program, effective as of April 26, 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 28, 2022).10.3+ Camden National Corporation Second Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Program, effective as of April 26, 2022 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 5, 2022).10.4+ Camden National Corporation Third Amended and Restated Defined Contribution Retirement Program, effective as of April 26, 2023 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 9, 2023).10.5+ Camden National Corporation Amended and Restated Independent Directors' Equity Compensation Program, effective as of April 26, 2022 (incorporated herein by reference toExhibit 10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 5, 2022).10.6+ Form of Non-Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement Under the 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's QuarterlyReport on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 5, 2022). 157
Page 160
ExhibitNo. Definition10.7+ Form of Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement Under the 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's QuarterlyReport on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 5, 2022).10.8+ Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Under the Second Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 tothe Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 5, 2022).10.9+ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Company Employees Under the 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan with grant dates in 2022 (incorporated herein by reference toExhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 5, 2022).10.10+ Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement Under the Second Amended and Restated Long-Term Performance Share Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit10.10 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 5, 2022).10.11+ Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement Under the Camden National Corporation 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to theCompany's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 5, 2022).10.12+ Form of Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement by and between Camden National Corporation and certain executives (incorporated herein by referenceto Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 10, 2015).10.13+ Supplemental Executive Retirement Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 4, 2008).10.14+ Union Trust Company’s Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with theCommission on May 12, 2008).10.15+ Camden National Corporation Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filedwith the Commission on March 11, 2022).10.16+ Camden National Corporation Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan Adoption Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Annual Reporton Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 11, 2022).10.17+ Camden National Corporation Executive Annual Incentive Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Form 10-Q filed with the Commission onMarch 15, 2021).10.18+ Form of Change in Control Agreement for chief executive officer and other executive officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 in the Company’s Form 10-K filedwith the Commission on March 10, 2015).10.19+ Camden National Corporation 2020-2022 Amended and Restated Long-Term Performance Share Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-Kfiled with the Commission on May 4, 2020).10.20+ Camden National Corporation Third Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Program, effective as of February 28, 2023 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit10.23 to the Company's Form 10-K filed with the commission on March 10, 2023).10.21+ Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Under the Third Amended and Restated Management Stock Purchase Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to theCompany’s Form 10-K filed with the commission on March 10, 2023).10.22+ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Company Employees Under the 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan, effective as of February 28, 2023 (incorporated herein byreference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Form 10-K filed with the commission on March 10, 2023).10.23+ Camden National Corporation Third Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Program, effective as of March 31, 2023 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to theCompany's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on May 9, 2023).10.24+ Form of Performance Share Unit Award Agreement Under the Camden National Corporation Third Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Program. (incorporated herein byreference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 9, 2023).10.25+ Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement Under the Camden National Corporation 2022 Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to theCompany's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on August 9, 2023). 158
Page 161
ExhibitNo. Definition10.26+ Transition Employment and Retention Agreement between Gregory A. Dufour, Camden National Corporation and Camden National Bank dated August 16, 2023 (incorporatedherein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 7, 2023).10.27+ Letter Agreement between Simon Griffiths, Camden National Bank and Camden National Corporation, dated August 14, 2023 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 tothe Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Commission on November 7, 2023).10.28+ Letter Agreement between Timothy P. Nightingale, Camden National Bank and Camden National Corporation, dated December 12, 2023 (incorporated herein by reference toExhibit 10.31 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2024).19.1 Camden National Corporation Insider Trading Policy (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 19.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the Commissionon March 7, 2025).21.1* Subsidiaries of the Company.23.1* Consent of RSM US LLP.31.1* Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.31.2* Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.32.1** Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.32.2** Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as required by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.97 Camden National Corporation Incentive-Based Compensation Recovery Policy dated December 1, 2023 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 97 to the Company’s AnnualReport on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 8, 2024.101* iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language). The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 formatted in iXBRL: (i) the Consolidated Statements ofCondition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (v)the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) related notes to these financial statements.104* Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). * Filed herewith** Furnished herewith+ Management contract or a compensatory plan or arrangement. Item 16. Form 10-K Summary None. 159
Page 162
SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.Date: March 6, 2026 CAMDEN NATIONAL CORPORATION/s/ Simon R. GriffithsSimon R. GriffithsPresident and Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Name Position Date /s/ Simon R. Griffiths President, Director and Chief Executive Officer March 6, 2026Simon R. Griffiths /s/ Michael R. Archer Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer March 6, 2026Michael R. Archer /s/ Marie J. McCarthy Chair and Director March 6, 2026Marie J. McCarthy/s/ Craig N. Denekas Director March 6, 2026Craig N. Denekas/s/ Rebecca K. Hatfield Director March 6, 2026Rebecca K. Hatfield/s/ Larry K. Haynes Director March 6, 2026Larry K. Haynes/s/ S. Catherine Longley Director March 6, 2026S. Catherine Longley/s/ Raina L. Maxwell Director March 6, 2026Raina L. Maxwell/s/ Robert D. Merrill Director March 6, 2026Robert D. Merrill/s/ James H. Page Director March 6, 2026James H. Page/s/ Robin A. Sawyer Director March 6, 2026Robin A. Sawyer/s/ Carl J. Soderberg Director March 6, 2026Carl J. Soderberg 160
Page 163
Exhibit 21.1 Camden National Bank, a national banking organization organized under the laws of the United States of America. Healthcare Professional Funding Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Bank Property A, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Camden National Bank
Page 164
Exhibit 23.1 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Camden National Corporation: Nos. 333- 287574, 333-264534, 333-207544, 333-181726, 333-108214, 333-106403, 333-68598, and 333-95157 on Form S-8 and 333-286157 on Form S-3, of our reports dated March 6, 2026, relating to the consolidated financial statements, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Camden National Corporation and its subsidiary appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Camden National Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2025. /s/ RSM US LLP Des Moines, Iowa March 6, 2026
Page 165
Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION I, Simon R. Griffiths, certify that: I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Camden National Corporation; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 6, 2026 /s/ Simon R. Griffiths Simon R. Griffiths President and Chief Executive Officer
Page 166
Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION I, Michael R. Archer, certify that: I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Camden National Corporation; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 6, 2026 /s/ Michael R. Archer Michael R. Archer Chief Financial Officer and PrincipalFinancial & Accounting Officer
Page 167
Exhibit 32.1 Certification of Periodic Financial Report Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 The undersigned officer of Camden National Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2025 to which this certification is being furnished as an exhibit (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This certification is provided pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K (“Item 601(b)(32)”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Exchange Act. In accordance with clause (ii) of Item 601(b)(32), this certification (a) shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to liability of that section, and (b) shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference. Date: March 6, 2026 /s/ Simon R. Griffiths Simon R. Griffiths President and Chief Executive Officer
Page 168
Exhibit 32.2 Certification of Periodic Financial Report Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 The undersigned officer of Camden National Corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies that the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2025 to which this certification is being furnished as an exhibit (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This certification is provided pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation S-K (“Item 601(b)(32)”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Exchange Act. In accordance with clause (ii) of Item 601(b)(32), this certification (a) shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to liability of that section, and (b) shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference. Date: March 6, 2026 /s/ Michael R. Archer Michael R. Archer Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial &Accounting Officer